Item 15 2025-00835 Contract - Med Center Electrical Rehab (PN-Z14130512) (B25141363001) — Sacramento City Council, April 22, 2025 (part 1 of 2)

City of Sacramento
City Council - 2PM Report
915 I Street Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2025-00835 4/22/2025 Item 15.

Contract: Med Center Electrical Rehab (PN:Z14130512)(B25141363001) File ID: 2025-00835
Location: District 5
Recommendation: Pass a Motion: 1) approving the contract plans and specifications for the Med Center Electrical Rehab Project (Parent Project #Z14130500); 2) awarding the contract to Baran Electric for an amount not-to-exceed $949,280; and 3) authorizing the Interim City Manager or designee to execute the construction contract with Baran Electric.

Contact: Danny Vang, Project Manager (916) 808-3952, [email protected]; Paul Barnes, Supervising Engineer, (916) 808-1442, [email protected]; Sherill Huun, Engineering & Water Resources Division Manager, (916) 808-1455, [email protected]; Pravani Vandeyar, Director (916) 808-3765, [email protected]; Department of Utilities Presenter: None
Attachments:
1-Description/Analysis
2-Contract
Additional Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: Staff recommends Council award a construction contract to Baran Electric, to install electrical improvements at the Med Center Reservoir. The new electrical gear will increase the reliability of the facility and reduce the amount of maintenance.

Med Center Reservoir is a 3 million-gallon drinking water reservoir operated by the City of Sacramento (City) to provide storage and pressure to the City water distribution system. This facility was built in 1936 and is located near UC Davis Medical Center.

The Department of Utilities best practice guideline is to replace the existing electrical switchgear on a 30-year cycle. The existing switchgear was rehabilitated in 1998, therefore this switchgear is near its expected life cycle replacement. Because of its age, the electrical equipment is difficult to maintain, and replacement parts are no longer available.

Page 1 of 3 ends

File ID: 2025-00835 4/22/2025 Item 15.

The proposed contract will equip the facility with new electrical switchgear and motor control centers which will improve the reliability of the facility. These new improvements will make the facility more reliable, requiring less maintenance from City staff.

Policy Considerations: City Council approval is required to award construction contracts of $250,000 or more. The action requested conforms with City Code Chapter 3.60, Articles I and III, which provide for award of competitively bid contacts to the lowest responsible bidder.

Economic Impacts: This project is expected to create 3.80 total jobs (2.18 direct jobs and 1.61 jobs through indirect and induced activities) and create $586,118.70 in total economic output ($369,435.09 of direct output and another $216,683.60 of output through indirect and induced activities).

The indicated economic impacts are estimates calculated using a calculation tool developed by the Center for Strategic Economic Research (CSER). CSER utilized the IMPLAN input-output model (2009 coefficients) to quantify the economic impacts of a hypothetical $1 million of spending in various construction categories within the City of Sacramento in an average one-year period. Actual impacts could differ significantly from the estimates and neither the City of Sacramento nor CSER shall be held responsible for consequences resulting from such differences.

Environmental Considerations: This project was reviewed and determined to be categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). The project includes: the operation, repair, and minor alteration of existing facilities and mechanical equipment used to provide public utility services involving negligible expansion of use (CEQA Guidelines 15301(b)); and replacement of existing electrical gear involving negligible expansion of capacity (CEQA Guidelines Section 15302 (c)).

Sustainability: The proposed project is consistent with the 2040 General Plan under policy PFS-

3.10 as it improves infrastructure reliability, by increasing the reliability of the facility.

Commission/Committee Action: Not applicable.

Rationale for Recommendation: The project was advertised, and four bids were received and opened on February 19, 2025. Baran Electric was the lowest responsible bidder.

The bid results are as follows:

Contractor Amount
Baran Electric $949,280.00
Lords Electric, Inc. $1,280,000.00
Ample Electric, Inc. $1,550,872.72
The Design Build Inc. $1,343,900.00

Page 2 of 3 ends

File ID: 2025-00835 4/22/2025 Item 15.

The Engineer’s construction cost estimate was $965,000.00.

Financial Considerations: Sufficient funds exist in the Reservoir Rehab Program (Parent Project Z14130500, Fund 6005) to award a contract to Baran Electric for an amount not-to-exceed $949,280.00.

There are no General Funds allocated or planned for this project.

Local Business Enterprise (LBE): Baran Electric is a LBE.

Page 3 of 3 ends

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

ENGINEERING SERVICES DIVISION

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
FOR

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
PN: Z14130512
B25141363001

Engineer’s Estimate: $965,000

Non-Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting Separate Plans
Tuesday 2/4/2025 10 AM, 4520 V St., Sacramento, CA 95817 Fall harness required for roof access

Danny Vang Bid to be received before 2:00 PM
Senior Engineer February 19, 2025
(916) 808-3952 Security Desk, 1st Floor (City Clerk in-box) New City Hall
915 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814

LBE PROGRAM PARTICIPATION

For information on meeting the City of Sacramento’s Local Business Enterprise (LBE) project goals, please contact Procurement Services at (916) 808-6240, or visit the City of Sacramento’s small business web site at:
http://portal.cityofsacramento.org/Finance/Procurement/Bid-Information#bidding-options

________________________________________________________________________________________

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LBE INFORMATION

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS

BAN THE BOX

PROPOSAL FORMS (TO BE SUBMITTED BY ALL BIDDERS AS THE BID PAGE) Seale
d Proposal
Bid P
roposal Guarantee
Subcont
ractor and LBE Participation Verification
Drug-F
ree Workplace Policy and Affidavit
Minim
um Qualifications Questionnaire
Requir
ements of the Non-Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code Constr
uction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements LBE Re
quirements (City Contracts no Federal Funds Used)

CONTRACT F
ORMS (Only for successful Bidder)
Worker
’s Compensation Insurance Certification
Agreeme
nt
Bonds
• P
erformance Bond
• Payment Bond
CWTA Requirements
C & D Waste Management Plan
C &D Debris Haulers & Facilities
C & D Debris Waste Log

CALIFO

RNIA LABOR CODE RELATING TO APPRENTICES
http:/
/www.dir.ca.gov/dlse/dlsePublicWorks.html
TAX FO

RMS (REQUIRED UPON AWARD)
W-9 ........................ https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw9.pdf CA Form 590 https ://www.ftb.ca.gov/forms/2022/2022-590.pdf CA Form 587 ......... https://www.ftb.ca.gov/forms/2021/2021-587.pdf

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

LBE INFORMATION

The City of Sacramento’s Local Business Development program establishes an annual local business enterprise (LBE) participation goal for City contracts, and authorizes City departments to require minimum LBE participation levels in individual contracts. Under City Code section

3.60.270, all bidding contractors must meet or exceed the minimum LBE participation requirement specified in the contract’s bid specifications to qualify as a responsive bidder.

For information on meeting the City of Sacramento’s Local Business Enterprise (LBE) project goals, please contact
Procurement Services at (916) 808-6240, or visit the City of Sacramento’s small business web site at: http://portal.cityofsacramento.org/Finance/Procurement/Bid-Information#bidding- options

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

Sealed Proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Sacramento at the Office of the City Clerk, New City Hall, located at 915 I Street, 5th Floor, Mayor’s Reception Desk, up to the hour of 2:00 p.m. on February 19, 2025 and opened at and read after 2:00 p.m. on February 19, 2025, or as soon thereafter as business allows, in the Hearing Room, 2nd Floor Room, in Historic City Hall, for construction of:

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
(PN: Z14130512) (B25141363001)

as set forth in the Contract Documents.

Proposals received and work performed thereunder shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 3.60 of the Sacramento City Code. Each Bid Proposal shall be accompanied by bid security of at least 10% of the sum the Bid Proposal. The City reserves the right to reject proposals or to waive any error or omission in any Bid Proposal received. Signed proposals shall be submitted on the printed forms contained herein and enclosed in an envelope marked:

SEALED PROPOSAL FOR

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
(PN: Z14130512) (B25141363001)

You can view and download the plans and Contract Documents from:

PLANET BIDS
http://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=15300#

The contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the rates of wages currently established by the Director of Industrial Relations under provisions of Sections 1773 of the Labor Code of the State of California, a copy of which is on file in the office of the City Clerk and available to any interested party on request. In accordance with Sacramento City Code Section 3.60.180 and Section 1771.5 of the California Labor Code, the payment of the general prevailing rate of per diem wages or the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime is not required for any construction project of $25,000 or less, or an alteration, demolition, repair, and maintenance project of $15,000 or less. The City of Sacramento has an approved Labor Compliance Program. The City uses an electronic system for the submission of Labor Compliance Reports, which became effective May 1, 2007. The contractor and every lower-tier subcontractor shall submit certified payrolls and labor compliance documentation electronically at the discretion of and in the manner specified by the City of Sacramento.

Electronic submittal is via a web-based system, accessed on the World Wide Web by a web browser. Each contractor and subcontractor is given a Log On identification and password to access the City of Sacramento’s reporting system.

Use of the system may entail additional data entry of weekly payroll information including employee identification, labor classification, total hours worked and hours worked on this project, wage and benefit rates paid, etc. The contractor’s payroll and accounting software might be capable of generating a ‘comma delimited file’ that will interface with the software.

Department of Industrial Relations Registration and Reporting Requirements (SB 854)

Labor Code Section 1725.5 (enacted by SB 854) requires all contractors bidding on this contract, all subcontractors listed in a bid for this contract, and any contractor or subcontractor performing any work under this contract, to be currently registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), as specified in Labor Code Section 1725.5. Labor Code Section 1771.1 (enacted by SB 854) provides that a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal (subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code), or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Every bidding contractor shall list the contractor’s current DIR registration number, and the current DIR registration number of all listed subcontractors, on the Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Participation Verification Form included in the contractor’s bid.

Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1(b): (1) any bid received from a contractor that is not currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 shall be rejected as non-responsive; and (2) any bid listing one or more subcontractors on the bidder’s Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Participation Verification Form that are not currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5, shall be rejected as non- responsive, unless the listing was an inadvertent error and any of the conditions specified in Labor Code Section 1771.1(c) apply.

This contract also is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. For all contracts awarded on or after April 1, 2015, California Labor Code Section 1771.4 (enacted by SB 854) requires the contractor and all subcontractors to furnish electronic payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (in addition to City staff via the City’s electronic system).

A Fact Sheet summarizing the provisions of SB 854 is attached. This is provided solely for informational purposes, and does not in any way affect the contractor’s and subcontractors’ obligation to comply in all respects with the provisions of SB 854, including the provisions referenced above, as well as all other applicable laws and regulations.

The contractor shall disseminate these provisions to every lower- tier subcontractor and vendor required to provide labor compliance documentation.

All questions regarding the City’s Labor Compliance Program should be directed to the Department’s contracts staff or the Labor Compliance Officer at (916) 808-4011.

Pursuant to Sacramento City Code Section 3.60.190, all contractors and subcontractors shall comply with Section 1777.5 et seq., of the California Labor Code governing the employment of apprentices. Pursuant to Sacramento City Code Section 3.60.250 and Public Contract Code Section 22300, any contract awarded pursuant to this invitation to bid shall contain a provision permitting the substitution of securities for monies withheld to ensure performance under the contract, in accordance with the requirements and form specified by the City.

Bid protests must be filled and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.60.460 through

3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code. Bid protests that do not comply with Sections 3.60.460 through

3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code shall be invalid and shall not be considered. A bid protest fee of $750.00 is required at the time of filing. The term "bid protest" includes any bid protest that (1) claims that one or more bidders on this contract should be disqualified or rejected for any reason, (2) contests a City staff recommendation to award this contract to a particular bidder, or (3) contests a City staff recommendation to disqualify or reject one or more bidders on this contract. A copy of Sections 3.60.460 through 3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code may be obtained from the Project Manager, or from the City Clerk, located at 915 I Street, 5
th Floor, Sacramento, CA 95814.

The Project Manager’s contact information is:

Danny Vang, Department of Utilities, Engineering & Water Resource Division 1395 35th Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95822
Phone: (916) 808-3952 / Fax: (916) 808-1497/Email [email protected]

BAN-THE-BOX REQUIREMENTS

INTRODUCTION

On September 6, 2016, the City of Sacramento enacted an ordinance regarding criminal conviction information in the employment application process (the “Ban-the- Box Ordinance”), which added Chapter 3.62 to the Sacramento City Code and amended Section 2.40.050 of the Sacr amento City Code. The Ban -the-Box Ordinance prohibits “covered employers” from asking an applicant for employment to disclose, orally or in writing, information concerning the criminal conviction history of the applicant, including any inquiry about criminal conviction history on any employment application, until the employer has determined the applicant meets the minimum employment qualifications stated in any notice issued for the position.

APPLICATION

“City Contract”

The Ban-the-Box Ordinance applies to all “city contracts.” The term “city contract” means a contract awarded after January 1, 2017 to a “ covered employer” for services or a public project in return for compensation of $250,000 or more. The term “city contract” includes contracts for services or public projects that were awarded for an amount less than $250,000 but were amended to increase the total compensation to $250,000 or more.

The Ban -the-Box Ordinance also applies when the aggregate value of all con tracts for services or public projects the City has awarded to the same “covered employer” within the previous 12 months is $25 0,000 or more.

The Ban-the-Box Ordinance does not apply to: (1) contracts awarded by the City Manager in response to an emergency; and (2) contracts for the purchase or lease of equipment, supplies, or other personal property, even if they include incidental services such as delivery, installation, or maintenance.

“Covered Employer”

The Ban-the-Box Ordinance only applies to “covered employers.” The term “covered employer” means a person who is a party to a “city contract” and has at least 20 employees working either full or part time. The number of employees that a contractor has is determined by adding the contractor’s employees and the employees of any “related person.” A person is a “related person” when any of the following circumstances exists:

(1) The person and the person that is a party to a “city contract” are both corporations and:

(a) Share a majority of members of their governing boards; or (b) Have two or more officers in common; or
(c) Are controlled by the same majority shareholder or shareholders (control means more than 50% of the corporation’s voting power); or
(d) Are in a parent-subsidiary relationship (such a relationship exists when one corporation directly or indirectly owns shares possessing more than 50% of another corporation’s voting power).

(2) The person otherwise controls and directs, or is controlled and directed by, the person that is a party to a city contract, as determined by the City Manager, or City Manager designee.

The term “covered employer” includes a subcontractor providing services under a “ city contract ” if the subcontractor has at least 20 employees, whether full- or part-time, or the amount of the subcontract is at least 25% of the amount of the “city contract.”

The term “covered employer” does not include any unit of federal, state or local government.

Exceptions

The Ban-the-Box Ordinance provisions do not apply to: (1) a position for which a “covered employer” is otherwise required by law to conduct a criminal conviction history background check; or (2) a position that will not involve work pursuant to a “city contract.” Additionally, the Ban-the-Box Ordinance does not prevent a “covered employer” from conducting a criminal conviction history background check in subsequent stages of the application process after initially determining whether the applicant meets the minimum employment qualifications.

COMPLIANCE

It is the contractor’s responsibility to determine whether the aggregate value of $ 250,000 or more has been met, and to notify the City in writing whenever this is the case. It is also the contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all of its subcontractors who are covered by the Ban-the-Box Ordinance comply with the provisions of the Ban-the-Box Ordinance by including these requirements in all subcontracts covered by the Ban-the-Box Ordinance.

VIOLATIONS AND MONITORING

The Ban -the-Box Ordinance provides that any violation of the Ban- the-Box Ordinance by a “covered employer” constitutes a material breach of the contract, and authorizes the City to terminate the contract. The City may also enforce the Ban -the-Box Ordinance by investigating any alleged violation (but any failure of the City to investigate does not create a right of action against the City). The City may further require “covered employers” to verify compliance.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

For a complete description of the Ban-the-Box Ordinance provisions related to City contracts, refer to the Ban- the-Box Ordinance, codified at Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62. The Sacramento City Code is available on the internet at www.cityofsacramento.org.

For more information on the City’s Ban-the- Box Ordinance, contact Procurement Services at 916-808-6240 or email [email protected]
.

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS

ARE TO BE COMPLETED AND

SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PACKAGE

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL

Contractor's Name:
(Please print)

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

SEALED PROPOSAL

(MUST BE SIGNED BY BIDDER)

The Sealed Proposal will be received not later than February 19, 2025, at the Office of the City Clerk, New City Hall, at 915 I Street, 5th Floor, Mayor’s Reception Desk, Sacramento, California and opened at 2:00 PM, or as soon thereafter as business allows, on February 19, 2025, by the Office of the City Clerk, 915 I Street, Historic City Hall, 2nd Floor, Hearing Room, Sacramento, California.

TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL:

The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish any and all required labor, material, transportation, and services for

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
(PN: Z14130512) (B25141363001)

in the City and County of Sacramento, California.

TOTAL BID: ($ ).

The work herein described is to be performed in strict conformity with the Plans, City of Sacramento Standard Specifications (Resolution No. 89-216) and these Special Provisions, all as on file in the Office of the City Clerk, at the following unit prices.

Item
No.

Description Estimated
Quantity
Unit Unit Price Total
1 Install New 1” RGS Conduit 1 LS $__________ $______________ 2 Install New Utility Meter 1 LS $__________ $______________ 3 Install New MCC, PLC Control Panel, and
Instrumentation
1 LS $__________ $______________
4 Install LED Lighting Retrofit 1 LS $__________ $______________ 5 Security Improvements (Access Controls,
Motion Detectors)
1 LS $__________ $______________
6 Misc. Electrical Improvements (cables, conduits,
receptacles, winch, etc)
1 LS $__________ $______________
7 Install (3) Motor Operated Valves 1 LS $__________ $______________ 8 Utility Transformer 1 LS $__________ $______________

TOTAL BID: $__________________
Contractor's Name: Baran Electric REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL (Please print)

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

SEALED PROPOSAL
(MUST BE SIGNED BY BIDDER)
The Sealed Proposal will be received not later than February 19, 2025, at the Office of the City Clerk, New City Hall, at 915 I Street, 5th Floor, Mayor's Reception Desk, Sacramento, California and opened at 2:00 PM, or as soon thereafter as business allows, on February 19, 2025, by the Office of the City Clerk, 915 I Street, Historic City Hall, 2nd Floor, Hearing Room, Sacramento, California.

TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL:

The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish any and all required labor, material, transportation, and services for

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
(PN: Z14130512) (B25141363001)
in the City and County of Sacramento, California.

TOTAL BID: Nine hundred forty-nine thousand two hundred eighty ($ 949,280,00 The work herein described is to be performed in strict conformity with the Plans, City of Sacramento Standard Specifications (Resolution No. 89-216) and these Special Provisions, all as on file in the Office of the City Clerk, at the following unit prices.

Item
No.

Description Estimated
Quantity
Unit Unit Price Total
1 Install New 1" RGS Conduit 1 LS $ 149,000 $ 149,000

2 Install New Utility Meter 1 LS $ 118.000 $118...000
$ 277080 3 Install New MCC, PLC Control Panel, and
Instrumentation
1 LS $ 277,080

4 Install LED Lighting Retrofit 1 LS $ 96,200 $ 96,200

5 Security Improvements (Access Controls,
Motion Detectors)
1 LS $ 91.100 $ 91,100

6 Misc. Electrical Improvements (cables, conduits,
receptacles, winch, etc)
1 LS $ 48,720 $ 48,720

7 Install (3) Motor Operated Valves 1 LS $ 116,440 $ 116,440

8 Utility Transformer 1 LS $ 52,740 $ 52,740

TOTAL BID: $ 949,280,00
).

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
The undersigned agrees to execute the Agreement and provide City the executed Agreement, the required insurance certificates, endorsements, and waivers of subrogation, and the required surety bonds within ten (10) calendar days after the undersigned’s receipt of the City’s notice that the undersigned will be recommended for Contract award and prior to award of the Contract by the City Council.

In determining the amount bid by each bidder, City shall disregard mathematical errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication and division that appear obvious on the face of the Proposal. When such a mathematical error appears on the Proposal, the City shall have the right to correct such error and to compute the total amount bid by said bidder on the basis of the corrected figure or figures.

When the unit price of an item is required to be set forth in the Proposal, and the total for the item set forth separately does not agree with a figure derived by multiplying the item unit price times the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for said item, the item unit price shall prevail over the sum set forth as the total for the item unless, in the sole discretion of the City, such a procedure would be inconsistent with the policy of the City's bidding procedures.

The total paid for each such item of work shall be based upon the item unit price and not the total price.

Should the Proposal contain only a total price for an item and the item unit price is omitted, the City shall determine the item unit price by dividing the total price of the item by the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for the item of work.

If the Proposal contains neither the item price nor the total price for the item, then it shall be deemed incomplete and the Proposal shall be disregarded.

It is understood that this bid is based upon completion of the work within a period of 190 (One-Hundred Ninety) working days commencing on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed.

The amount of liquidated damages to be paid by the Contractor for failure to c omplete the work by the completion date (as extended, if applicable) shall be $1,000 for each calendar day, continuing to the time at which the work is completed. Such amount is the actual cash value agreed upon as the loss to the City resulting from the default of the Contractor.

The undersigned represents and warrants that he/she has examined the location of the proposed work and is familiar with the conditions at the place where the work is to be done. The undersigned further represents that he/she has reviewed and understands the Plans, Special Provisions, and other contract documents, and the undersigned is satisfied with all conditions for the performance of the work .

The undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City of Sacramento will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this bid.

This proposal shall not be withdrawn for the time periods specified in Section 3-2 of the City of Sacramento Standard Specifications for award of contract to res pective low bidders. This proposal is submitted in accordance with Chapter

3.60 of the Sacramento City Code and Sections 1, 2, and 3 of the City of Sacramento Standard Specifications.

In accordance with Standard Specification Section 3-2, the City shall award this contract to the lowest responsible bidder, if such award is made, within sixty (60) working days after opening of the Proposals. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids.

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
BID DEPOSIT ENCLOSED IN THE FOLLOWING FORM:
$ not less than ten (10) percent of amount bid.

CERTIFIED CHECK

MONEY ORDER

CASHIERS' CHECK

BID BOND

CONTRACTOR
Addendum No. 1
Addendum No. 2 By:

Addendum No. 3 Title CEO
Addendum No. 4

FOR CITY USE ONLY

TYPE OF DEPOSIT
• Bid Bond
E Cashier/Certified Check
f- Other
Rcviewcr's Initials:
..a.frpt.a.ci 4' aeren.44,
(Signature)
Address 10020 BROMLEY WAY
No PO Box — Physical Address ONLY
SACRAMENTO CA, 95827
City STATE Zip Code
Telephone No. 916-508-6628
Fax No.

Email [email protected]
(Federal Tax ID # or Social Security #)
Under penalty of perjury, I certify that the Taxpayer Identification Number and all other information provided here are correct.
84-2142660
DIR Registration Number: 1000365206
Valid Contractor's License No. 1051790 Classification C-10 is held by the bidder.

Expiration date 3/31/2025 Representation made herein are true and correct under penalty of perjury PN: «ProjectNumber» («BidTransactionNum»)

MERCHAN111 BONDING COMPANY
Bid Bond
CONTRACTOR:
(Name, legal status and address)
Baran Electric
10020 Bromiey Way
Sacramento, CA 95827
OWNER:
(Name, legal status and address)
City of Sacramento
1395 35th Avenue
Sacramento, CA 95822
Bond Number: 11-897-019
SURETY:
(Name, legal status and principal place of business)
Merchants Bonding Company
PO Box 14498
Des Moines, IA 50306-3498
A Corporation organized and existing under the laws of Iowa This document has important legai
consequences. Consultation with
an attorney is encouraged with
respect to its completion or
modification.

BOND AMOUNT: Ten Percent (10%) of the Total Amount Bid in Dollars PROJECT:
(Name, location or address, and Project number, if any) Removal of the existing Switchgear, Motor Control Centers (MCC), PLC Control Panel, Conductors, Conduits, Lighting Fixtures and Motor-Operated Valves as Identified on the Plans
Any singular reference to
Contractor, Surety, Owner or
other party shall be considered
plural where applicable.

The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators. successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either ( l) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful perfomiance ot'such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days.

If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.

When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforrning to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished. the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond.

Signed and sealed this 19th day of Februaly 20 25 .

Baran Electric
(Principal) (Seal)
(Witness)

(Title)

Merchants Bond' Company
see attached acknowledgment (Surety)
(Witness)
CON 0657 (2/15)
Blake A. Pfister, Attorney-in-Fact
Printed in cooperation with American Institute of Architects (AIA). The language in this document conforms exactly to the language used in AIA Document A310-Bid Bond-2010 edition.

L. NAHINA PFISTER
Notary Public - Califomia
Orange County
Commission # 2479518
My Comm. Expires Jan. 13,2028
Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above
CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certiflcate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

State of California
County of Orange
o n January 30, 2025 before me, L. Nahina Pfister, Notary Public Date Here insert Name and Title of the Officer
personaliy appeared Blake A. Pfister
Name(s) of Signer(s)
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the
laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

SignatureO(17
Signatur f ary Public

OPTIONAL
Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document.

Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document Bid Bond 1 1 -897-01 9
DocumentDate: February 19, 2025 Number of Pages: 1
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: N/A, None
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Narne: Blake A. Pfister
0 Corporate Officer — Title(s):

O Partner — 0 Limited 0 General
l3 Individual DI Attorney in Fact
O Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator
O Other:

Signer is Representing:

Merchants Bondinq Company
Signer's Name:
0 Corporate Officer — Title(s):
❑Partner — 0 Limited 0 General
O Individual 0 Attorney in Fact
O Trustee 0 Guardian or Conservator
O Other:

Signer is Representing:
©2019 National Notary Association

President
Notary Public
Secretary
MERCHAN, BONDING COMPANY.

POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of lowa, d/b/a Merchants National Indemnity Company (in Califomia only) (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Blake A Pfister
their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.

This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and April 27, 2024 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015 and amended on April 27, 2024. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State ofFlorida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond.

In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner-

Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation.

In \Mtness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 31st day of October 2024 • ..............
......ii.
•*Ar:1
. ......

O.! .....
..
......
:co .•olitrule..tx.....o.i.... 4. i c., co: - z:'Z' -o- to-.0 : cr i . 0 •%'• 2003
.•• • .• ••• ... . • . ••• ... 03 .• STATE OF IOWA • .

COUNTY OF DALLAS ss.

MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL)
MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.
d/b/a MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
•• Go:

rel •

• •• 1•* 41 1933 •c: By
• • v▪ s> • • •#;,41 -..
• • ...... •
On this 31st day of October 2024 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors.

Penni Miller
Commission Number 787952
My Commission Expires
January 20, 2027 lOwfx
(Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I, Elisabeth Sandersfeld, Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked.

In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 19th day of February , 2025 .

•••t*PC)N'Il**** •.............

•
•••%0
0- v:)

4.5h**-
C)O. et" 0• - :
•0.1! • i;l 30,9 %If% ••:o..0 • c,„
v.% • • • -0-
• Z•

2003 z •
•".•S•'• ••/* 1933 • `V.,
-.443;• • ....... ••(P4j1,;. •• • • • •.(.•\.
•
•
POA 0018 (6/24)
• • •

S (IV\I' ACM E N TO SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER $250,000

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one-half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for a work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes on]y under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information wil] render the bid non-responsive.

COPY AND AITACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name Baran Electric no subcontractor
(REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration # 1000365206

Business Name

Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) D Subcontractor
D Supplier
CSLB/Professional License #

DIR Registration # (10 digits)

Address

Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE?

City, State, Zip

Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person

Type of Work, Services. or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Emall Address

Phone

Business Name

Subcontractor or Suppller? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) E Subcontractor
Supplier
CSLB/Professional License #

DIR Registration # (10 digits)

Address

Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE?

City, State, Zip

Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person

Type of Work, Servlces, or Materials to be provided to complete contract Email Address

Phone

hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified t at it has been listed and as consented n wri ng to Its name being submitted for t is contract. The Prime Contractor also certifles that itwill notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing ifthe contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LEE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy information in awardine the contract.
ezeialtaeA ,eljetteou4, CEO 2/19/2025 $ 949,280,00
Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates If applicable)

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY AND AFFIDAVIT BID MAY BE DECLARED NONRESPONSIVE IF THIS FORM (COMPLETED) IS NOT ATTACHED.

Pursuant to City Council Resolution CC90-498 dated 6/26/90 the following is required.

The undersigned contractor certifies that it and all subcontractors performing under this contract will provide a drug-free workplace by:

1. Publishing a "Drug-Free Workplace" statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.

2. Establishing a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees about:
a. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace.
b. The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace. c. Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program. d. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace.

3. Notify employees that as a condition of employment under this contract, employees will be expected to:
a. Abide by the terms of the statement.
b. Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace.

4. Making it a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the performance of the contract be given a copy on the "Drug-Free Workplace" statement.

5. Taking one of the following appropriate actions, within thirty (30) days of receiving notice from an employee or otherwise receiving such notice, that said employee has received a drug conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace:
a. Taking appropriate disciplinary action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or b. Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a federal, state, or local health, law enforcement or other appropriate agency.
* l certify that no person employed by this company, corporation, or business has been convicted of any criminal drug statute violation on any job site or project where this company, corporation, or business was performing work within three (3) years of the date of my signature below.

EXCEPTION:

Date Violation Type Place of Occurrence
If additional space is required use back of this form.
*The above statement will also be incorporated as a part of each subcontract aqreement for anv and all subcontractors selected for performance on this proiect.

IN THE EVENT THIS COMPANY, CORPORATION, OR BUSINESS IS AWARDED THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, AS A RESULT OF THIS BID; THE CONTRACTOR WITH HIS/HER SIGNATURE REPRESENTS TO THE CITY THAT THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS COMPLETE AND ACCURATE. IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT FALSE CERTIFICATION IS SUBJECT TO IMMEDIATE TERMINATION BY THE CITY.

The Representations Made Herein On This Document Are Made Under Penalty Of Perjury.

CONTRACTOR'S NAME: Ciamack Azimpour
alr 64111-

ture
Effects of violations: a. Suspension of payments under this contract. b. Suspension or termination of the contract. c. Suspension or debarment of the contractor from receiving any contract from the City of Sacramento for a period not to exceed five years.

FM 681 7/10/9
CEO Date: 2/19/2025
Title

MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Sacramento City Code Section 3.60.020 authorizes the Sacramento City Council to adopt standard minimum qualifications for bidders on competitively bid public works construction projects, and requires, among other provisions, that a bidder meet such minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening in order to bid. On July 31, 2007, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2007-574 establishing these standard minimum qualifications. Pursuant to City Code section 3.60.020, a bidder failing to meet these minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening shall not be considered a responsible bidder for purposes of bidding on the subject project.

All bidders must demonstrate compliance with the minimum qualifications established by Resolution No. 2007-574 by completing all of the questions contained in this questionnaire. Bidder responses shall be limited to those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions of the bidder that will be involved with the performance of any project work if awarded the contract. If a bidder answers "yes" to any single question, fails to submit a fully completed questionnaire, or submits false information, this will result in a determination that the minimum qualifications are not met, and the bidder shall not be considered a qualified bidder for purposes of bidding on this contract. If two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must separately meet these minimum qualifications for the Joint Venture to be considered a qualified bidder.

The City of Sacramento ("City") shall make its determination on the basis of the submitted questionnaire, as well as any relevant information that is obtained from others or as a result of investigation by the City.

While it is the intent of this questionnaire to assist the City in determining whether bidders possess the minimum qualifications necessary to submit bids on the City's competitively bid public works construction contracts, the fact that a bidder submits a questionnaire demonstrating that it meets these minimum qualifications shall not in any way limit or affect the City's ability to: (1) review other information contained in the bid submitted by the bidder, and additional relevant information, and determine whether the contractor is a responsive and/or responsible bidder; or (2) establish pre-qualification requirements for a specific contract or contracts.

By submitting this questionnaire, the bidder consents to the disclosure of its questionnaire answers: (i) to third parties for purposes of verification and investigation; (ii) in connection with any protest, challenge or appeal of any action taken by the City; and (iii) as required by any law or regulation, including without limitation the California Public Records Act (Calif. Gov't Code sections 6250 et seq.). Each questionnaire must be signed under penalty of perjury in the manner designated at the end of the form, by an individual who has the legal authority to bind the bidder submitting the questionnaire. If any information provided by a bidder becomes inaccurate, the bidder shall immediately notify the City and provide updated accurate information in writing, under penalty of perjury.

Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 1 of 6 ends

QUESTIONNAIRE
NOTICE: For firms that maintain other operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will not be involved with the performance of any project work if the firm is awarded the contract, references hereafter to "your firm" shall mean only those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will be involved with the performance of any project work.

All of the following questions regarding "your firm" refer to the firm (corporation, partnership or sole proprietor) submitting this questionnaire, as well as any firm(s) with which any of your firm's owners, officers, or partners are or have been associated as an owner, officer, partner or similar position within the last five years The firm submitting this questionnaire shall not be considered a responsible bidder if the answer to any of these questions is "yes", or if the firm submits a questionnaire that is not fully completed or contains false information.

1. Classification & Expiration Date(s) of California Contractor's License Number(s) held by firm:

Baran Electric C-10 1051790 EXP DATE 3/31/2025

2. Has a contractor's license held by your firm and/or any owner, officer or partner of your firm been revoked at any time in the last five years?
-] Yes XNo

3. Within the last five years, has a surety firm completed a contract on your firm's behalf, or paid for completion of a contract to which your firm was a party, because your firm was considered to be in default or was terminated for cause by the project owner? 11 Yes XNo

4. At the time of submitting this minimum qualifications questionnaire, is your firm ineligible to bid on or be awarded a public works contract, or perform as a subcontractor on a public works contract, pursuant to either California Labor Code section 1777.1 (prevailing wage violations) or Labor Code section 1777.7 (apprenticeship violations)? Yes XNo

5. At any time during the last five years, has your firm, or any of its owners, officers or partners been convicted of a crime involving the awarding of a contract for a government construction project, or the bidding or performance of a government contract? E Yes Klo
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 2 of 6 ends

6. Answer either subsection A or B, as applicable:

A. Your firm has completed three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County_within the last five years: Within those five years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging the assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last five years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question. - Yes XNo - Not applicable
OR
B. Your firm has not completed at least three government construction contracts in Sacramento County within the last five years: Within the last three years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging an assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last three years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question.

Yes No C. Not applicable

7. In the last three years has your firm been debarred from bidding on, or completing, any government agency or public works construction contract for any reason? NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging a debarment, you need not include that debarment in responding to this question.

Yes XNo

8. Has CAL OSHA assessed a total of three or more penalties against your firm for any "serious" or "willful" violation occurring on construction projects performed in Sacramento County at any time within the last three years?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes XNo
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 3 of 6 ends

9. Answer either subsection A or B, as preferred:

A. In the last three years has your firm had a three year average Workers' Compensation experience modification rate exceeding 1.1?
7 Yes
OR
B. In the last three years has your firm had a three-year average incident rate for total lost workday cases exceeding 10?
NOTE: Incident rates represent the number of lost workday cases per 100 full-time workers and is to be calculated as: (N/EH) x 200,000, where N = number of lost workday cases (as defined by the U.S. Dept. of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics)
EH = total hours worked by all employees during the calendar year 200,000 = base for 100 equivalent full-time working (working 40 hours per week, 50 weeks per year)
Yes - No

10. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed penalties three or more times, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was a contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes X\lo

11. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed a single penalty of $100,000 or more, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was the contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes X\lo
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 4 of 6 ends

12. In the past three years, have civil penalties been assessed against your firm pursuant to California Labor Code 1777.7 for violation of California public works apprenticeship requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: lf there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes Xhlo

13. In the past three years, has a public agency in California withheld contract payments or assessed penalties against your firm for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a withholding or penalty assessment, you need not include that withholding or penalty assessment in responding to this question.

IlYes Xi\lo

14. Has your firm been assessed penalties for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements in California, in an aggregate amount for the past three years of $50,000 or more? NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.
1 Yes XN 1 o
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 5 of 6 ends

VERIFICATION AND SIGNATURE
l, the undersigned, certify and declare that l have read all the foregoing answers to this Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire, and know their contents. The matters stated in these Questionnaire answers are true of my own knowledge and belief, except as to those matters stated on information and belief, and as to those matters l believe them to be true. l declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Signed at SACRAMENTO CA, 95827 , on 2/19/2025
(Location) (Date)
Signature: C-1-4411-a-ci 4 arrienvi.

Print name: Ciamack Azimpour
Title: CEO
NOTE: If two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must submit a separate Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire.

Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

Page 6 of 6 ends

REQUIREMENTS OF THE NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CODE

INTRODUCTION
The Sacramento Non-Discrimination In Employee Benefits Code (the "Ordinance"), codified as Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.54, prohibits City contractors from discriminating in the provision of employee benefits between employees with spouses and employees with domestic partners, and between the spouses and domestic partners of employees.

APPLICATION
The provisions of the Ordinance apply to any contract or agreement (as defined below), between a Contractor and the City of Sacramento, in an amount exceeding $250,000.00. The Ordinance applies to that portion of a contractor's operations that occur: (i) within the City of Sacramento; (ii) on real property outside the City of Sacramento if the property is owned by the City or if the City has a right to occupy the property; or (iii) at any location where a significant amount of work related to a City contract is being performed.

The Ordinance does not apply: to subcontractors or subcontracts of any Contractor or contractors; to transactions entered into pursuant to cooperative purchasing agreements approved by the Sacramento City Council; to legal contracts of other governmental jurisdictions or public agencies without separate competitive bidding by the City; where the requirements of the ordinance will violate or are inconsistent with the terms or conditions of a grant, subvention or agreement with a public agency or the instructions of an authorized representative of any such agency with respect to any such grant, subvention or agreement; to permits for excavation or street construction; or to agreements for the use of City right-of-way where a contracting utility has the power of eminent domain.

DEFINITIONS
As set forth in the Ordinance, the following definitions apply:
"Contract" means an agreement for public works or improvements to be perfoinied, or for goods or services to be purchased or grants to be provided, at the expense of the City or to be paid out of moneys deposited in the treasury or out of the trust money under the control or collected by the City. "Contract" also means a written agreement for the exclusive use ("exclusive use" means the right to use or occupy real property to the exclusion of others, other than the right reserved by the fee owner) or occupancy of real property for a term exceeding 29 days in any calendar year, whether by singular or cumulative instrument, (i) for the operation or use by others of real property owned or controlled by the City for the operation of a business, social, or other establishment or organization, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements, or (ii) for the City's use or occupancy of real property owned by others, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements.
"Contract" shall not include: a revocable at-will use or encroachment permit for the use of or encroachment on City property regardless of the ultimate duration of such permit; excavation, street construction or street use pei inits; agreements for the use of City right-of-way where a contracting utility has the power of eminent domain; or agreements governing the use of City property that constitute a public forum for activities that are primarily for the purpose of espousing or advocating causes or ideas and that are generally protected by the First Amendment to the United States Constitution or that are primarily recreational in nature.

Page 1 ends

"Contractor" means any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation, company, or combination thereof, that enters into a Contract with the City. "Contractor" does not include a public entity. "Domestic Partner" means any person who has a currently registered domestic partnership with a governmental entity pursuant to state or local law authorizing the registration. "Employee Benefits" means bereavement leave; disability, life, and other types of insurance; family medical leave; health benefits; membership or membership discounts; moving expenses; pension and retirement benefits; vacation; travel benefits; and any other benefit given to employees. "Employee benefits" shall not include benefits to the extent that the application of the requirements of this chapter to such benefits may be preempted by federal or state.

CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE THE CITY WITH DOCUMENTATION AND

INFORMATION
Contractor shall provide the City with documentation and information verifying its compliance with the requirements of the Ordinance within ten (10) days of receipt of a request from the City. Contractors shall keep accurate payroll records, showing, for each City Contract, the employee's name, address, Social Security number, work classification, straight time pay rate, overtime pay rate, overtime hours worked, status and exemptions, and benefits for each day and pay period that the employee works on the City Contract. Each request for payroll records shall be accompanied by an affidavit to be completed and returned by the Contractor, as stated, attesting that the information contained in the payroll records is true and correct, and that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Ordinance. A violation of the Ordinance or noncompliance with the requirements of the Ordinance shall constitute a breach of contract.

EMPLOYER NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
(a) The Contractor shall give each existing employee working directing on a City Contract, and (at the time of hire), each new employee, a copy of the notification provided as Attachment "A." (b) Contractor shall post, in a place visible to all employees, a copy of the notice provided as Attachment

Page 2 ends

Attachment A

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE CITY OF SACRAMENTO'S NON-DISCRIMINATION IN

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CODE
On (date), your employer (the "Employer") entered into a contract with the City of Sacramento (the "City") for (contract details), and as a condition of that contract, agreed to abide by the requirements of the City's Non-Discrimination In Employee Benefits Code (Sacramento City Code Section 3.54).

The Ordinance does not require the Employer to provide employee benefits. The Ordinance does require that if certain employee benefits are provided by the Employer, that those benefits be provided without discrimination between employees with spouses and employees with domestic partners, and without discrimination between the spouse or domestic partner of employees.

The Ordinance covers any employee working on the specific contract referenced above, but only for the period of time while those employees are actually working on this specific contract.

The included employee benefits are:
- Bereavement leave
- Disability, life and other types of insurance
- Family medical leave
- Vacation
- Travel benefits
- Moving expenses
- Pension and retirement benefits
- Health benefits
- Membership or membership discounts
- Any other benefits given to employees
(Employee Benefits does not include benefits that may be preempted by federal or state law.) If you feel you have been discriminated or retaliated against by your employer in the terms and conditions of your application for employment, or in your employment, or in the application of these employee benefits, because of your status as an applicant or as an employee protected by the Ordinance, or because you reported a violation of the Ordinance, and after having exhausted all remedies with your employer,

Page 3 ends

You May .. .

O Submit a written complaint to the City of Sacramento, Contract Services Unit, containing the details of the alleged violation. The address is:

City of Sacramento
Procurement Services Division
915 I Street, Second Floor
Sacramento, CA 95814
O Bring an action in the appropriate division of the Superior Court of the State of California against the Employer and obtain the following remedies:

Reinstatement, injunctive relief, compensatory damages and punitive damages
Reasonable attorney's fees and costs

Page 4 ends

Attachment B

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE CITY OF SACRAMENTO'S NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE

BENEFITS CODE
If your employer provides employee benefits, they must be provided to those employees working on a City of Sacramento contract without discriminating between employees with spouses and employees with domestic partners.

The included employee benefits are:
- Bereavement leave
- Disability, life and other types of insurance
- Family medical leave
- Health benefits
- Membership or membership discounts
- Moving expenses
- Pension and retirement benefits
- Vacation
- Travel benefits
- Any other benefits given to Employees
If you feel you have been discriminated against by your employer . . .

You May ...

O Submit a written complaint to the City of Sacramento, Contract Services Unit, containing the details of the alleged violation. The address is:

Discrimination and Retaliation Prohibited.

If you feel you have been discriminated or retaliated against by your employer in the terms and conditions of your application for employment, or in your employment, because of your status as an applicant or as an employee protected by the Ordinance, or because you reported a violation of this Ordinance . . .

You May Also ...

Submit a written complaint to the City of Sacramento, Contract Services Unit, at the same address, containing the details of the alleged violation.

Page 5 ends

Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements As a condition of receiving this Contract, Contractor agrees to fully comply with the requirements specified herein for all demolition projects, as well as projects with a valuation of $250,000 or more:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms, words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
"Certified C&D sorting facility" means a facility that receives C&D debris and/or processes C&D debris into its component material types for reuse, recycling, and disposal of residuals and possesses a valid certificate as a C&D sorting facility from the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority. "Construction and demolition debris" or "C&D debris" means used or commonly discarded materials resulting from construction, repair, remodel or demolition operations on any pavement, house, building, or other structure, or from landscaping that are not hazardous as defined in California Health and Safety Code section 25100 et seq. Such materials include, but are not limited to, concrete, asphalt, wood, metal, brick, dirt, sand, rock, gravel, plaster, glass, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, masonry, plastic pipe, trees, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping. "Divert" or "diversion" means to use materials for any purpose other than disposal in a landfill or transformation facility. Methods to divert materials include on-site reuse of the materials, delivery of materials from the project site to a certified C&D sorting facility or a recycling facility, or other methods as approved in regulations promulgated by the City Department of Utilities. "Franchised waste hauler" means a person who possesses a valid commercial solid waste collection franchise issued by the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority. "Mixed C&D debris" means loads that include commingled recyclable and non-recyclable C&D debris generated at a project site.
"Recyclable C&D debris" means C&D debris required to be diverted from landfills as specified in the Waste Management Plan and returned to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused or reconstituted products that meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace.
"Recycling facility" means a facility or operation that receives, processes, and transfers source- separated recyclable materials.
"Source-separated C&D debris" means recyclable C&D debris that is separately sorted and containerized at the site of generation by individual material type and segregated from mixed C&D debris prior to collection and transporting.
"Waste log" means a record detailing the management of C&D debris generated by the covered project, including the date and weight/volume of material by type that was salvaged, reused, recycled or disposed.

2. Waste Management Plan. A completed WMP (see Attachment 1) must be submitted to and approved by the City prior to commencing any work on the project. The WMP must specify the types of C&D debris that will be generated from the project; the manner in which C&D debris will be managed and/or stored on the project site; the manner in which recyclable C&D debris generated from the project will be recycled or reuse; the person who will haul, collect or transport the recyclable C&D debris from the project site; and the certified C&D sorting facility or recycling facility where recyclable C&D debris will be delivered. The WMP must be approved by the City prior to commencing any work on the project.

C&D Recycling Requirements Page 1 Rev. 02/01/2011

3. Contractor shall be solely responsible for diverting the recyclable C&D materials specified on the WMP. Mixed C&D debris shall be delivered to a SWA-certified C&D sorting facility only. Only the permit holder, the person who generates the waste, a franchised waste hauler, or the City of Sacramento can transport or haul mixed C&D debris. Source-separated C&D debris may be delivered by any person to any recycling facility that accepts such materials. (See Attachment 2 for list of C&D Debris Haulers and Facilities).

4. During the course of the project, Contractor shall maintain a waste log (see Attachment 3), and keep all weight tickets or weight receipts, for all C&D debris hauled away from the project. At a minimum, the waste log shall specify the C&D debris generated by the project; the manner in which C&D debris was recycled or re-used; and the facility where the C&D debris was delivered.

The records shall be made available for inspection, examination and audit by the City during the one-year retention period to validate the information provided in the WMP and in the waste log. If the City determines noncompliance by the Contractor after an audit has been conducted, Contractor shall reimburse the City for all costs incurred in performing the audit.

6. Failure by Contractor to comply with any provisions specified herein will subject Contractor to possible suspension and/or termination of this Contract for cause; repayment of any or all of the Contract amount disbursed by the City; imposition of a penalty, payable to the City ($50-$250 for first offense, $251-$500 for second offense, and $501-$1500 for subsequent offenses); and/or submission of a performance security deposit fee when submitting a permit application to the City for a project within one year of imposition of the penalty.

For questions or to obtain more information about the Recycling Requirements for C&D debris, contact the City of Sacramento, Solid Waste Services Division, 2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1, Sacramento, CA 95832, or telephone (916) 808-4833, or email C&Dcitvofsacramento.orq C&D Recycling Requirements Page 2 Rev. 02/01/2011

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - 5/31/2023

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
(LBE Program)

1. INTRODUCTION

The City of Sacramento has a Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Program to provide enhanced opportunities for local businesses to participate in the City's procurement and contracting activities. The Program began with an LBE Preference for bid and proposal evaluation. The Program was then expanded to require minimum LBE Participation levels in specific procurement opportunities.

2. APPLICATION

As summarized in the table below, there are two components to the LBE Program:

a. LBE Preference: For certain contracts, a 5% LBE Preference is applied during the bid evaluation process.
b. LBE Participation Requirement: For certain contracts, a minimum 5% LBE participation level is required for a bidder to be considered responsive.

Contracts Under $250,000 Contracts $250,000 or more

Goods
Non-
Professional
Services

Professional
Services

Public
Projects

Goods
Non-
Professional
Services

Professional
Services

Public
Projects
Apply 5% LBE
Preference* YES YES YES YES NO NO YES NO
Apply 5%
Minimum LBE
Participation
Requirement

YES

YES
* LBE Preference only applies if the proposed prime contractor qualifies as an LBE.

Local Business Enterprise: A Local Business Enterprise (“LBE”) means a business enterprise, including but not limited to, a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other business entity that has a “legitimate business presence” within City limits or the unincorporated area of Sacramento County.

A “legitimate business presence” within City limits or the unincorporated area of Sacramento County means:

a. An established business entity operating within the selected areas for at least 12 consecutive months prior to submission of bid; and
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - 5/31/2023
b. Legally operating a location in the City of Sacramento or unincorporated area1 of Sacramento County that is either:
(1) a principal business office or workspace; or
(2) a regional, branch, or satellite office with at least one full-time employee.

To qualify as an LBE, firms must meet these two requirements prior to the deadline for submission of bids or proposals. Upon the request of the City, firms shall provide proof of legally operating a location within City limits or the unincorporated County with the following documents:
- Tax returns for the business;
- Utility bill in the name of the business;
- Business license; and/or
- Secretary of State filings.

Exceptions from LBE Preference and Participation Requirements The LBE Program does not apply to procurement processes for contracts funded with federal funds, goods or services purchased through cooperative purchase agreements, or contracts entered into in response to a declared emergency.

3. LBE PREFERENCE

For contracts under $250,000, firms that qualify as an LBE will receive a 5% preference on all City procurement opportunities. For professional service contracts only, this preference also applies to procurement opportunities of $250,000 or more. The proposed prime contractor must qualify as an LBE to receive LBE preference points. Utilizing an LBE subcontractor is not a basis for receiving LBE preference points.

For contracts to be awarded in response to a solicitation for bids, a bid or quotation submitted by a firm that qualifies as an LBE will receive a 5% bid evaluation preference for the purpose of determining the lowest responsible bidder. This means that, for bid evaluation purposes, the total price bid by an LBE shall be reduced by 5%. However, this reduction only applies for bid evaluation purposes, and the resulting contract or purchase order will reflect the actual amount bid by the LBE.

For contracts awarded in response to a solicitation for proposals or qualifications, a firm that qualifies as an LBE shall receive additional points during the scoring process, so the final score

1 “Unincorporated area” generally refers to the part of a county that is not part of any city. The unincorporated area of Sacramento County does not include the cities of Citrus Heights, Elk Grove, Folsom, Galt, Isleton, Rancho Cordova , Rancho Cordova, and Sacramento.
(see https://www.saccounty.gov/Government/Pages/CitieswithintheCounty.aspx ).

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - 5/31/2023
awarded to the LBE is increased by 5% of the total possible evaluation points.

The City Manager does not have the authority to waive the application of the LBE Preference.

Only the City Council can waive the application of the LBE Preference. No waiver is required for procurements that are otherwise excluded from the LBE Program (as listed above), including federally funded purchases.

4. LBE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENT

For non-professional service, professional service, and public project contracts of $250,000 or more, a minimum 5% LBE participation level is required. To receive credit for the 5% minimum participation requirement, bidders must either (a) be an LBE, or (b) subcontract with a qualified LBE.

Under City Code section 3.60.270, when the City establishes a minimum participation level for LBE's on a contract, no contractor shall be considered responsive unless its bid or proposal meets the minimum LBE participation level required.

The City Manager (or designee) has the authority to waive or reduce the LBE Participation requirements on some procurement opportunities prior to acceptance of bids or proposals.

PARTICIPATION LEVEL

LBE Participation: The percentage of LBE participation is determined based on the dollar value of the work to be performed. LBE credit may be obtained by utilizing LBE qualified subcontractors or suppliers, as outlined below.

Participation Credit: To receive credit for LBE participation:

1. An LBE contractor or subcontractor must: (1) be responsible for the execution of a distinct element of the work; (2) possess any license or certification required for the work; and (3) actually perform, manage, or supervise the work without subcontracting or otherwise shifting any portion of the work to another subcontractor.

2. An LBE supplier must: (1) furnish materials or equipment that the supplier sells as a recurring, although not necessarily primary, part of its business; and (2) the materials or equipment must be necessary for performance of the work.

Suppliers: Credit for an LBE supplier of materials or equipment is counted as 100% of the amount paid to the supplier for the materials or equipment. To receive this credit, LBE Suppliers must be listed on a Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form and submitted with a bid or proposal.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - 5/31/2023

Subcontractors (including Truckers): To receive credit for an LBE subcontractor, the subcontractor must be listed on a Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form and submitted with a bid or proposal.

Truckers: Credit for an LBE trucker is counted as 100% of the amount paid to the trucker for trucking/hauling services, not including any amount paid to the Trucker for the cost of any materials or equipment being transported by the Trucker.

CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS2

LBE Records: The Contractor shall maintain records of all subcontracts with verified LBE subcontractors and records of materials purchased from verified LBE suppliers for one year after receiving final payment from the City. Such records shall show the name and business address of each LBE subcontractor or supplier and the total dollar amount actually paid to each LBE subcontractor or supplier.

No later than 30 days after completion of the work performed under the contract, a summary of these records shall be prepared, certified correct by the Contractor's authorized representative and furnished to the City. The Contractor shall provide such other information, records, reports, certifications or other documents as may be required by the City, to determine compliance with any provision of the LBE Program or these specifications.

Performance of LBE Subcontractors and Suppliers: The LBE subcontractors and suppliers listed by the Contractor shall perform the work and supply the materials or equipment for which they are listed on the Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form, unless the Contractor has received prior written authorization from the City to perform the work with other forces or to obtain the materials or equipment from other sources. Reasons for requesting such authorization would include:

1. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to execute a written contract based upon the general terms, conditions, plans, and specifications for the project.

2. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier becomes bankrupt or insolvent.

3. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to meet the bond requirements of the Contractor.

4. The work performed or the materials or equipment provided by the listed LBE subcontractor or supplier are unsatisfactory or are not in accordance with the plans and specifications.

5. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to perform its contractual obligations.

2 These requirements only apply to the LBE Participation component of the LBE Program CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - 5/31/2023

6. It would be in the best interest of the City.

Subcontractor Substitution: No substitution of an LBE subcontractor shall be made at any time without compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act. If an LBE subcontractor is unable to perform successfully and is to be replaced, the Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to replace the original LBE subcontractor with another verified LBE subcontractor. The new LBE subcontractor must be verified at the time of substitution.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - 5/31/2023
Reporting and Utilization Requirements and Sanctions: Failure to provide specific information, records, reports, certifications or any other documents required for compliance with these specifications, or failure to utilize one or more LBE's in substantial compliance with the LBE utilization indicated in the Contractor's bid or proposal (unless otherwise authorized by the City as provided herein, or when such failure results from changes to the work approved by the City), shall be considered a breach of the contract.

A deduction may be made from the contract amount and the deduction shall not be more than 10% of the value of the work or materials or equipment that the subject LBE(s) were listed to perform or provide in the Contractor's bid or proposal. Deduction shall be made from any payment due the Contractor. This is in addition to any deduction that may be made under any other provision of the Contract, the Sacramento City Code, or State law.

Hearing and Review of Division Manager Decision: Prior to making a deduction pursuant to the Reporting and Utilization Section above, the City shall provide written notice of the proposed deduction to the Contractor. The Contractor may, no later than 5 working days after receiving such notice, provide a written request to the City for a hearing to contest the proposed deduction. Upon receipt of a timely written request from the Contractor, the City shall schedule a hearing before the Division Manager (as defined in the City's Standard Specifications for Public Construction), and written notice of the date, time, and location of the hearing shall be provided to the Contractor not less than 5 working days prior to the date of the hearing.

The hearing shall be conducted in the manner specified in Section 4-8 of the Standard Specifications, and the Division Manager shall prepare and forward to the Contractor a written decision as soon as practicable after the hearing. The Division Manager's decision shall be subject to review in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-9 of the Standard Specifications. Failure to request such review in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4-9 shall constitute acceptance of the Division Manager's decision by the Contractor.

Written Notices: The written notices and request described above shall be provided by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), by personal delivery, or by any other method that provides reliable evidence of the date of receipt. Written notice provided by personal delivery shall be deemed received on the date of delivery.

LBE status is applicable to the following:
• Any Sacramento addresses which encompasses both the City & unincorporated Sacramento County – including neighborhoods like Rosemont, Antelope, Foothill Farms & Walerga.
• North Highlands
• Carmichael
• Fair Oaks
• Orangevale

The map below can be found at: http://www.311.saccounty.net/Pages/Sacramento-County-Maps.aspx

For an interactive map showing exact address locations within the City of Sacramento or unincorporated County of Sacramento: http://generalmap.gis.saccounty.net/JSViewer/county_portal.html

FOLLOWING FORMS TO BE FILLED OUT AND SIGNED

ONLY

IF AWARDED CONTRACT
Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 1

AGREEMENT
(Construction Contract Over $25,000)

THIS AGREEMENT, dated for identification , 2025 , is made and entered into between the CITY OF SACRAMENTO, a municipal corporation (“City”), and Baran Electric, 10020 Bromley Way, Sacramento, CA 95827 (“Contractor”) in the amount of Nine hundred forty-nine thousand two hundred eighty and zero cents ($949,280,00)

The City and Contractor hereby mutually agree as follows:

1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

The Contract Documents, sometimes also referred to as the “Contract ,” consist of the following items, which are hereby incorporated by reference as if set forth in full in this Agreement:

Notice to Contractors
Proposal Form submitted by the Contractor
Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise Participation Form Drug-Free Workplace Policy and Affidavit
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements Workers’ Compensation Insurance Certification
Federal or State funding requirements (if applicable)
Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Requirements
Requirements of the Non-Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code Ban-The-Box Requirements
Addenda, if any
This Agreement
Standard Specifications
Special Provisions
Plans and Technical Specifications
The drawings and other data and all developments thereof prepared by City pursuant to the Contract
Any modifications of any of the foregoing made or approved by City, including but not limited to duly authorized change orders

Unless specifically noted otherwise, references to t he “Standard Specifications” shall mean and refer to the Standard Specifications for Public Construction of the City of Sacramento approved by the Sacramento City Council on November 10, 2020 (Resolution No. 2020-0354), and any subsequent amendments thereto approved by the Sacramento City Council or the Sacramento City Manager. Work called for in any one Contract Document and not mentioned in another is to be performed and executed as if mentioned in all C ontract Documents. The table of contents, titles and headings contained in the Contract D ocuments are provided solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect or limit the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 2

2. DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all words and phrases defined in the Standard Specifications shall have the same meaning and intent in this Agreement.

3. AGREEMENT CONTROLS

In the event of a conflict between any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth in other Contract Documents, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall prevail , except that the provisions of any duly authorized change order shall prevail over any conflicting provisions of this Agreement.

4. SCOPE OF CONTRACT

Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor , material and transportation necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of City, all the Work called for in the Contract Documents entitled:

Med Center Electrical Rehab (PN: Z14130512)

Including the Work called for in the following alternative bid items described in the Proposal Form:

N/A

Contractor agrees to perform such Work in the manner designated in and in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.

5. CONTRACT AMOUNT AND PAYMENTS

City agrees to pay and Contractor agrees to accept, as complete payment for the above Work, in accordance with the schedule and procedures set forth in the Contract Documents and subject to deductions, withholdings and additions as specified in the Contract Documents , a total sum that shall not exceed the total bid amount set forth in Contractor’s Proposal Form.

In addition, subject to deductions, withholdings and additions as specified in the Contract Documents, payment for individual items of the Work shall be computed as follows:

A. For items of the Work for which a lump sum price is specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form, Contractor shall be paid the lump sum price(s) specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form; and

B. For items of the Work for which a unit price is specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form, Contractor shall be paid the sum computed at such unit price , or computed at a different price if such different price is determined by City in accordance with the Standard Specifications, based on the actual amount of each such item performed and/or furnished and incorporated in the Work ; provided that in no event shall the total sum for a unit price item exceed the total bid amount set forth for such item in the Contractor’s Proposal Form, unless authorized by Change Order.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 3

6. PROGRESS PAYMENTS

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract, City shall cause payments to be made upon demand of Contractor as follows:

A. On or about the first of the month, the Engineer shall present to the Contractor a statement showing the amount of labor and materials incorporated in the Work through the twentieth (20) calendar day of the preceding month . After both Contractor and Engineer approve the statement in writing, and the City’s labor compliance officer provides written approval, the City shall issue a certificate for ninety-five (95 ) percent of the amount it shall find to be due, subject to any deductions or withholdings authorized or required under the Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations.

B. No inaccuracy or error in said monthly estimates shall operate to release Contractor from damages arising from such Work or from enforcement of each and every provision of the Contract Documents, and City shall have the right subsequently to correct any error made in any estimate for payment.

C. Contractor shall not be paid for any defective or improper Work.

D. The remaining five (5) percent of the value of the Work performed under the Contract, if unencumbered and subject to any deductions or withholdings authorized or required under the Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations, shall be released not later than sixty (60) days after completion and final acceptance of the Work by City. Acceptance by Contractor of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims against the City arising under the Contract Documents, except for disputed claims in s tated amounts that the Contractor specifically reserves in writing , but only to the extent that the Contractor has complied with all procedures and requirements applicable to the presentation and processing of such claim(s) under the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be entitled to substitute securities for retention or to direct that payments of retention be made into escrow, as provided in Public Contract Code Section 22300, upon execution of the City’s Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention.

E. The parties agree that, for purposes of the timely progress payment requirements specified in Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the date that the City receives a statement jointly approved by the Contractor and the Engineer as provided above shall be deemed to constitute the date that City receives an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from the Contractor. Progress payments not made within 30 days after t his date may be subject to payment of interest as provided in Public Contract Code Section 20104.50.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 4
F. This Contract is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the California Department of Industrial Relations, as specified in California Labor Code section 1771.4.

7. RETENTION OF SUMS CHARGED AGAINST CONTRACTOR

When, under the provisions of this Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations, City is authorized or required to withhold, deduct or charge any sum of money against Contractor, City may deduct and retain the amount of such charge from the amount of the next succeeding progress estimate (s), or from any other moneys due or that may become due Contractor from City. If, on completion or termination of the Contract, sums due Contractor are insufficient to pay City's charges, City shall have the right to rec over the balance from Contractor or its Sureties.

8. COMMENCEMENT AND PROSECUTION OF WORK

Contractor shall commence the Work not later than fifteen (15) working days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed from City to Contractor and shall diligently prosecute the Work to final completion. The phase “commence the Work” means to engage in a continuous program on-site including, but not limited to, site clearance, grading, dredging, land filling and the fabrications, erection, or installation of the Work. The Notice to Proceed shall be issued within fifteen (15) calendar days following execution of the Agreement by the City and the filing by Contractor of the required Bonds and proof of insurance , provided that the Engineer may delay issuance of the Notice to Proceed if the Engineer determines in the Engineer’s sole discr etion that conditions on the site of the Work are unsuitable for commencement of the Work . After the Notice to Proceed is issued, t he continuous prosecution of Work by Contractor shall be subject only to Excusable Delays as defined in this Agreement.

9. TIME OF COMPLETION

The entire Work shall be brought to completion in the manner provided for in the Contract Documents on or before ONE HUNDRED NINETY (190) working days from the date of the Notice to Proceed (hereinafter called the “ Completion Date”) unless extensions of time are granted in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Failure to complete the entire Work by the Completion Date and in the manner provided for in the Contract Documents shall subject Contractor to liquidated damages as provided in this Agreement. Time is and shall be of the essence in the performance of the Contract and the Work.

10. PAYMENTS DO NOT IMPLY ACCEPTANCE OF WORK

The payment of any progress payment, or the acceptance thereof by Contractor, shall not constitute acceptance of the Work or any portion thereof and shall in no way reduce the liability of Contractor to replace unsatisfactory work or material, whether or not the Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 5
unsatisfactory character of such work or material was apparent or detected at the time such payment was made.

11. ACCEPTANCE NOT RELEASE

Contractor shall correct immediately any defective or imperfect work or materials that may be discovered before final acceptance of the entire Work , whether or not such defect or imperfection was previously noticed or identified by the City. The inspection of the Work, or any part thereof, shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations to perform satisfactory work as herein specified.

Failure or neglect on the part of City or any of its officers, employees or authorized agents to discover, identify, condemn or reject defective or imperfect work or materials shall not be construed to imply an acceptance of such work or materials , if such defect or imperfection becomes evident at any time prior to final acceptance of the entire Work, nor shall such failure or neglect be construed as barring City from enforcing Contractor’s warranty(ies) or otherwise recovering damages or such a sum of money as may be required to repair or rebuild the defective or imperfect work or materials whenever City may discover the same , subject only to any statutes of limitation that may apply to any such claim.

12. CITY'S RIGHT TO TAKE POSSESSION OF THE WORK IN WHOLE OR IN PART

The City shall have the right at any time to enter upon the Work and perform work not covered by this Contract, or to occupy and use a portion of the Work, prior to the date of the final acceptance of the Work as a whole, without in any way relieving Contr actor of any obligations under this Contract.

13. NO WAIVER OF REMEDIES

Neither the inspection by City, its officers, employees or agents, nor any certificate or other approval for the payment of money, nor any payment for, nor acceptance of the whole or any part of the Work by City, nor any extensions of time, nor any position taken by City , its officers, employees or its agents shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents nor of any power herein reserved to City or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach of this Agreement be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. All remedies provided in the Contract Documents shall be taken and construed as cumulative; in addition to each and every other remedy herein provided, the City shall have any and all equitable and legal remedies that it would in any case have.

14. WARRANTY

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, and excepting only items of routine maintenance, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect by City , Contractor warrants and guarantees all Work executed and all supplies, materials and devices of whatsoever nature incorporated in or attached to the Work, or otherwise provided as a part of the Work pursuant to the Contract, to be absolutely free of all defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one year after final acceptance of the entire Work by the City.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 6
Contractor shall repair or replace all work or material, together with any other work or material that may be displaced or damaged in so doing, that may prove defective in workmanship or material within this one year warranty period without expense or charge of any nature whatsoever to City.

In the event that Contractor shall fail to comply with the conditions of the foregoing warranty within ten (10) days after being notified of the defect in writing, City shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to repair, or obtain the repair of, t he defect and Contractor shall pay to City on demand all costs and expense of such repair. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that any defect in workmanship or material covered by the foregoing warranty results in a condition th at constitutes an immediate hazard to public health or safety, or any property interest, or any person, City shall have the right to immediately repair, or cause to be repaired, such defect, and Contractor shall pay to City on demand all costs and expense of such repair. The foregoing statement relating to hazards to health, safety or property shall be deemed to include both temporary and permanent repairs that may be required as determined in the sole discretion and judgment of City.

In addition to the above, the Contractor shall make a written assignment of all manufacturer’s and other product warranties to the City, prior to completion and final acceptance of the Work by City.

The Contractor’s Performance Bond shall secure the performance of the Contractor’s obligations under this Section 14 , and the Contractor and its Surety shall be jointly and severally liable for these obligations.

15. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IF WORK NOT COMPLETED ON TIME

A. The actual fact of the occurrence of damages and the actual amount of the damages that City would suffer if the entire Work, and/or any specified portion ther eof, were not completed within the time(s) specified herein are dependent upon many circumstances and conditions that could prevail in various combinations, and for this reason, it is impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. Damages that City would suffer in the event of such delay include: loss of the use of the project; expenses of prolonged assignment to the project of an architectural and /or engineering staff; prolonged costs of administration, inspection, and supervision; increased operational expenses and/or impaired operation of other facilities dependent upon completion of the project; and the loss and inconvenience suffered by the public within the City of Sacramento by reason of the delay in the completion of the project or portion thereof. Accordingly, the parties agree, and by execution of this Agreement, Contractor a cknowledges that it understands and agrees, that the amount(s) set forth herein as liquidated damages reflect the parties’ best efforts at the time of entering into the Contract to estimate the damages that may be incurred by City and the public due to the Contractor’s delay in completion of the Work and/or any specified portion thereof , and shall be presumed to be the amount of damages sustained by the failure of Contractor to complete the entire Work and/or any specified portion thereof within the time(s) specified herein.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 7

B. Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to City for failure to complete the entire Work by the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable) in the amount of $1,000 for each calendar day after the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable), continuing to the time at which the entire Work is completed. Such amount is the actual cash value agreed upon by the City and Contractor as the loss to City and the public resulting from Contractor's default.

The parties agree, and by execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it understands and agrees, that the foregoing provisions provide for the imposition of liquidated damages from the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable) until the date of completion of the entire Work as determined by the Engineer in accordance with Section 8 -4 of the Standard Specifications, whether or not the Work or any portion thereof is claimed or determined to be substantially complete prior to such date of completion.

C. In the event Contractor shall become liable for liquidated damages, City, in addition to all other remedies provided by law, shall have the right to withhold any and all payments that otherwise would be or become due Contractor until the liability of Contractor under this section is finally determined. City shall have the right to use and apply such payments, in whole or in part, to reimburse City for all liquidated damages due or to become due to City. Any remaining balance of such payments shall be paid to Contractor only after discharge in full of all liabilit y incurred by Contractor under this section or otherwise under any provision of the Contract Documents or any applicable Law or Regulation . If the sum so retained by City is not sufficient to discharge all such liabilities of Contractor, Contractor shall continue to remain liable to City until all such liabilities are satisfied in full. No failure by City to withhold any payment as specified above shall in any manner be construed to constitute a release of any such liabilities nor a waiver of the City’s r ight to withhold payment for such liabilities.

16. INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS

A. Contractor shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify the City, its officers, employees, and agents, and each and every one of them, from and against any and all actions, damages, costs, liabilities, claims, demands, losses, judgments, penalties, costs and expenses of every type and description, whether arising on or off the site of the Work, including, but not limited to, any fees and/or costs reasonably incurred by City’s staff attorneys or outside attorneys and any fees and expenses incurred in enforcing this provision (hereafter collectively referred to as “Liabilities”), including but not limited to Liabilities arising from personal injury or death, damage to personal, real or intellectual property or the environment, contractual or other economic damages, or regulatory penalties, arising out of or in any way connected with performance of or failure to perform the Work by the Contractor, any subcontractor or agent, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 8
(i) such Liabilities are caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, or (ii) such Liabilities are litigated, settled or reduced to judgment ; provided that the foregoing indemnity does not apply to liability for damages for death or bodily injury to persons, injury to property, or other loss, damage or expense to the extent arising from (i) the sole negligence or willful misconduct of, or defe cts in design furnished by, City, its agents, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to City, or (ii) the active negligence of City.

B. The existence or acceptance by City of any of the insurance policies or coverages described in this Agreement shall not affect or limit any of City’s rights under this Section 16, nor shall the limits of such insurance limit the liability of Contractor hereunder. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive any expiration or termination of the Contract.

17. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RISKS

Until the completion and final acceptance by City of all Work under this Contract, the Work shall be under Contractor's responsible care and charge, and Contractor , at no cost to City, shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries, damages, re -erections, and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by accidental causes of any nature, to all or any portions of the Work.

18. GENERAL LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR

Except as otherwise herein expressly stipulated, Contractor shall perform all the Work and furnish all the labor, materials, tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, power and light, and appliances, necessary or proper for performing and completing the Work herein required in the manner and within the time herein specified. The mention of any specific duty or liability of Contractor shall not be construed as a limitat ion or restriction of any general liability or duty of Contractor , and any reference to any specific duty or liability shall be construed to be solely for the purpose of explanation.

19. INSURANCE

During the entire term of the Contract, Contractor shall maintain the insurance coverage described in this Section 19.

Full compensation for all premiums that Contractor is required to pay for the insurance coverage described herein shall be included in the compensation specified for the Work performed by Contractor under this Contract. No additional compensation will be provided for Contractor’s insurance premiums. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits and coverages shall be available to the City.

It is understood and agreed by the Contractor that its liability to the City shall not in any way be limited to or affected by the amount of insurance coverage required or carried by the Contractor in connection with this Contract.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 9

A. Minimum Scope & Limits of Insurance Coverage

(1) Commercial General Liability Insurance providing coverage at least as broad as ISO CGL Form 00 01 on an occurrence basis for bodily injury, including death, of one or more persons, property damage, and personal injury, arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor and its subcontractors, products and completed operations of Contractor and its subcontractors, and premises owned, leased, or used by Contractor and its subcontractors, with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence. The policy shall provide contractual liability and products and completed operations coverage for the term of the policy.
(2) Automobile Liability Insurance providing coverage at least as broad as ISO Form CA 00 01 for bodily injury, including death, of one or more persons, property damage, and personal injury, with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per accident. The policy shall provide coverage for owned, non -owned, and/or hired autos as appropriate to the operations of the Contractor.

No automobile liability insurance shall be required if Contractor completes the following certification:

“I certify that a motor vehicle will not be used in the performance of any work or services under this agreement.” ________ (Contractor initials)

(3) Excess Insurance: The minimum limits of insurance required above may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance coverage; provided that any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, a provision that it shall appl y on a primary basis for the benefit of the CITY, and any insurance or self-insurance maintained by CITY, its officials, employees, or volunteers shall be in excess of such umbrella or excess coverage and shall not contribute with it.

(4) Workers’ Compensation Insurance with statutory limits, and Employers’ Liability Insurance with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000). The Workers’ Compensation policy shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City.

No Workers’ Compensation insurance shall be required if Contractor completes the following certification:

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 10

“I certify that my business has no employees, and that I do not employ anyone. I am exempt from the legal requirements to provide Workers' Compensation insurance.” _________
(Contractor initials)

B. Additional Insured Coverage

(1) Commercial General Liability Insurance: The City, its officials, employees, and volunteers shall be covered by policy terms or endorsement as additional insureds as respects general liability arising out of: activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor and its subcontractors; products and completed operations of Contractor and its subcontractors; and premises owned, leased, or used by Contractor and its subcontractors.

(2) Automobile Liability Insurance : The City, its officials, employees, and volunteers shall be covered by policy terms or endorsement as additional insureds as respects auto liability.

C. Other Insurance Provisions

The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

(1) Contractor’s insurance coverage, including excess insurance, shall be primary insurance as respects City, its officials, employees, and volunteers.

Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City, its officials, employees, or volunteers shall be in excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

(2) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its officials, employees, or volunteers.

(3) Coverage shall state that Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.

(4) City will be provided with thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation or material change in the policy language or terms.

D. Acceptability of Insurance

Insurance shall be placed with insurers with a Bests’ rating of not less than A:VI.

Self-insured retentions, policy terms or other variations that do not comply with the requirements of this Section 3 must be declared to and approved by the City in writing prior to execution of this Contract.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 11

E. Verification of Coverage

(1) Contractor shall furnish City with certificates and required endorsements evidencing the insurance required. Copies of policies shall be delivered to the City on demand. Certificates of insurance shall be signed by an authorized representative of the insurance carrier.

(2) For all insurance policy renewals during the term of this Contract, Contractor shall send insurance certificates reflecting the policy renewals directly to:

City of Sacramento
c/o EXIGIS LLC
P.O. Box 947
Murrieta, CA 92564

Insurance certificates also may be faxed to (888) 355-3599, or e-mailed to:
[email protected]

(3) The City may withdraw its offer of contract or cancel this Contract if the certificates of insurance and endorsements required have not been provided prior to execution of this Contract. The City may withhold payments to Contractor or cancel the Contract if the insurance is canceled or Contractor otherwise ceases to be insured as required herein.

F. Subcontractors

Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance coverage that meets the minimum scope and limits of insurance coverage specified in subsection A, above.

20. FAILURE TO MAINTAIN BONDS OR INSURANCE

If, at any time during the performance of this Contract, Contractor fails to maintain any item of the bonds and/or insurance required under the Contract in full force and effect, Contractor shall immediately suspend all work under the Contract and notify C ity in writing of such failure. After such notice is provided, or if City discovers such failure and notifies Contractor, the City thereafter may withhold all Contract payments due or that become due until notice is received by City that such bonds and/or insurance have been restored in full force and effect and that the premiums therefor have been paid for a period satisfactory to the Division of Risk Management. Contractor shall not resume work until notified by City to do so , and the City shall have no responsibility or liability for any costs incurred by Contractor as a result of such suspension of Work.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 12
In addition to the foregoing, any failure to maintain any item of the required bonds and/or insurance at any time during the performance of this Contract will be sufficient cause for termination of the Contract by City.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees and agents against and from, any and all damages, claims, losses, actions, costs or other expenses of any kind incurred by any party as a direct or indirect result of any suspension of Work or termination of the Contract under the provisions of this Section.

21. EXCUSABLE DELAYS

For the purpose of these Contract Documents, the term "Excusable Delay" shall mean, and is limited to, delay caused directly by : acts of God; acts of a public enemy; fires; inclement weather as determined by the Engineer; riots; insurrections; epidemics; quarantine restrictions; strikes; lockouts; sitdowns; acts of a governmental agency; priorities or privileges established for the manufacture, assemble, or allotment of materials necessary in the Work by order, decree or otherwise of the United States or by any department, bureau, commission, committee, agent, or administrator of any legally constituted public authority; changes in the Work ordered by City insofar as they necessarily require additional time in which to complete the Work; the prevention of Contractor from commencing or prosecuting the Work because of the acts of others, excepting Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers; or the prevention of Contractor from commencing or prosecuting the Work because of a Citywide failure of public utility service.

The term "Excusable Delay" shall specifically not include: (i) any delay that could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of Contractor; (ii) any delay in the prosecution of any part of the Work that does not constitute a Controlling Operation, whether or not such delay is unavoidable; (iii) any reasonable delay resulting from time required by City for review of any Contractor submittals and for the making of surveys, measurements and inspection; and, (iv) any delay arising from an interruption in the prosecution of the Work on account of reasonable interference by other Contractors employed by City that does not necessarily prevent the completion of the entire Work within the time specified. Excusable Delays, if any, shall operate only to extend the Completion Date (not in excess of the period of such delay as dete rmined by City) and shall not under any circumstances increase the amount City is required to pay Contractor except as otherwise provided in these Contract Documents.

22. CONTRACTOR TO SERVE NOTICE OF DELAYS

Whenever Contractor foresees any delay in the prosecution of the Work, and in any event as soon as possible (not to exceed a period of ten (10) calendar days) after the initial occurrence of any delay that Contractor regards as or may later claim to be an Excusable Delay, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such delay and its cause, in order that the Engineer: (i) may take immediate steps to prevent if possible the occurrence or continuance of the delay ; or (ii) if this cannot be done, may determine whether the delay is to be considered excusable, how long it continues, and to what extent the prosecution and Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 13
completion of the Work are delayed thereby. Said written notice shall constitute an application for an extension of time only if the notice requests such an extension and sets forth the Contractor's estimate of the additional time required together with a full description of the cause of the delay relied upon.

After the completion of any part or whole of the Work, the Engineer, in estimating the amount due Contractor, will assume that any and all delays that may have occurred in its prosecution and completion were not Excusable Delays, except for such delays for which the Contractor has provided timely written notice as required herein, and that the Engineer has found to be excusable. Contractor shall not be entitled to claim Excusable Delay for any delay for which the Contractor failed to provide such timely written notice.

23. EXTENSION OF TIME

If the Contractor complies with Section 22, above, and the Engineer finds a delay claimed by the Contractor to be an Excusable Delay, the Contractor shall be allowed an extension of time to complete the Work that is proportional to the period of Excusable Delay determined by the Engineer, subject to the approval by City of a change order granting such time extension.

During a duly authorized extension for an Excusable Delay, City shall not charge liquidated damages against the Contractor for such delay.

If the City extends the time to complete the Work as provided herein, such extension shall in no way release any warranty or guarantee given by Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, nor shall such extension of time relieve or release the sureties of the Bonds provided pursuant to the Contract Doc uments. By executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such extension of time. The granting of any extension of time as provided herein shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of City of its rights under this Contract , excepting only extension of the Completion Date for such period of Excusable Delay as may be determined by the Engineer and approved by a duly authorized change order.

24. NO PAYMENT FOR DELAYS

No damages or compensation of any kind shall be paid to Contractor or any subcontractor because of delays in the progress of the Work whether or not such delays qualify for extension of time under this Agreement; except that this provision shall not preclu de the recovery of damages for a delay caused by the City that is unreasonable under the circumstances and that is not within the contemplation of the parties, provided that the Contractor timely submits all such written notice(s) and fully complies with s uch other procedures as may be specified in the Contract Documents or any Laws or Regulations for Contractor to claim damages for such delay.

25. CHANGES IN THE WORK

Changes in the Work authorized or directed in accordance with the Contract Documents and extensions of time of completion made necessary by reason thereof shall not in any way release any warranty or guarantee given by Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 14
Contract Documents, nor shall such changes in the Work relieve or release the Sureties on Bonds provided pursuant to the Contract Documents. By executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such change in Work and to any extension of time made by reason thereof.

26. TERMINATION AFTER COMPLETION DATE

In addition to any other rights City may have, if any services or work required under the Contract (including but not limited to punch list items) are not completed as of the Completion Date (as adjusted by any extensions of time for Excusable Delays grant ed pursuant to the Contract Documents), City may terminate the Contract at any time after the Completion Date ( as adjusted by any extensions of time for Excusable Delays granted pursuant to the Contract Documents), by providing a written notice to Contractor specifying the date of termination. Such notice also may specify conditions or requirements that Contractor must meet to avoid termination of the Contract on such date. If Contractor fails to fulfill all such conditions and requirements by such termination date, or, if no such conditions or requirements are specified, Contractor shall cease rendering services a nd performing work on such termination date, and shall not be entitled to receive any compensation for services rendered or work performed after such termination date. In the event of such termination, Contractor shall remain liable to City for liquidated damages incurred for any period of time prior to the termination date.

In addition to any other charges, withholdings or deductions authorized under the Contract or any Laws or Regulations, if City terminates the Contract pursuant to this section, City may withhold and deduct from any payment and/or retention funds otherwise due Contractor any sum necessary to pay the City's cost of completing or correcting , or contracting for the completion or correction of, any services or work under the Contract that are not completed to the satisfaction of the City or that otherwise are deficient or require correction as of such termination date, including but not limited to incomplete punch list items. Such costs shall include all of the City’s direct and indirect costs incurred to complete or correct such services or work, including the City’s administrative and overhead costs. If the amount of payment(s) and/or retention funds otherwise due the Contractor are insufficient to pay such costs, City shall have the right to recover the balance of such costs from the Contractor and/or its Surety(ies).

27. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

Upon written notice to the Contractor, the City may at any time, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the City, elect to terminate the Contract for the convenience of City. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items, and after deduction and/or withholding of any amounts authorized to be deducted or withheld by the Contract Documents or any Laws or Regulations):

A. For Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination and determined to be acceptable by the Engineer , including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 15
B. For reasonable claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with subcontractors, suppliers, and others; and

C. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.

Contractor shall not be paid for any loss of anticipated profits or revenue for any Work not performed prior to termination, nor for any economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination, except for the payments listed in this section. Contractor’s warranty under Section 14 of this Agreement shall apply, and Contractor shall remain responsible for all obligations related to such warranty, with respect to all portions of the Work performed prior to the effective date of the termination for con venience pursuant to this section. The City shall be entitled to have any or all remaining Work performed by other contractors or by any other means at any time after the effective date of a termination for convenience pursuant to this section.

28. TERMINATION FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT

If Contractor abandons the Work under this Contract, or if the Contract or any portion of the Contract is sublet or assigned without the consent of the City, or if the Engineer determines in the Engineer’s sole discretion that the conditions of the Contrac t in respect to the rate of progress of the Work are not being fulfilled or any part thereof is unnecessarily delayed, or if Contractor violates or breaches, or fails to execute in good faith, any of the terms or conditions of the Contract, or if Contracto r refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled labor or materials or refuses or fails to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or labor, or if Contractor disregards any Laws or Regulations or proper instruction or orders of the Engineer, then, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the City may give Contractor and its Sureties written notification to immediately correct the situation or the Contract shall be terminated.

In the event that such notice is given, and, in the event such situation is not corrected, or arrangements for correction satisfactory to the City are not made, within ten (10) calendar days from the date of such notice or within such other period of time as may be specified by the City in the notice, the Contract shall upon the expiration of said period cease and terminate. In the event of any such termination, City may take over the Work and prosecute the Work to completion, or otherwise, and the Contrac tor and its Suret ies shall be liable to City for any cost occasioned City thereby, as hereinafter set forth.

In the event City completes the Work, or causes the Work to be completed, no payment of any kind shall be made to Contractor until the Work is complete. The cost of completing the Work, including but not limited to, extra costs of project administration and management incurred by City, both direct or indirect, shall be deducted from any sum then due, or that becomes due, to Contractor from City. If sums due to Contractor from City are less than the cost of completing the Work, Contractor and its Sureties shall pay City a sum equal to this difference on demand. In the event City completes the Work, and there is a sum remaining due to Contractor after City deducts the costs of completing the Work, then City shall pay such sum to Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor’s Suret ies shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations imposed on Contractor hereunder.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 16

No act by City before the Work is finally accepted, including, but not limited to, exercise of other rights under the Contract, actions at law or in equity, extensions of time, payments, assessments of liquidated damages, occupation or acceptance of any part of the Work, waiver of any prior breach of the Contract or failure to take action pursuant to this section upon the happening of any prior default or breach of Contractor, shall be construed to b e a waiver or estoppel of the City’s right to act pursuant to this Section upon any subsequent event, occurrence or failure by Contractor to fulfill the terms and conditions of the Contract. The rights of City to terminate the Contract pursuant to this Section and pursuant to Sections 26 and 27 are cumulative and are in addition to all other rights of City pursuant to the Contract and at law or in equity.

29. CONTRACTOR BANKRUPT

If Contractor should commence any bankruptcy proceeding, or if Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if Contractor makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency, then the City may, wi thout prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the Contract and complete the work by giving notice as provided in Section 28 above.

30. SURETIES’ OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION

If the City terminates the Contract pursuant to Section 28 or Section 29 above:

A. The Surety under Contractor’s performance bond shall be fully responsible for all of the Contractor’s remaining obligations of performance under the Contract as if the Surety were a party to the Contract , including without limitation Contractor’s obligations, as provided in the Contract Documents, to complete and provide a one - year warranty of the entire Work, pay liquidated damages and indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, up to the full amount of the performance bond.

B. The Surety under Contractor’s payment bond shall be fully responsible for the performance of all of the Contractor’s remaining payment obligations for work, services, equipment or materials performed or provided in connection with the Work or any portion thereof, up to the full amount of the payment bond.

31. ACCOUNTING RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR

During performance of the Contract and f or a period of three (3) years after completing the entire Work, Contractor shall maintain all accounting and financial records related to the Contract and performance of the Work in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, and shall keep and make such records available for inspection and audit by representatives of the City upon reasonable written notice.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 17

32. USE TAX REQUIREMENTS

During the performance of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, agrees as follows:

A. Use Tax Direct Payment Permit : For all leases and purchases of materials, equipment, supplies, or other tangible personal property used to perform the Agreement and shipped from outside California, the Contractor and any subcontractors leasing or purchasing such materials, equipment, supplies or other tangible personal property shall obtain a Use Tax Direct Payment Permit from the California State Board of Equalization (“SBE”) in accordance with the applicable SBE criteria and requirements.

B. Sellers Permit: For any construction contract and any construction subcontract in the amount of $5,000,000 or more, Contractor and the subcontractor(s) shall obtain sellers permits from the SBE and shall register the jobsite as the place of business for the purpose of allocating local sales and use tax to the City.

Contractor and its subcontractors shall remit the self -accrued use tax to the SBE, and shall provide a copy of each remittance to the City.

C. The above provisions shall apply in all instances unless prohi bited by the funding source for the Agreement.

33. NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

This Agreement may be subject to the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter

3.54, Non -Discrimination in Employee Benefits by City Contractors. The Contract Documents include a summary of the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter

3.54, entitled “Requirements of the Non -Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code.” By signing this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges and represents that Contractor has read and understands these requirements and agrees to fully comply with all applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.54. If requested by City, Contractor agrees to promptly provide such documents and information as may be required by City to verify Contractor’s compliance. Any violation by Contractor of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.5 4 constitutes a material breach of this Agreement, for which the City may terminate the Agreement and pursue all available legal and equitable remedies.

34. CONSIDERING CRIMINAL CONVICTION INFORMATION IN THE EMPLOYMENT

APPLICATION PROCESS

This Agreement may be subject to the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter

3.62, Procedures for Considering Criminal Conviction Information in the Employment Application Process. The Contract Documents include a summary of the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62, entitled “Ban-The-Box Requirements.” By signing this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges and represents that Contractor has read and Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 18
understands these requirements and agrees to fully comply with all applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62. If requested by City, Contractor agrees to promptly provide such documents and information as may be required by City to verify Contractor’s compliance. Any violation by Contractor of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62 constitutes a material breach of this Agreement, for which the City may terminate the Agreement and pursue all available legal and equitable remedies.

Contractor agrees to require its subcontractors to fully comply with all applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62, and include these requirements in all subcontracts covered by Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62.

Form approved by City Attorney 1-11-17 19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their names.

CONTRACTOR

Under penalty of perjury, I certify that the
taxpayer identification number and all other
information provided here are correct.

DATE BY_________________________________ ________Ciamack Azimpour____________
Print Name
_____________CEO______________________
Title

BY_________________________________
___________________________________
Print Name
____________________________________
Title
1000365206
DIR Registration #
__84-2142660________________________
Federal ID#
____________________________________
State ID#
______1045523_______________________
City of Sacramento Business Operation Tax
Certificate No. (City will not award contract until
Certificate Number is obtained)

Type of Business Entity (check one):

_____ Individual/Sole Proprietor
_____ Partnership
_____ Corporation
_____ Limited Liability Company
_____Other (please specify:________________)

CITY OF SACRAMENTO
a municipal corporation

DATE BY _________________________________ For: Leyne Milstein, Interim City Manager

Original Approved As To Form: Attest:

City Attorney City Clerk

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

PAYMENT BOND
Department of Utilities
Bond No.: 101441154
Premium: Included With Performance Bond
WHEREAS, the City of Sacramento, in the State of California, hereinafter called City, has conditionally awarded to:

Baran Electric
10020 Bromley Way
Sacramento, CA 95827
hereinaffer called Contractor, a contract for construction of:

Medical Center Electrical Rehab
(PN: 214130512) (B25141363001)
Which contract is by reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and is hereinaffer referred to as the Contract; and
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract and pursuant to Chapter 5 of Title 3 of Part 6 of Division 4 of the California Civil Code (commencing with Civil Code Section 9550), Contractor is required to furnish a good and sufficient payment bond to secure payment of the claims to which reference is made in Civil Code Section 9554.

NOW, THEREFORE, we the Contractor and (here insert full name and address of Surety):

Merchants Bonding Company, Pa Box 14498, Des Moines, IA 50306-3498 , a corporation duly authorized and admitted to transact business and issue surety bonds in the State of California, hereinaffer called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City, and unto all persons or entities entitled to assert a claim against a payment bond under any of the aforesaid Civil Code provisions in the sum Nine Hundred Forty- Nine Thousand, Two Hundred Eiqhty and 00/100 Dollars ($949 280.00) on the condition that if Contractor shall fail to pay for any materials or equipment furnished or used in performance of the Contract, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board or the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Contractor and all subcontractors with respect to such work or labor, then the Surety shall pay the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified above. If suit is brought upon this bond, Surety shall pay, in addition to the above sum, all costs, expenses and fees, including attorney's fees, reasonably incurred by any party in successfully enforcing the obligation secured hereby, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Should the condition of this bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and shall bind Contractor, Surety, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.

It is hereby stipulated and agreed that this bond shall inure to the benefit of all persons, companies, corporations, political subdivisions, State agencies and other entities entitled to assert a claim against a payment bond under any of the aforesaid Civil Code provisions, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration or addition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by authorized representatives of the Contractor and Surety. SIGNED AND SEALED on March 18 , 2025.

Baran Electric
(Contractor)
By:

Title: (' E 0
(Seal)
Merchants Bonding Cqrany
ORIGINAL APPROVED AS TO FORM:
(Seal)
Title Blake A. Pfister, Attorney-in-Fact
Agent Name and Address: Blake A. Pfister, c/o The Bond Connection Pa Box 4164, Dana Point, CA 92629
City Attorney AgentPhone#: 949-248-1543
Surety Phone #: !515-243-3854
California License # 2482-8
Surety Email: bondconnection@,cox.net
Effective 7-'1-'12

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

PERFORMANCE BOND
Department of Utilities
Bond No.: 101441154
Premium: $28,478
WHEREAS, the City of Sacramento, State of California, hereinafter called City, has conditionally awarded to Baran Electric
10020 Bromley Way
Sacramento, CA 95827
as principal, hereinafter called Contractor, a contract for construction of:

Medical Center Electrical Rehab
(PN: 214130512) (B25141363001)
which contract is by reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof as if the Surety named below were a party to the contract, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract; and WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract, Contractor is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, we the Contractor and (here insert full name and address of Surety): Merchants Bondinq Company Pa Box 14498, Des Moines, IA 50306-3498
a corporation duly authorized and admitted to transact business and issue surety bonds in the State of California, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City, as oblige, in the sum of: Nine Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand, Two Hundred Eiqhty and 00/100 Dollars ($949 280.00) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we the Contractor and Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. The condition of this obligation is such that, if the Contractor, Contractor's heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly'keep and fully perform all covenants, conditions and agreements required to be kept and performed by Contractor in the Contrad and any changes, additions or alterations made thereto, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meanings, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, employees and agents, as therein provided, then the Surety's obligations under the Contract and this bond shall be null and void; otherwise they shall be and remain in full force and effect. This obligation shall remain in full force and effect through the end of the Contract warranty period, which will expire one year affer the completion of work date specified in the Notice of Completion filed for the above-named project.

As part of the obligations secured hereby and in addition to the sum specified above, there shall be included all costs, expenses and fees, including attorney's fees, reasonably incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligations, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be peformed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration or addition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by authorized representatives of the Contractor and Surety.

SIGNED AND SEALED on March 18 , 2025.

Baran Electric
(Contractor)
By:
(sea')
Title: CEO Title Blake A. Pfister, Attorney-in-Fact
Agent Name and Address: Blake A. Pfister, c/o The Bond Ccnriaction ORIGINAL APPROVED AS TO FORM: Pa Box 4164, Dana Point, CA 92629 City Attorney AgentPhone#: 949-248-1543
Surety Phone #: 515-243-3854
California License # 2482-8
Surety Email: [email protected]
Form_SCTNID_CTGRY.XX0316ACORD25_ACORD
<docindex><index>ACORD</index></docindex> BDF_PCA

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

PRODUCER CONTACT
NAME:

PHONE
(A/C, No, Ext):

FAX
(A/C, No):

E-MAIL
ADDRESS:

INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A :

INSURER B :

INSURER C :

INSURER D :

INSURER E :

INSURER F :

COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER:

INSR
LTR
ADDL
INSD
SUBR

WVDTYPE OF INSURANCE

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:

POLICY
OTHER:

PRO-

JECT LOC

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

ANY AUTO
OWNED

AUTOS ONLY
HIRED

AUTOS ONLY

SCHEDULED
AUTOS

NON-OWNED

AUTOS ONLY

UMBRELLA LIAB

EXCESS LIAB
OCCUR

CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION $

WORKERS COMPENSATION

AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY

ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
Y/N
N / A

POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
(MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

EACH OCCURRENCE

DAMAGE TO RENTED
MED EXP (Any one person)

PERSONAL & ADV INJURY

GENERAL AGGREGATE

PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
$
$
$
$
$

COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT

PROPERTY DAMAGE
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
(Ea accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
$
$

AGGREGATE

EACH OCCURRENCE
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT

INSURED
$
$
$E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE

PER STATUTE OTH- ER
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)

CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
(Per accident)
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.

IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS

CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
[email protected]
03/21/2025
1-800-444-4487
Ciamack Azimpour
10020 Bromley Way
Sacremento, CA 95827
City of Sacramento Department of
Utilities
1395 35th Ave
Sacramento, CA 95822
Progressive Commercial Lines Customer and Agent Servicing 937566544765247674D032125T153505
Progressive Insurance
PO Box 94739, Cleveland, OH 44101
Progressive Express Insurance Company 10193
A
X
X 994907038Y N 03/21/2025 09/21/2025
1,000,000
A 994907038Y N 03/21/2025 09/21/2025
See ACORD 101 for additional coverage details. $

Form_SCTNID_CTGRY.XX0108ACORD101_ACORD
<docindex><index>ACORD</index></docindex> BDF_PCA
Progressive Insurance
994907038
Progressive Express Insurance Company 10193
Ciamack Azimpour
10020 Bromley Way
Sacremento, CA 95827
03/21/2025
AGENCY CUSTOMER ID:

LOC #:

ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of
AGENCY

POLICY NUMBER

CARRIER NAIC CODE

NAMED INSURED
EFFECTIVE DATE:

ADDITIONAL REMARKS

THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance 1 1
Additional Coverages
Insurance coverage(s) Limits…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Uninsured/Underinsured Motorist $30,000/$60,000
Description of Location/Vehicles/Special Items
Scheduled autos only…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2013 FORD 1FTFW1EF2DFA90766F150
Comprehensive $500 Ded
Collision $500 w/Waiver Ded
Rental Reimbursement $50 Per Day ($1,500 Max)
Roadside Assistance Selected w/$0 Ded
Additional Information
Certificate holder is listed as an Additional Insured.

ACORD 101 (2008/01)
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
© 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER F :

INSURER E :

INSURER D :

NAME:

CONTACT
INSURER C :

INSURER B :
(A/C, No):

FAX
E-MAIL
ADDRESS:

CUSTOMER ID:

PRODUCER

PRODUCER
(A/C, No, Ext):

PHONE
INSURED INSURER A :

The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

LOCATION OF PREMISES / DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:

COVERAGES
$ $
$BOILER & MACHINERY /

EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN
$
$
$

TYPE OF POLICY
CRIME

POLICY NUMBER
$
$
$
$

NAMED PERILS

CAUSES OF LOSS

TYPE OF POLICYINLAND MARINE
$

RENTAL VALUE

CONTENTS

BUILDING

DEDUCTIBLES
WIND
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

BLANKET BLDG & PP

BLANKET PERS PROP

BLANKET BUILDING

EXTRA EXPENSE

BUSINESS INCOME

PERSONAL PROPERTY

BUILDING
FLOOD

EARTHQUAKE

SPECIAL
BROAD
BASIC

CAUSES OF LOSS

PROPERTY

POLICY EXPIRATION

DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

POLICY EFFECTIVE

DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
INSR

LTR LIMITSCOVERED PROPERTYPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCE $ $
$
SPECIAL CONDITIONS / OTHER COVERAGES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) © 1995-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

ACORD 24 (2016/03)

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

CANCELLATION

CERTIFICATE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE

DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

CERTIFICATE HOLDER
844-357-0403Hiscox Inc. d/b/a/ Hiscox Insurance Agency in CA 5 Concourse Parkway
Suite 2150
Atlanta GA, 30328
City of Sacramento
P104.598.522.1
A
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc. 10200

CIAMACK AZIMPOUR DBA BARAN ELECTRIC
10020 Bromley Way
Sacramento, CA 95827
X $ 500
03/10/2025 03/10/2026
$ 5,000X
[email protected]
03/17/2025

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER F :

INSURER E :

INSURER D :

INSURER C :

INSURER B :

INSURER A :

NAIC #
NAME:

CONTACT
(A/C, No):

FAX
E-MAIL
ADDRESS:

PRODUCER
(A/C, No, Ext):

PHONE

INSURED
REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

OTHER:
(Per accident)
(Ea accident)
$
$
N / A
SUBR
WVD
ADDL
INSD

COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
AUTOS

AUTOSAUTOS

NON-OWNED

HIRED AUTOS

SCHEDULEDALL OWNED

ANY AUTO

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
Y / N

WORKERS COMPENSATION

AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
If yes, describe under

ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
$
$
$
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
ER
OTH-

STATUTE
PER

LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)

POLICY EXP
(MM/DD/YYYY)

POLICY EFF

POLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTR
INSR
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)

EXCESS LIAB
UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE
$AGGREGATE
$
OCCUR

CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION $
$PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
$GENERAL AGGREGATE
$PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$MED EXP (Any one person)
$EACH OCCURRENCE

DAMAGE TO RENTED
$PREMISES (Ea occurrence)

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:

POLICY PRO-

JECT LOC

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE

DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

CANCELLATION

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2016/03)
© 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

CERTIFICATE HOLDER
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
MTTU
Hiscox Inc. d/b/a/ Hiscox Insurance Agency in CA
5 Concourse Parkway
Suite 2150
Atlanta GA, 30328
(888) 202-3007
[email protected]
Hiscox Insurance Company Inc 10200

CIAMACK AZIMPOUR DBA BARAN ELECTRIC
10020 Bromley Way
Sacramento, CA 95827
City of Sacramento
03/10/202603/10/2025P104.598.522.1Y
X
A
X
X 1,000,000
100,000
5,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
2,000,000
03/17/2025
Form 590 2021
7061223

TAXABLE YEAR
2022 Withholding Exemption Certificate

CALIFORNIA FORM
590
The payee completes this form and submits it to the withholding agent. The withholding agent keeps this form with their records.

Withholding Agent Information
Name
Name □ SSN or ITIN □ FEIN □ CA Corp no. □ CA SOS file no.

Address (apt./ste., room, PO box, or PMB no.)
City (If you have a foreign address, see instructions.) State ZIP code Exemption Reason
Check only one box.

By checking the appropriate box below, the payee certifies the reason for the exemption from the California income tax withholding requirements on payment(s) made to the entity or individual.

CERTIFICATE OF PAYEE: Payee must complete and sign below.

Our privacy notice can be found in annual tax booklets or online. Go to ftb.ca.gov/privacy to learn about our privacy policy statement, or go to ftb.ca.gov/forms and search for 1131 to locate FTB 1131 EN-SP , Franchise Tax Board Privacy Notice on Collection. To request this notice by mail, call 800.338.0505 and enter form code 948 when instructed.

Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined the information on this form, including accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete. I further declare under penalties of perjury that if the facts upon which this form are based change, I will promptly notify the withholding agent.

Type or print payee’s name and title ___________________________________________________ Telephone _________________ Payee Information
□ Individuals — Certification of Residency:

I am a resident of California and I reside at the address shown above. If I become a nonresident at any time, I will promptly notify the withholding agent. See instructions for General Information D, Definitions.

Payee’s signature ▶ Date
___3/21/2025___________________
□ Corporations:

The corporation has a permanent place of business in California at the address shown above or is qualified through the California Secretary of State (SOS) to do business in California. The corporation will file a California tax return. If this corporation ceases to have a permanent place of business in California or ceases to do any of the above, I will promptly notify the withholding agent. See instructions for General Information D, Definitions. □ Partnerships or Limited Liability Companies (LLCs):

The partnership or LLC has a permanent place of business in California at the address shown above or is registered with the California SOS, and is subject to the laws of California. The partnership or LLC will file a California tax return. If the partnership or LLC ceases to do any of the above, I will promptly inform the withholding agent. For withholding purposes, a limited liability partnership (LLP) is treated like any other partnership. □ Insurance Companies, Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs), or Qualified Pension/Profit-Sharing Plans:

The entity is an insurance company, IRA, or a federally qualified pension or profit-sharing plan. □ California Trusts:

At least one trustee and one noncontingent beneficiary of the above-named trust is a California resident. The trust will file a California fiduciary tax return. If the trustee or noncontingent beneficiary becomes a nonresident at any time, I will promptly notify the withholding agent.
□ Estates — Certification of Residency of Deceased Person:

I am the executor of the above-named person’s estate or trust. The decedent was a California resident at the time of death.

The estate will file a California fiduciary tax return. □ Nonmilitary Spouse of a Military Servicemember:

I am a nonmilitary spouse of a military servicemember and I meet the Military Spouse Residency Relief Act (MSRRA) requirements. See instructions for General Information E, MSRRA. □ Tax-Exempt Entities:

The entity is exempt from tax under California Revenue and Taxation Code (R&TC) Section 23701 ______ Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c) _____
the withholding agent. Individuals cannot be tax-exempt entities. (insert letter) or
(insert number). If this entity ceases to be exempt from tax, I will promptly notify

3/21/2025

2 Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements

As a condition of receiving this Contract, Contractor agrees to fully comply with the requirements specified herein for all demolition projects, as well as projects with a valuation of $250,000 or more:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms, words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

“Certified C&D sorting facility” means a facility that receives C&D debris and/or processes C&D debris into its component material types for reuse, recycling, and disposal of residuals and possesses a valid certificate as a C&D sorting facility from the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority.

“Construction and demolition debris” or “C&D debris” means used or commonly discarded materials resulting from construction, repair, remodel or demolition operations on any pavement, house, building, or other structure, or from landscaping that are not hazardous as defined in California Health and Safety Code section 25100 et seq. Such materials include, but are not limited to, concrete, asphalt, wood, metal, brick, dirt, sand, rock, gravel, plaster, glass, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, masonry, plastic pipe, trees, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping.

“Divert” or “diversion” means to use materials for any purpose other than disposal in a landfill or transformation facility. Methods to divert materials include on- site reuse of the materials, delivery of materials from the project site to a certified C&D sorting facility or a recycling facility, or other methods as approved in regulations promulgated by the City Department of Utilities.

“Franchised waste hauler” means a person who possesses a valid commercial solid waste collection franchise issued by the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority.

“Mixed C&D debris” means loads that include commingled recyclable and non-recyclable C&D debris generated at a project site.

“Recyclable C&D debris” means C&D debris required to be diverted from landfills as specified in the Waste Management Plan and returned to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused or reconstituted products that meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace.

“Recycling facility” means a facility or operation that receives, processes, and transfers source-separated recyclable materials.

“Source-separated C&D debris” means recyclable C&D debris that is separately sorted and containerized at the site of generation by individual material type and segregated from mixed C&D debris prior to collection and transporting.

“Waste log” means a record detailing the management of C&D debris generated by the covered project, including the date and weight/volume of material by type that was salvaged, reused, recycled or disposed.

3. Contractor shall be solely responsible for diverting the recyclable C&D materials specified on the WMP. Mixed C&D debris shall be delivered to a SWA-certified C&D sorting facility only. Only the permit holder, the person who generates the waste, a franchised waste hauler, or the City of Sacramento can transport or haul mixed C&D debris. Source- separated C&D debris may be delivered by any person to any recycling facility that accepts such materials. (See Attachment 2 for list of C&D Debris Haulers and Facilities).

3 4. During the course of the project, Contractor shall maintain a waste log (see Attachment 3), and keep all weight tickets or weight receipts, for all C&D debris hauled away from the project. At a minimum, the waste log shall specify the C&D debris generated by the project; the manner in which C&D debris was recycled or re- used; and the facility where the C&D debris was delivered.

5. Within 30 days after submitting the project completion report, Contractor shall submit to the City a completed waste log, along with copies of supporting weight tickets. Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate and complete records of al bills, weight receipts or weight tickets that were issued for the collection, transport or disposal of C&D debris for a period of one-year after submittal of the waste log. The records shall be made available for inspection, examination and audit by the City during the one-year retention period to validate the information provided in the WMP and in the waste log. If the City determines noncompliance by the Contractor after an audit has been conducted, Contractor shall reimburse the City for all costs incurred in performing the audit.

Recycling & Solid Waste | 2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1 | Sacramento, CA 95832 | 916-808-0965 | www.sacrecycle.org

Construction & Demolition
Waste Management Plan

C&D Debris Waste Management Plan
City of Sacramento Recycling & Solid Waste
Phone: (916) 808-0965 / Fax: (916) 808-4999
C&[email protected]
Building
Permit
Numbers

Please include all known permit numbers related to this project.

Form submitted
by:

Please attach a business card or include your name with a phone number and/or an email address.

Building Project Information:

Briefly describe the project:

Materials Required to be Recycled
65% of all debris must be recycled if generated during the course of your project. Failure to meet the 65% diversion rate may result in a fine being imposed. You can either source-separate them, which may be hauled by anyone, or mix them in one container and send the mixed C&D debris load to a Certified Mixed C&D Sorting Facility. Mixed C&D loads can only be hauled by a franchised hauler or self-hauled. Please see the Definitions section, on the next page, for more information.

Material Management
How the C&D debris will be stored on the project site: Mixed C&D Source-Separated

Company to haul away debris:

Facilities to receive debris:

Office Use Only: Approved by: On date:

Fee amount: $
65%
of all debris
must be recycled
Waste Log and tickets must be submitted within 30 days of permit being finaled.

Job Address:

Contractor: Phone:

Address: Email:

Owner: Phone:

Address: Email:

This Waste Management Plan (WMP) must be submitted and approved before your building permit(s) will be issued. Only one WMP is required if a project has multiple building permits associated to it (i.e., multiple houses in a subdivision, or multiple related permits at one address). The Administration fee is 0.04% of the job valuation (min $40, max $800). If applicable, a security deposit of 1% of the job valuation (max $10,000) will be required. The accompanying Waste Log must be submitted within 30 days of final inspection (or permit expiration) of the project, or a fine may be imposed. Approval may also be delayed if the Waste Log from a previous project is due.

Recycling & Solid Waste | 2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1 | Sacramento, CA 95832 | 916-808-0965 | www.sacrecycle.org Construction & Demolition
Waste Management Plan
C&D Debris Waste Management Plan
City of Sacramento Recycling & Solid Waste
Phone: (916) 808-0965 / Fax: (916) 808-4999
C&[email protected]
Definitions
Please read and understand these terms. Call Recycling & Solid Waste (RSW) at (916) 808-0965 if these terms are not clear to you. More information is also available online at http://www.cityofsacramento.org/public-works/RSW/Collection- Services/Recycling/Construction-and-Demolition.

1. Self-haul or self-hauling: This is when the permit holder, general contractor, or a subcontractor who is doing work on the project hauls their own waste materials for recycling or disposal. Note that a jobsite cleanup crew is not doing other work on the project and is not self-hauling. Jobsite cleanup crews must be franchised in order to haul mixed C&D debris and garbage away.

2. Franchised hauler: See a list provided at https://www.cityofsacramento.org/Public-Works/RSW/Collection-Services/ Commercial-Services/Collection-Services. These companies are the only companies in Sacramento who can legally collect and haul mixed C&D debris and garbage.

3. Source separation: This is achieving compliance with the recycling requirement by keeping wood, metal, cardboard, or other recyclables in separate containers. Source-separated material may be hauled by anyone to a permitted recycling facility for diversion.

4. Mixed C&D debris: This is achieving compliance with the recycling requirement by putting all recyclable debris into one container. Mixed material must be sent to a certified mixed C&D sorting facility to have the recyclable material extracted and recovered. Tickets must be stamped showing the mixed material was sorted. Mixed material also must be either self-hauled, or hauled by a franchised hauler. If your job site is crowded, this option saves the most space.

5. Certified Mixed C&D Sorting Facility: See list at https://wmr.saccounty.gov/Pages/CDDebrisSortingFacilities.aspx.

These facilities have been certified by the County of Sacramento to extract recyclable materials from mixed C&D debris. If you achieve compliance by mixed recovery, your debris must go to a certified mixed sorting facility.

Terms and Conditions
• Your approved Waste Management Plan and Waste Log must be kept on the job site in the permit folder for the duration
of the project.
• City of Sacramento staff may enter the jobsite to inspect waste collection areas. • Only
County of Sacramento-Certified Mixed C&D Sorting Facilities may be used to recycle these materials if mixed with other
materials.
• Only
Haulers franchised by the City of Sacramento or self-haulers (as defined above) may collect and transport trash or mixed C&D material from the jobsite.
• Construction and Demolition Debris may not be burned or dumped illegally. • Your Waste Log must be completed and submitted within 30 days of your permit being finaled or expired. All waste hauling and disposal or recycling activity must be entered on the Waste Log, including information from any subcontractors
who self-hauled their own debris off-site. Enter your Permit Number on your Waste Log now! • Your
Waste Log must demonstrate that the 65% diversion rate has been met. • You
must keep all receipts or weight-tickets from your project for a period of one year from the submittal of your waste log.

Fail
ure to comply with these terms and conditions may result in a fine and a security deposit on future projects.

5 Certified Mixed C&D Facilities
Allied Waste / Elder Creek Transfer and Recovery (916) 387-8425 Florin-Perkins Public Disposal (916) 443-5120
L&D Landfill (916) 737-8640
Waste Management / K&M Recycle America (916) 452-0142

Franchised Haulers
ACES Waste Services, Inc. (866) 488-8837 Elk Grove Waste Management, LLC (916) 689-4052 Allied Waste Services (916) 631-0600 Mini Drops, Inc. (916) 686-8785 All Waste Systems, Inc. (916) 456-1555 Norcal Waste Services of Sacramento (916) 381-5300 Atlas Disposal Industries, LLC (916) 455-2800 North West Recyclers (916) 686-8575 California Waste Recovery Systems (916) 441-1985 Waste Management of Sacramento (916) 387-1400 Central Valley Waste Services, Inc. (209) 369-8274 Waste Removal & Recycling (916) 453-1400 City of Sacramento Solid Waste (916) 808-4839 Western Strategic Materials, Inc. (916) 388-1076

Recyclers* Recovery Stations & Landfills
Bell Marine (916) 442-9089 Elder Creek Recovery & Transfer Station
(916) 387-8425
C & C Paper Recycling (916) 920-2673
EBI Aggregates (916) 372-7580 Kiefer Landfill (916) 875-5555 International Paper (916) 371-4634 L & D Landfill (916) 383-9420 Modern Waste Solutions (916) 447-6800 North Area Recovery Station (916) 875-5555 PRIDE Industries, Inc. (916) 640-1300 Sacramento Recycling & Transfer Station
(916) 379-0500
Recycling Industries, Inc. (916) 452-3961
Sacramento Local Conservation Corps (916) 386-8394 Waste Management Recycle America (916) 452-0142 Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation (916) 381-3340
Southside Art Center (916) 387-8080
Spencer Building Maintenance, Inc. (916) 922-1900

More updated information can be found online at:
http://www.cityofsacramento.org/utilities/

* Please note that any facility may receive source-separated recyclable materials as long as it is authorized to do so by the State of California. This is not meant to be a complete list.

C&D Debris
Haulers & Facilities
C&D Debris Waste Management Plan
City of Sacramento Solid Waste Services
2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1
Sacramento, CA 95832
Phone: (916) 808-4833 / Fax: (916) 808-4999
C&[email protected]

1 Building Permit

Please put all known permit numbers related to this project.

This waste log must be submitted to Solid Waste within 30 days of the building permit being finaled (or expired). This waste log, and the supporting weight tickets, must also be kept on file for one year after project completion.

Date Hauler Material Destination Weight*

Hauler: Indicate the Franchisee, Self-Hauler, City of Sacramento, or other hauler who removed the material offsite.

Material: Indicate appropriate category: Scrap Metal, Inert Materials, Cardboard, Wooden Pallets, or Clean Wood Waste.

Destination: Indicate the facility that received the material for disposal or recycling * Weight: Indicate the weight. If weight is not known, put volume. Example: “3.2 tons” – or – “10 yards” Office Use Only: Received by: _____________________________________ On date: _________________ □ Logged □ Approved □ Scanned □ Filed Total Diversion: __________% Construction & Demolition
Waste Log
C&D Debris Waste Management Plan
City of Sacramento Recycling and Solid Waste
2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1
Sacramento, CA 95832
Phone: (916) 808-0965 / Fax: (916) 808-4999
C&[email protected]

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE RELATING TO APPRENTICES

ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS

See following links: www.dir.ca.gov and/or www.leginfo.ca.gov

http://www.dir.ca.gov/dlse/dlsePublicWorks.html

TAX FORMS AS APPLICABLE
Refer to the links below:

W-9 .................. https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw9.pdf CA Form 590 https://www.ftb.ca.gov/forms/2022/2022-590.pdf CA Form 587 ... https://www.ftb.ca.gov/forms/2021/2021-587.pdf

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Items of the Proposal

All Items shall be constructed as shown on the Plans in accordance with the Special Provisions whether or not they are included in the following list of bid items. There will be no separate compensation for items shown on the Plans or where Contractor is directed in the Special Provisions but not included in the following list of bid items and the price thereof shall be included in whatever bid items the Contractor deems appropriate.

Item No. 1 - Install New 1” RGS Conduit
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials to install up to 100 LF of new 1” RGS conduit and up to (5) minimum #12 AWG cable per conduit as directed by the Engineer and called for in these Special Provisions. This item includes RGS 1” conduit, RGS conduit straps, RGS anchors, and minimum #12 AWG XHHW cable. This item of work will only be used if there are problems utilizing the existing conduits within the reservoir.

Payment shall be at the unit price per lineal foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in installing the new 1” RGS conduit in accordance with the Special Provisions.

Item No. 2 - I nstall New Utility Meter
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing, installing and coordinating all necessary equipment and materials for the main Utility Meter Switchboard and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in furnishing and installing the main Utility Meter in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

Item No. 3 - I nstall New MCC, PLC control panel, and Instrumentation The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, demolishing, coordination, furnishing, and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the motor control center (MCC), PLC control panel, panelboards, low voltage transformer, field instrumentations, and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in furnishing and installing the MCC, PLC control panel, instrumentations, and all appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

Item No. 4 – LE D Lighting retrofit
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials to replace all the existing lighting fixtures with LED equivalent, replace all existing cables from the lighting panelboard to lighting fixtures, install new LED fixtures, and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in installing LED lighting fixtures and all appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

Item No. 5 – S ecurity Improvements
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for Hirsch security system, motion sensors, intrusion switches, card reader, door hardware, and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

This item of work also includes the removal of the video cameras inside the reservoir.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in installing the security system, and all appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

Item No. 6 - E lectrical Improvements
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the instrumentation, winch, conduits, cables, conduit tags, conductors, junction boxes, pull boxes, wireways, housekeeping pads, booster pump receptacle, magnetic door switch, load centers, UPS, power supplies, redundant power supply, radio, fiber patch cord, ethernet switch, instrumentation tubing/fittings, MOV 4, altitude valve, temporary power and bypass plan, and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

This item of work also includes the removal of the existing cables inside existing conduits and installation of new cables to new and/or existing devices.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing the electrical improvements in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

Item No. 7 - I
nstall (3) Motor Operated Valves (MOV)
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing, removing, and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the installation of three MOVs and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

This item of work also includes the removal and salvage of the existing MOVs. The electrical conduit and conductors to each MOV shall be paid for under bid item number 4.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in installing the new MOVs in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

Item No. 8 – U
tility Transformer
The work to be performed for this item includes, but is not limited to, coordination, furnishing, and installing all necessary equipment and materials to replace the existing utility transformer with a 500KVA utility transformer and all appurtenances as indicated on the Plan sheets and called for in these Special Provisions.

This item of work does not include the 500KVA transformer which is provided by SMUD.

Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in installing the utility transformer in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

DEPARMENT OF UTILITIES

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
Med Center Electrical Rehab 1 July 2024
Table of Contents

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 00 00 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS
01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK
01 14 13 - WORK SEQUENCE AND CONSTRAINTS
01 31 19 - PROJECT MEETINGS
01 33 00 - SUBMITTALS
01 33 50 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION AND CLARIFICATIONS
01 41 00 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
01 51 13 - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
01 65 00 - FACILITY STARTUP
01 75 00 - TESTING AND TRAINING
01 77 00 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 01 30 - CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
03 11 00 - CONCRETE FORMING
03-31 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03 60 00 - GROUTING
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY

NOT USED
DIVISION 05 METALS
05 05 19 - POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS IN CONCRETE
DIVISION 06 07

NOT USED
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE
DIVISION 09 -25

NOT USED

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

DEPARMENT OF UTILITIES

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
Med Center Electrical Rehab 2 July 2024
Table of Contents
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 01 26 - ELECTRICAL TESTING AND ATTACHMENT A TEST FORMS 26 05 00 - ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL
26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 05 26 - GROUNDING
26 05 33 - ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
26 05 73 - ELECTRICAL STUDIES
26 09 00 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
26 22 13 - LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
26 24 13 - LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS
26 24 16 - LOW VOLTAGE PANELBOARDS
26 24 19 - LOW VOTLAGE MCC
26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES
26 43 00 - SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
26 51 00 - LIGHTING FIXTURES AND POLES
DIVISION 27

NOT USED
DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28 31 11 - ACCESS CONTROL
DIVISION 29-30

NOT USED
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
31 10 00 - SITE PREPARATION
31 30 00 - EARTHWORK
DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 11 13 - A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE
DIVISION 33-39

NOT USED
DIVISION 40 PROCESS INTEGRATION
40 05 57 - MOTORIZED ACTUATORS

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

DEPARMENT OF UTILITIES

MED CENTER ELECTRICAL REHAB
Med Center Electrical Rehab 3 July 2024
Table of Contents
40 61 00 - PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS
40 67 00 - CONTROL PANELS
40 68 00 - CONTROL NARRATIVE AND IO LIST
40 73 26 - PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
40 73 63 - DIAPHRAGM SEALS
40 79 66 - INSTRUMENT VALVES
DIVISION 41-49

NOT USED
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-1 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
01 00 00 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
A. All work performed under this Contract shall be in accordance with the following General Conditions:

1. Sealed Proposal

2. Agreement

3. City of Sacramento Standard Specifications, June 2007 (hereinafter CSSS) Sections 1 through 8 and as noted otherwise.

B. All work performed under this Contract, unless noted otherwise, shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Technical Specifications

2. Contract Drawings

3. CSSS - Sections 10 through 38

4. Payment Bond

5. Performance Bond

6. California Labor Code, Chapter 4 of Division 3.

C. In the event of a conflict in the Contract Documents, priorities, as appropriate, set forth below shall govern:

1. General Conditions

2. Technical Specifications

3. Drawings

4. CSSS

5. Conflicts
a. In case of conflict between drawings and Special Provisions, the drawings shall govern in matters of quantity and the Special Provisions shall govern in matters of quality.
b. In case of conflict within the drawings involving quantities, furnish the greater quantity.
c. In case of conflict within the Special Provisions involving quality of material or procedure, furnish the higher quality material and procedure.
d. Where provisions of codes, safety orders, Contract
Documents, referenced manufacturers specifications or
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-2 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
industry standards are in conflict, the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern.

1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. For definitions not found herein, refer to CSSS, Section 1.

B. City shall mean the City of Sacramento.

C. Engineer shall mean the director of Utilities or his designated representative.

D. Calendar Day shall mean every day shown on the calendar, Sundays and holidays included.

E. Working Day see CSSS, Section 1, definition 1-34, page 1(4).

F. Contract Documents shall mean the General Conditions identified in Paragraph 1.01.A and the Special Provisions identified in Paragraph 1.01.B of this Section.

G. Drawings shall mean the Contract Drawings.

H. Provide shall mean furnish and install, in accordance with the contract documents.

I. Addenda shall mean a written or graphic instrument issued prior to the execution of the Contract, which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings, and Specifications, by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections.

J. Proposed Change Order shall mean a written request for the Contractors Cost and Time Estimate covering an addition, deletion, or revision in the work, within the General Scope of the Contract.

K. Change Order shall mean a written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the work, within the General Scope of the Contract Documents, or authorizing an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time.

L. Field Order shall mean a written order from the Engineer to the Contractor, directing an addition or revision in the work.

1.03 CSSS CHANGES
A. All references in Section 8 of the Standard Specifications to actions by the City Council shall be amended to read action by the City.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-3 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
B. Wherever reference is made to City Manager, Director of Utilities, Engineer, Finance Director, Inspector, or other specifically identified individuals, it shall include their designated representative.

C. In Section 2-9 SUBCONTRACTORS, delete the statement reading Contractor shall perform with his own organization and with the assistance of workers under his immediate superintendence, work of a value not less than fifty percent (50%) of the value of all work in the contract.

1.04 EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHING
A. Excavations or trenches crossing roadways, walks, or traffic ways shall be provided with suitable traffic bearing steel plate or wood planking temporary covers. Contractor shall verify location of all underground facilities prior to excavating and shall perform the work to avoid damage to existing underground facilities. Contractor shall repair at no additional cost to the City and to prior condition, any existing utility damaged due to work of this contract.

B. If unusual amounts of bone, stone or artifacts are uncovered, work within 50 meters of the area shall cease immediately and a qualified archaeologist shall be consulted to develop, if necessary, mitigation measure to reduce any archaeologist impact to a less than significant effect before construction resumes in the area.

1.05 SPECIFICATIONS
A. The specifications are those bound and enumerated in the Table of Contents. The bidding Requirements, Items of the Proposal, General Conditions, and Division 1 of the specifications apply to all work of this contract.

1.06 HOURS OF WORK
A. Contractor shall perform the work of this contract on normal work days and within normal work hours, except after hours work, and work on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays may be permitted if prior approval is obtained from the City. Overtime pay required to perform the work shall be included in the Contractors bid prices, and no additional compensation to the Contractor will be made for overtime work.

1.07 CONTRACTORS SET OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. City Furnished Plans and Specifications. Upon award of contract, the City will provide plans and specifications as follows:

1. Plans: 5 sets
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-4 July 2024
General Information and Requirements

2. Specifications: 5 sets
B. The Contractor is responsible for providing copies of the plans and specifications to all subcontractors as required for construction. Additional Sets of the plans and specifications may be obtained from the City. The cost charged the Contractor for additional copies obtained from the City shall cover all associated City procurement costs. City will not be responsible for incomplete information in the event partial sets are ordered.

1.08 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. The Contract Drawings consist of all of the plan sheets.

B. The data given herein, and on the drawings, are as exact as could be secured, but their absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. The Technical Specifications and drawings are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor; exact locations, distance, elevation, etc., will be governed by the various structures, and Contractor shall use same with this understanding.

C. The drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as existing conditions will permit. Prior to submitting their sealed Proposal, the Contractor shall inspect the site and verify all measurements and conditions and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the drawings and measurements at the site.

D. Catalog numbers on the drawings and in the Technical Specifications are from the best available information and are for guidance and assistance.

The Contractor shall verify all catalog numbers and install only suitable materials.

1.09 REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS
A. The publications referred to hereinafter form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The latest edition of referenced publications in effect at the time of the bid shall govern.

1.10 QUESTIONS PRIOR TO BID OPENING
A. Prior to the opening of the sealed proposals, all questions concerning the Contract Documents shall be directed to Danny Vang via PlanetBids.

1.11 START OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall commence work on the day the NOTICE TO PROCEED is issued.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-5 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
B. Any work performed by the Contractor in advance of receipt of the NOTICE TO PROCEED shall be considered as having been done by him at his own risk and as a volunteer unless NOTICE TO PROCEED is issued by the Owner.

1.12 COMPLETION OF WORK
A. In addition to the requirements of Section 9 of the Agreement of these bid documents, the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of $500.00 per day, for each and every calendar day delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed in these bid documents. The sum of $500.00 per calendar days will be assessed for the first 15 Calendar days after the 15 Calendar days is exceeded Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of $1,000 per day, each and every calendar days delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed in these bid documents.

1.13 FACILITY ACCESS
A. The City will provide one (1) set of combination padlocks with an agreed upon combination. Contractor shall be responsible for all subsequent replacements. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing the facility after each work day and at all times during the contract.

1.14 NOTIFICATIONS
A. The Contractor will be responsible for notifying residents and businesses of the proposed construction. Notifications shall be distributed to residents and businesses within a 500 feet radius of the job limits, including residents and businesses located on streets adjacent to the construction.

B. The contractor shall notify the affected residents and businesses of the upcoming construction through the use of door hanger type formatted notifications. The notification shall state the street name, the working hours, and the anticipated begin and completion dates for each street. A sample of the required notification will be provided to the Contractor and the Pre- Construction meeting. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the proposed notification letter for acceptance to the City 10 (ten) working days prior to the start of work. The Contractor shall distribute the door hanger notifications a minimum of 5 (five) working days in advance of the start of work.

C. Notifications shall be tucked neatly in doorjambs, handles, or partially under mats. Notifications shall not be glued, stapled, tacked, or otherwise attached to property. The Contractor shall take care to stay on designated Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-6 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
walkways during delivery of notifications and be polite to citizens encountered.

D. Full compensation for conforming to all requirements specified in this section shall be considered as included in.

1.15 COOPERATION
A. In addition to the requirements of CSSS, the Contractor shall cooperate with other forces constructing, relocating, and/or modifying facilities within the project limits. The Contractor shall coordinate his/her work with that of others, including utility companies, to prevent delays.

B. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has considered in his/ her bid all of the permanent and temporary utility appurtenances in their present and/or relocated positions as shown on the plans or as described in the specifications, and that no additional compensation will be allowed for any delays, inconvenience, or damages sustained due to any interference from said appurtenances or the operation of moving them.

C. Five (5) days prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer, in writing, the name and telephone number of a representative who is directly involved with this project, and under the supervision of the Contractor. The Contractors representative may be contacted by City staff during non-working hours including nights, weekends and holidays in the case of any public inconvenience and/or emergency relating to the Contractors operations. The contact representative shall not be replaced by another company employee for the duration of the project without a written explanation from the Contractor which has been approved by the Engineer. Should a new representative be used, he/she shall be knowledgeable of the project, the events, and/or revisions that may be occurring.

D. Full compensation for conforming to all requirements specified in this section shall be considered as included in
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor shall submit a Construction Schedule for the entire project.

Construction Schedule shall be in the Critical Path Method (CPM) format.

The proposed dates of commencement and completion of each of the various subdivisions of work required under these Specifications. Include submittals, procurement, disposal, delivery, installation, testing, and final inspection. CPM shall be arranged in work weeks and shall show Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-7 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
manpower. No Progress Payments will be made until the CPM schedule has been received and approved by the Engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PRE-JOB CONFERENCE
A. Pre-Job Conference
B. The Contractor, after delivery of the Contract and at least three (3) days before beginning work, shall notify Jamie Mckinley at (916) 808-5693 and arrange a pre-job conference. At this conference, the Contractor shall deliver appropriate submittals and a Construction Schedule as detailed below. The Contractor is responsible to provide plans and special provisions to subcontractors.

3.02 CONTRACTOR COMMUNICATIONS
A. All official communications between the Contractor and the City of Sacramento shall be made through the Engineer.

3.03 SUPERINTENDENT
A. Contractor shall assign a Superintendent to supervise all work and to represent the Contractor on site. Superintendent shall cooperate with the Owner and shall provide assistance at all times for inspection of the work including: removing covers, operating machinery, or performing any reasonable work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is necessary to determine the quality or adequacy of the work. Superintendent shall also furnish material shipping labels and packing slips to the Engineer to verify that the material conforms with approved submittals and Specifications.

B. Contractor shall lay out all work in advance of fabrication and shall be responsible for coordination of all related work.

C. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of scheduling pump and equipment shutdowns necessary to complete the work. Two (2) days prior to the proposed shutdown, the Superintendent shall obtain approval for the shutdown from the Engineer. The Engineer shall be given the following information:

1. Date and time of shutdown

2. Work to be accomplished during shutdown

3. Number of persons working during shutdown

4. Time of re-energization
D. Contractor shall monitor and assure that:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-8 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
E. Shall remove spillage resulting from hauling operations along, or across, any public traveled way, at least daily, at Contractors expense.

F. Conduct construction operations in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.

G. Water or dust palliative shall be applied, if ordered by the Engineer, for the alleviation or prevention of dust nuisance and shall be done at Contractors expense.

H. Contractor shall contact the Engineer for a visual inspection 48 hours prior to covering any underground conduit.

I. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved maintenance of traffic and public safety shall be considered as included in the prices paid for various Contract items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

3.04 PERMITS
A. Contractor may want to use areas of the reservoir for storage and/or access.

Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Engineer before any materials are stored at the reservoir. The City of Sacramento is not responsible for any materials that the contractor elects to store at the reservoir.

3.05 TRENCH SAFETY
A. Contractor's work shall conform to the provisions of Section 6705 of the Labor Code of the State of California.

B. Excavation for any trench five (5) feet, or more, in depth shall not begin until the City has received the Contractors detailed plan for worker protection from the hazards of caving ground in and around trenches. Such plan shall be submitted at least five (5) days before the Contractor intends to begin trench excavation. Show details of the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection. No such plan shall allow the use of shoring, sloping, or a protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders, the plan shall be prepared and signed by an engineer who is registered as a Civil or Structural Engineer in the State of California.

C. In addition, the Contractor shall obtain, pay for, and comply with all provisions of the permit required by Section 6500 of the California Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1973.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-9 July 2024
General Information and Requirements

3.06 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE AND MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. Contractors attention is directed to Sections 6-6, 6-7, 6-8, and 6-9 of the CSSS.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for traffic control and public safety at all times. Vehicle and pedestrian traffic must be allowed to traverse all streets and alleys.

C. Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temporary construction warning signs, flaggers, barricades, and other devices necessary to safeguard the general public and the work, and to provide for the safe and proper routing of all vehicular and pedestrian traffic within, and through, the limits of the project during the performance of the work.

D. Maintenance of traffic shall apply continuously, and shall not be limited to normal working hours. The use of flaggers, barricades, and construction warning signs shall comply with the current edition of Work Area and Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH), available for review at the City of Sacramento, Department of Transportation, Traffic Engineering Division, located at 915 I Street in Sacramento.

E. All lanes of traffic on adjacent street(s) shall remain open at all times during the course of construction unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer.

F. Contractor shall be required to establish traffic scheduling and control measures acceptable to the Engineer prior to starting any work. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval a plan showing proposed traffic control measures and/or detours for vehicles and pedestrians affected by the construction work. This plan shall be submitted a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to the scheduled commencement of any work by the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to begin work until an approved plan is on file with the Engineer. All advance warning and traffic delineation shall conform to the latest edition of "Work Area and Traffic Control Handbook", (WATCH). The approved traffic control plan shall be made available to the Engineer on site at all times.

G. Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.

3.07 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Pre-construction photographs shall be provided and shall conform to Section 11 of the Standard Specifications.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-10 July 2024
General Information and Requirements

3.08 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Locations of both underground and overhead utilities are shown on the drawings to the extent known. The actual location and elevation of the utilities may vary from the locations shown. Unless the drawings or specifications identify that the Contractor is responsible for relocating utilities, utilities requiring relocation will be by the governing agency or their representatives. The Contractor shall coordinate relocations requested for the Contractors convenience with the Engineer and the owner of the utility.

The Contractor will cooperate with the relocation and/or protection of existing utilities.

B. The Contractor shall contact Mike McGuiness of the City of Sacramento at 808-5040 two (2) working days prior to performing excavation work within existing City facilities. The City will mark locations of existing City utilities.

3.09 MAINTAINING EXISTING DRAINAGE
A. Contractor shall allow City O&M access to the facility 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

B. The City will provide one (1) set of combination padlocks with an agreed upon combination. Contractor shall be responsible for all subsequent replacements.

3.10 PROJECT SIGN
A. Prior to beginning any onsite work, the contractor shall install a total of 1 project sign. The sign shall be supplied by the City and are approximately thirty (30) inches by fifty-four (54) inches. Location and height of sign installation shall be as directed by the Engineer. In general, the signs shall be installed a minimum of seven (7) feet and maximum of ten (10) feet above surrounding grade. If acceptable to the Engineer an existing sign post may be used, otherwise, the Contractor shall be required to install a new post for each sign. Signs shall be maintained in a good condition throughout construction, shall not be bent and shall remain legible to traffic. Any damage shall be repaired by the Contractor. The sign and post installed by the contractor shall be removed at the end of the project and the sign returned to the City.

3.11 COMPLETION AND FINAL INSPECTION
A. The work shall be so performed, that upon Contract completion, the project shall be ready for use. Included in the work shall be the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for completing the work, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 00 00-11 July 2024
General Information and Requirements
B. Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the project is completed.

Following notification, City representatives will perform a walk through and, if required, develop and list of deficient work items.

C. Contractor shall then correct all noted deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Engineer, after which a final walk through will be scheduled with City Operation and Maintenance personnel. During the walk through, the City will develop a final punch list of deficient work items and present it to Contractor after the walk through.

D. Following correction of all deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Engineer, a completion report will be prepared by the Engineer.

3.12 WARRANTY
A. The term of the Contractors warranty shall begin upon the date the job is accepted by the City.

3.13 LADDER SAFETY
A. The contractor shall follow current ladder safety requirements from Cal OSHA and OSHA when using any ladder within the facility.

3.14 SCAFFOLD SAFETY
A. The contractor shall follow current scaffold safety requirements from Cal OSHA and OSHA when using any scaffolds within the facility. In addition, the Contractor shall provide the City will a written plan showing how the scaffolds will be used within the facility

3.15 MANWELL SAFETY
A. The facility contains a manwell with a ladder that extends from the 6th floor up into the actual reservoir. At the top of the manwell the City has installed a self-retracting lanyard. The contractor shall use appropriate fall protection/harness when using this ladder and self-retracting lanyard.

3.16 INDEMIFY
A. The facility contains a manwell with a ladder that extends from the 6th floor up into the actual reservoir. At the top of the manwell the City has installed a self-retracting lanyard. The contractor shall use appropriate fall protection/harness when using this ladder and self-retracting lanyard.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-1 July 2024
Summary of Work
01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This project consists of replacing the existing switchgear and low voltage motor control center at Med Center Reservoir. This work consists of removing the existing Switchgear, Motor Control Centers (MCC), PLC control panel, panelboards, low voltage transformer, conductors, conduits, lighting fixtures and motor operated valves as identified on the plans; installing new Utility Metering Cabinet, MCC, PLC control panel, panelboards, low voltage transformer conduits, conductors, lighting fixtures, motor operated valves, provide all materials and coordinate with SMUD to install a 500 kVA SMUD transformer; and all the appurtenances as shown on the plans and in these special provisions. Med Center Reservoir is located at 4520 V Street, Sacramento, CA.

B. The project also consists of mechanical work. This work will include removing and salvaging the existing motor operated valve (MOV) and pipe supports, then installing new motor operated valves, and pipe supports per the plans and specifications. The three existing MOVs shall be removed and returned to the City.

C. The work shall be in conformance with the plans and specifications hereinafter identified, including furnishing all material, labor, plant, tools, equipment, and services necessary to complete this project.

D. Portions of the work will involve the following, for which no separate payment will be made, except as provided for in the items of the bid:

1. Mobilization: Supply and transport of construction equipment, materials, supplies, appurtenances, etc., to perform the work.

2. Demobilization: Demobilization of construction plant and equipment, removal thereof and final cleanup and restoration of the site.

3. Demolition: Remove and dispose of indicated materials at an approved off-site recycling or disposal facility.

4. Electrical: Installation of new utility meter, low voltage MCC, low voltage panel board and transformer, PLC Control Panel, lighting fixtures, security panel, field instrumentations, conduits, and conductors. Coordination with the Utility company to install a new 500 kVA transformer.

5. Mechanical: Installation of three motor actuated valves.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-2 July 2024
Summary of Work

6. Storage of Materials and Equipment: Provide necessary equipment to unload, and temporarily store materials and equipment, in accordance with the manufacturers requirements.

7. Miscellaneous: Construction of concrete house-keeping pads for the new medium voltage switchgear.

8. Test and make site ready for operation.

9. Coordinate work activities with the City, SMUD, and County.

10. Provide project supervision and management in order to meet the project schedule.

1.02 BID ITEMS
A. See Items of the Proposal in the Bid Proposal Package of these Contract Documents.

1.03 CONTRACTORS BID STRUCTURE AND SCOPE OF THE WORK
A. Payment for this work will be made on a lump sum basis and/or unit price basis, as indicated in the proposal.

B. The Scope of Work is defined in the Technical Specifications, the drawings, and the referenced publications that are made a part hereto.

1.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in each item of the proposal as described in these Specifications, as shown on the drawings and/or as required for a complete and operational facility, shall be considered as included in the bid price and no additional compensation will be made therefor.

B. Quantities shown on the Citys estimate are approximate. The City does not expressly or by implication agree that actual quantity of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease quantities of any item or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the City; also to make such alternatives or deviations, additions to, or omissions from the Plans and Specifications as may be determined during progress of work to be necessary and advisable for proper completion.

C. The total bid amounts shall include, without limitation, all the work shown on the drawings and as described elsewhere in these Specifications. If a specific activity of work is not called out in the bid proposal, the Contractor Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-3 July 2024
Summary of Work
shall include the cost for such work in the bid item that is deemed appropriate to the Contractor as indicated in Section 8 of the CSSS.

D. Progress Payments for the work shall be made as provided in Section 8 of the CSSS.

1.05 WORK NOT INCLUDED
A. The following work is NOT included in this contract.

1. Work shown, but marked NIC (Not In Contract) or shown as Existing (E).

2. Termination of fiber optics cable.

3. Any work otherwise designated to be done by others.

1.06 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. All equipment and materials furnished by the Contractor that are to remain a part of the constructed facility shall be new and unused and shall conform to the requirements of these specifications. Where manufactured materials and equipment are specified, the same brand manufacturer for each class of material or equipment shall be used wherever possible.

B. The manufacturers warranty shall pass to the City and shall extend for a period of one year after project acceptance by the City.

1.07 POWER DISRUPTIONS
A. No long term electrical disruptions shall be permitted by the City during Contractors performance of the work without prior written approval of the City. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and operate all resources required for temporary power. All short term outages necessary for change over to temporary power, to make connection, or other activity shall be scheduled with the City at least three weeks in advance and will be subject to cancellation at any time by the City.

1.08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK:

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for planning, scheduling, and reporting the progress of the work so as to ensure timely completion of the work called for in the contract. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed plan as specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Materials are specified in these Technical Specifications, and in Sections 10 through 38 of the CSSS.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-4 July 2024
Summary of Work
B. Submit and obtain approval for all Submittals before commencing fabrications or moving construction materials onto the job site.

C. All equipment shall be complete, ready for installation, and tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the time of acceptance of the work.

D. Unless specifically excluded in the Contractors Proposal, all incidental parts which are not shown on the Plans, or specified herein, and which are necessary in order to have complete and operable facilities shall be furnished by the Contractor.

E. Manufactured articles, material, and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, adjusted, tested, used, cleaned, and conditioned as recommended by the manufacturer unless specified to the contrary. Copies of the manufacturers installation instructions and procedures shall be submitted prior to the installation of manufacturers articles, material, and equipment.

F. Materials and equipment shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stores of equipment and materials shall be located to facilitate inspection. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of all materials and equipment until the completion of work and final acceptance by the City.

G. If any material does not conform with these specifications the Contractor shall, within three days after being notified by the Engineer, remove the materials from the project site or storage area.

2.02 MATERIAL PROVIDED BY THE CITY
A. Equipment that is not specifically identified as being provided by the City will be provided and installed by the Contractor.

2.03 CONTRACTOR ESTIMATES
A. Contractor shall provide a written estimate for all proposed changes to the work. The estimate shall be on tabular pre-printed estimating sheets. The estimate shall list all items of deletion and addition to the Contract. Each item shall have material, equipment, and labor units extended and summed.

Contractor shall apply the allowable overhead and profit (CSSS 8-16) for a total estimated cost of the proposed change order.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-5 July 2024
Summary of Work
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CONTRACTOR'S PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
A. Security: The Contractor shall, at all times, be responsible for the security of their plant and equipment. The City will not take any responsibility for missing or damaged equipment, tools, or personal belongings. The Contractor shall provide temporary security fencing and otherwise provide for the security of the existing facilities. These sites are particularly subject to vandalism. Materials left on-site are at the Contractor's risk and, if lost, at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for the salvaged materials and equipment owned by the City and removed, or relocated, until the City has taken possession of such materials and equipment.

B. Workshop and Storage Facilities: The Contractor shall provide storage facilities for the protection from weather of materials and supplies and shall keep the facilities clean and in proper order at all times. The project site has limited space for a storage yard. Additional property may need to be leased, at the Contractors expense, for storage facilities. Materials and equipment shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work and located so as to facilitate inspection. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of all materials and equipment, including existing equipment, until completion and final acceptance of the work by the City.

C. Parking Facilities: Parking areas at the project location are limited for the automobiles used by the Contractor's construction employees and Contractors own vehicles. A parking area shall be designated by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

3.02 CONTRACTOR'S UTILITIES
A. Electrical Power

1. General: The Contractor shall provide and make arrangements for temporary electric service for all required power and lighting required for the work under this Contract and shall maintain such service until the completion of the work.

2. The Contractor shall attain approval from Mike McGuiness of the City of Sacramento, (916) 808-5040, two (2) working days before installing the new utility meter switchgear and motor control centers.

3. Power outage requests shall be made 48 hours in advance and shall be approved by the Engineer before proceeding.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-6 July 2024
Summary of Work
B. Sanitary Facilities: The Contractor shall make arrangements for the maintenance of adequate toilet facilities at, or near, the work site and shall pay the costs thereof.

C. Temporary Heating: The Contractor shall provide temporary heating, covering, and enclosures, as necessary, to protect all work and material against damage by dampness and cold and to facilitate completion of the work. The Contractor shall supply all the fuel, power, equipment, and materials required for temporary heating.

3.03 LANDS PROVIDED BY CITY
A. Any additional land required for the construction of the work under this Contract, except that already owned by the City, shall be the Contractors responsibility to obtain.

3.04 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for the following field engineering services required for this job:

1. Laying out the work.

2. Civil, structural, electrical, surveying, or other professional services specified, or required, to execute the work.

B. The Contractor is responsible for determining the exact location of all existing utilities and for the protection of and repair of damage to them.

Contact Underground Service Alert at 1-800-227-2600, 48 hours before work is to begin. Contractor shall also contact the City Department of Utilities Plant Services Division, Tim Giffin at (916) 808-7997 to identify City underground facilities on site.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing survey monuments or markers during construction.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining As-Built drawings for all underground work throughout the course of construction. Such drawing shall record the location and grade (City Datum) of all underground improvements constructed and shall be delivered to the construction inspector prior to, and, in consideration of the Citys acceptance of work.

3.05 SHIPPING AND PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Definition: For the purpose of this paragraph, equipment means: all mechanical devices, all electrical devices, all items supplied by the City, all items removed by Contractor for later reinstallation, and all items with one or more moving parts.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-7 July 2024
Summary of Work
B. Packing and Markings: All equipment shall be adequately and effectively protected against damage from moisture, dust, handling or other cause during transport from manufacturer's or supplier's premises to job site.

Each item or package shall be clearly marked with a fitting or distinguishing mark, which shall be shown on the packing list. Stiffeners shall be used, where necessary, to maintain shapes and to give rigidity. Parts of equipment shall be delivered in assembled or sub-assembled units, where possible.

C. Identification of Equipment: Each item of equipment shall have firmly affixed to it a nameplate, label, or tag with its equipment number or other discrete identifying mark.

D. Storage of Equipment: Contractor shall provide storage for equipment for the entire interval between receiving and installation, and for the entire interval between being removed and reinstalled. Equipment shall be stored in a enclosed space affording protection from weather, dust, and mechanical damage and providing favorable temperature, humidity and ventilation conditions, as required, to ensure against equipment deterioration. For equipment that is not intended and prepared for outdoor installation, the storage container shall be heated above dew point temperature.

E. Protection of Equipment After Installation: After installation, all equipment shall be protected, as required. During construction, and until final acceptance by the City, all equipment that may be affected must be completely covered. All equipment shall be cleaned and vacuumed inside and outside prior to acceptance.

F. Delivery of Equipment: City personnel will not accept materials or equipment deliveries for the Contractor.

G. Security: Security of equipment stored by the Contractor is the Contractors responsibility. All losses or damage shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense.

3.06 TESTING
A. The City will field test earth work and cast-in-place concrete materials.

B. Notification: As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Engineer shall be given two (2) working days notice prior to each test. The Contractor shall perform all other testing, and submit written copies of all test results to the Engineer.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-8 July 2024
Summary of Work
C. Failure to Meet Test: Any system material or workmanship which is found defective, on the basis of acceptable tests, shall be reported to the Engineer. Contractor shall replace the defective material or equipment and have test repeated until test proves satisfactory to the Engineer, without additional cost to the City.

D. Operational Testing: Operational testing consists of electrical testing specified in Section 01 75 00 Testing and Training.

E. Demonstration Testing: After all pre-operational tests specified in Section 01 65 00 Facility Startup are satisfactorily completed, the Contractor shall perform a demonstration test.

3.07 SAFETY
A. Contractor shall execute and maintain all work so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. All work shall be done in conformance with the State of California, Division of Industrial Safety and OSHA Standards. Safety precautions, as applicable, shall include, but not be limited to, confined space procedures, adequate fume protection; adequate illumination for underground and night operation; instruction in accident prevention for all employees; such machinery guards, walkways, scaffolds, ladders, bridges, and other safety devices, equipment and wearing apparel as are necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents or injuries; and the proper inspection and maintenance of all safety measures. Contractor shall have emergency phone numbers and addresses posted on the job site.

3.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
A. The provisions of this Section shall supplement the provisions of CSSS Section 13.

B. Existing facilities, utilities, and property shall be protected from damage resulting from the Contractor's operations. All trees, shrubbery, fences, walls, asphalt, and other improvements, including existing pavements, sidewalks, street improvements, and underground utilities, and other improvements not shown on the drawings shall be protected from damage by the Contractor throughout the construction period. Existing roadways and other improved surfaces shall be protected from damage by vehicles with tracks or lugs.

C. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the condition which existed prior to the damage, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-9 July 2024
Summary of Work
D. The Engineer may deduct from payments otherwise due the Contractor, the estimated cost of repairing any damage created by the Contractors operation, until such time that repairs are made by the Contractor to the Engineers satisfaction.

E. The Contractor shall be responsible for unlocking and locking the gates at the project site each workday in order to enter and exit the work area.

During the construction period, the Contractor shall be responsible, 24 hours per day, for the security and integrity of existing project facilities, including replacing stolen materials.

3.09 MATERIAL NONCONFORMANCE
A. If any material does not conform with these Specifications, the Contractor shall, within three (3) days after being notified by the Engineer, remove the materials from the project site or storage area.

3.10 RESTORATION OF STRUCTURES AND SURFACES
A. Structures, Equipment and Pipework: The Contractor shall remove such existing structures, equipment, and pipework as may be necessary for the performance of the work, and shall rebuild, or replace, the items thus removed in as good a condition as found. Contractor shall repair any existing structures which may be damaged as a result of the work.

B. Curbs, Gutters, Driveways and Sidewalks: All curbs, gutters, driveways, sidewalks, and similar structures that are broken or damaged by the installation of the work shall be reconstructed by the Contractor.

Reconstruction shall be of the same kind of materials with the same finish and in not less than the same dimensions as the original work. Repairs shall be made by removing and replacing the entire portions between joints or scores, and not merely refinishing any damaged part. All work shall match the appearance of the existing improvements, as nearly as possible.

C. Roads and Streets: All roads and streets in which the surface is removed, broken, or damaged, or in which the ground has caved, or settled, due to work under this Contract, shall be completely resurfaced and brought to the original grade and crown section, unless otherwise indicated. Before resurfacing material is placed, edges of pavements shall be trimmed back far enough to provide clean, solid, vertical faces, and shall be free of any loose material. Roadways used by the Contractor for hauling materials, equipment, supplies, etc., shall be cleaned and repaired if the condition of the roadway is damaged, or otherwise affected, due to the Contractor's operations.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-10 July 2024
Summary of Work
D. Cultivated Areas and Other Surface Improvements: All cultivated and natural areas, either agricultural or lawns, and other surface improvements which are damaged by actions of the Contractor shall be restored, including roadside drainage ditches, as nearly as possible, to their original condition.

3.11 EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND POLLUTION CONTROL
A. General

1. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling erosion and sedimentation within the limits of the project at all times during the course of construction including evenings, weekends and holidays in addition to normal working days. The Contractor shall prevent sediment and construction debris from entering the City of Sacramento storm drain system.

2. At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide protection around any drain inlets located within the project area and any cross streets which receive runoff from the limits of the construction zone. The Contractor shall also exercise care during trench excavation so that excessive sediments are not tracked into the gutters and ultimately, the storm drain. Upon completion of the project, all areas within the limits of the project shall be cleaned and free of sediments.

3. The Contractor will not be allowed to clean the sediments from the street by means of using a water truck to spray the streets down into the storm drain via curb and gutter. The streets will be allowed to be sprayed by a water truck only when sediment barriers have been placed at drainage inlets to catch all sediments from the streets.

Refer to the City of Sacramento's Administrative and Technical Procedures Manual for Grading, Erosion and Sediment Control dated January 1994, for information relating to sediment control measures and prevention. This Manual is available from the City of Sacramento, Department of Utilities, 1395 35th Avenue,
Sacramento, CA 95822.

4. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review and approval a drawing showing the placement of sediment control barriers, drop inlet protection, housekeeping practices, CIPP water catchments, and any other measures proposed to be used to prevent sediment and other sources of pollution from entering the City storm drainage system. The erosion, sediment and pollution control plan shall be submitted a minimum of ten (10) calendar days prior to start of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to begin work until Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-11 July 2024
Summary of Work
an approved erosion, sediment and pollution control plan is on file with the Engineer.

B. Housekeeping Practices

1. Contractor shall, during the construction of this project, implement, at a minimum, the following housekeeping practices: solid waste management, material storage and delivery area, concrete waste management, and spill prevention and control.

2. Solid Waste Management: Contractor shall maintain a clean construction site. Contractor shall provide designated areas for waste collection. The waste collection areas shall be leak-proof containers with lids or covers. Site trash shall be collected daily and placed in the disposal containers. The Contractor shall make arrangements for regular waste collection. The Contractor shall also regularly inspect the waste disposal areas to determine if potential pollutant discharges exist.

3. Material Storage and Delivery Area: Contractor shall provide one central material storage and delivery area for the duration of the project. This area shall be fenced and protected such that runoff will not be allowed to leave the material storage area. The Contractor shall regularly inspect the site to ensure that any hazardous or non- hazardous materials have not spilled.

4. Concrete Waste Management: The Contractor shall arrange for concrete wastes to be disposed of off-site or in one designated area.

Concrete wastes, including left-over concrete and material from washing out the concrete truck, shall not be disposed to the storm drain system. If a designated area is provided, the site shall be bermed to allow the concrete to dry. The dried concrete waste shall be removed and disposed of properly at the Contractor's expense.

5. Spill Prevention and Control: The Contractor shall be responsible for instructing employees and sub-contractors about preventing spills of hazardous materials and controlling spills if they occur. Proper spill control and cleanup materials shall be kept on site near the storage area and updated as materials change on site.

6. More information about Housekeeping Practices can be obtained by referring to the City of Sacramento's Administrative and Technical Procedures Manual for Grading, Erosion and Sediment Control dated January 1994, available at 1395 35th Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95822. (Revised 5\30\96)
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-12 July 2024
Summary of Work
C. Dewatering

1. Groundwater levels in the project area fluctuate with the water level of the adjacent creeks and downstream rivers. The Contractor shall be responsible for the control, removal, and disposal of any groundwater that may be encountered in the course of excavating, trenching, placing pipe, or constructing any other improvements associated with the project. Any water containing chlorine or sediments shall not be discharged to the City storm drain system unless the water is free from such constituents. No separate payment will be made to the Contractor for dewatering.

D. Dust Control

1. Contractor shall be responsible for the control of dust within the limits of the project at all times including weekends and holidays in addition to normal working days. The Contractor shall take whatever steps are necessary or required by the Engineer to eliminate the nuisance of blowing dust.

2. Contractor shall keep all streets as well as all grounds adjacent to the project site clean and free of dust, mud, and debris resulting from the Contractor's operations. Daily clean up throughout the project shall be required as the Contractor progresses with the work. Extra precautions and clean up efforts shall be made prior to weekends and holidays.

3. Spillage of earth, gravel, concrete, asphalt, or other materials resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense.

4. No separate payment will be made to the Contractor for dust control.

The cost of such work shall be included in whatever bid item the Contractor deems appropriate.

3.12 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS
A. All work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, along with all affected utility companies, two (2) working days in advance of the start of work to coordinate and schedule inspection staff.

B. The Contractor shall provide a competent person during normal working hours to assist the Engineer, when required, in checking the Contractors layout and for measuring quantities for payment purposes. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer so that checking and measuring may be accomplished with the least interference to the Contractors operations.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 11 00-13 July 2024
Summary of Work
C. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for fulfilling these requirements.

3.13 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
A. In addition to the requirements of Section 5 Control of Work and Materials of the CSSS, the following shall apply:

B. Material testing for this project will be provided by the Contractor as set forth in these bid documents and the most current City of Sacramentos Quality Assurance Program. The Contractor shall perform all testing to verify compliance with the Specifications of any and all materials furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit and receive the Engineers approval of all compliance test results prior to incorporating materials into the project.

C. Samples, certificates of compliance, lists of materials and material sources, access to facilities, requests for testing and all other data relating to material testing shall conform to these bid documents and the City of Sacramentos Quality Assurance Program Contractor shall provide the Engineer with five (5) working days notice of the need for material testing.

D. Full compensation for conforming to all requirements specified in this section, Control of Materials, shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 14 00-1 July 2024
Work Sequence and Constraints
01 14 00 - WORK SEQUENCE AND CONSTRAINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The details of each work sequence are in the specifications and on the drawings. The completion of a work sequence shall provide an operating system or facility that is substantially complete and available for utilization.

All work shown on the plans and in the specifications is required, whether or not it is specifically addressed in the work sequence in this section.

B. The Contactor shall meet the following milestones:

1. Prior to any demolition work of the existing switchgear, motor control center (MCC), and PLC control panel, the new utility meter cabinet, MCC, and PLC control panel shall be onsite and ready to be installed. All electrical shall remain energize until the cut-over to new SMUD service.
a. Interruption of electrical supply shall be requested a minimum of 10 working days prior to impacted service and scheduling shall be coordinated with DOU treatment
operators.
b. Interruption of electrical supply for more than 24 hours shall be requested a minimum of 15 working days prior to
impacted service and scheduling shall be coordinated with DOU treatment operators.

2. Perform demolition where there are no work restrictions per the plans and specifications.

3. Coordinate with SMUD to provide and install all work required to install the new 500 kVA transformer. The Utility Meter cabinet submittal shall be submitted to and approved by SMUD. The 500 kVA transformer can be installed and temporarily feed the existing switchgear lineup prior to delivery of the approved Utility Meter cabinet.

4. Submit the Utility Meter, MCC, and mechanical submittals as soon as possible as these are long-lead items. The Contractor shall not be permitted to perform any major work without City approved Utility Meter, MCC, and mechanical submittals and City verification that Contractor has the equipment in their possession. Major work shall include anything that requires impacts to existing facility operations, controls, and/or monitoring, including but not limited to shutdown and lock-out of existing equipment.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 14 00-2 July 2024
Work Sequence and Constraints

5. Install new Electrical gear and related electrical work. Any demolition and installation of the electrical gear shall be coordinated with the City. Operational means that the electrical gear is installed per the contract documents: relay and breakers have been set per the electrical study, PLC and HMI have been programmed, and all NETA testing is complete.

6. Repair and replace any damaged equipment or facility infrastructure, including but not limited sprinkler systems and accessways.

7. Perform Functional test.

8. Perform remaining demolition work.

9. Repair any damaged concrete.

C. Work Constraints

1. Cut-over of new electrical gear shall occur when the reservoir is not operational unless approved by the City.

2. The Contractor shall coordinate schedule with the City for the performance of the major construction. The City may allow for some minor construction activities after the notice to proceed is given by the City, but all authorized work shall be approved by the City in writing prior to any construction activities commence.

3. The City personnel will complete LOTO activities and isolation of the reservoir from the City water distribution system prior to Contractor commencing major construction activities.

4. Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary power to existing electrical appurtenances and shall be properly cutover within 24 hours.

5. There are three CIP projects that may take place prior to or concurrently with this project.
a. Alhambra and Med Center Altitude Valves Replacement
1) Replacement of the altitude valve and the MOV
(MOV4) valve inside the control room.
2) Installing an electric winch on the top level stair
platform.
b. Med Center Reservoir Rehabilitation
1) Replace reservoir interior wooden platform
2) Coat reservoir exterior
3) Replace interior seal joints
4) Repair interior coating
5) Remove and replace roof surface material
c. Reservoir Mural Project (non-City contractor)
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 14 00-3 July 2024
Work Sequence and Constraints
1) Reservoir exterior mural artwork.

6. The Contractor shall coordinate all work around these projects. The reservoir water will be out-of-service for the Med Center Reservoir Rehabilitation project and Reservoir Mural Project; however, based on the anticipated schedule for these efforts compared to anticipated lead times of major key components of this project, Contractor shall assume the reservoir will be in-service by the time the major project elements are ready to proceed.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide a construction sequence schedule showing how these milestones will be met with minimal electrical disruptions.

1. Include single line of temporary power configuration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 NOT USED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 NOT USED.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 31 19-1 July 2024
Project Meetings
01 31 19 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Requirements for conducting conferences and meetings for the purposes of addressing issues related to the Work, reviewing and coordinating progress of the Work and other matters of common interest, and includes the following:

1. Qualifications of Meeting Participants.

2. Preconstruction Conference.

3. Progress Meetings.

4. Pre-Installation Meetings.

5. Post Construction Meeting.

B. Related sections:

1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all.

2. It is the CONTRACTORs responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of CONTRACTORs Work.

3. The following Sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This list of Related Sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the CONTRACTOR to see that the completed Work complies
accurately with the Contract Documents.
a. Section 01 65 00 - Facility Start-Up.
b. Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General.
c. Section 40 91 00 - Process Control and Instrumentation Systems.

1.02 QUALIFICATIONS OF MEETING PARTICIPANTS
A. Representatives of entities participating in meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents.

1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 31 19-2 July 2024
Project Meetings
A. Upon issuance of Notice to Proceed, or earlier when mutually agreeable, ENGINEER will arrange preconstruction conference in convenient place for most persons invited, in accordance with the General Conditions.

B. Attending Preconstruction Conference: CONTRACTOR's superintendent, OWNER, ENGINEER, DESIGN ENGINEER, representatives of utilities, major subcontractors and others involved in performance of the Work, and others necessary to agenda.

C. ENGINEER will preside at conference.

D. Purpose of conference: To establish working understanding between parties and to discuss Construction Schedule, shop drawing and other submittals, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, processing of submittals and applications for payment, and other subjects pertinent to execution of the Work.

E. Agenda will include:

1. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.

2. Distribution and discussion of list of major subcontractors and suppliers.

3. Proposed progress schedules and critical construction sequencing.

4. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.

5. Schedule of values.

6. Project coordination.

7. Designation of responsible personnel.

8. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
c. Submittals.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
f. Record Documents.

9. Use of premises:
g. Office, construction, and storage areas.
h. OWNER's requirements.

10. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids.

11. OWNER operation and maintenance of existing facilities.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 31 19-3 July 2024
Project Meetings

12. Shoring requirements and submittal of CONTRACTORs
geotechnical report.

13. Temporary utilities.

14. Safety and first aid procedures.

15. Security procedures.

16. Housekeeping procedures.

F. ENGINEER will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.

1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Attend progress meetings at least once every week in CONTRACTOR's field office or other mutually agreed upon place provided by the CONTRACTOR. Provide conference room with table, chairs, white boards, internet connections suitable for up to 20 attendees and accommodate Covid 19 social distance requirements.

B. CONTRACTOR will distribute to each anticipated participant written notice and agenda of each meeting at least 4 days before meeting.

C. Require attendance of CONTRACTOR's superintendent and subcontractors who are or are proximate to be actively involved in the Work, or who are necessary to agenda.

D. ENGINEER will preside at meetings.

E. Purpose of progress meetings: To expedite work of subcontractors or other organizations that are not meeting scheduled progress, resolve conflicts, and coordinate and expedite execution of the Work.

F. Review progress of the Work, Progress Schedule, narrative report, Application for Payment, record documents, and additional items of current interest that are pertinent to execution of the Work.

G. Verify:

1. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting.

2. Durations and progress of activities not completed.

3. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order Work that will be incorporated into Progress Schedule and application for payment.

4. Percentage completion of items on Application for Payment.

5. Reasons for required revisions to Progress Schedule and their effect on Contract Time and Contract Price.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 31 19-4 July 2024
Project Meetings
H. Discuss potential problems which may impede scheduled progress and corrective measures.

I. CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.

1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. General: Meet with manufacturers and installers of major units of construction which require coordination between subcontractors. Major units of construction which require pre-installation meetings include:

1. Roofing, paint and coatings.

2. Electrical equipment, including medium and low voltage switchboards, medium voltage transformers and MCC.

B. Distribute to each anticipated participant written notice and agenda of each meeting at least 4 days before meeting.

C. Schedule meeting at least 7 days in advance of installation.

D. Conduct meetings in CONTRACTOR's field office or other mutually agreed upon place. Provide conference room with table, chairs, white boards, and internet connection suitable for up to 20 attendees.

E. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors.

F. Invite OWNER, ENGINEER, and DESIGN ENGINEER.

G. Preside at meetings.

H. Record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 3 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.

1.06 POST CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Meet with and inspect the Work 11 months after date of Substantial Completion with OWNER and ENGINEER.

B. Arrange meeting at least 7 days before meeting.

C. Meet in OWNERs office or other mutually agreed upon place.

D. Inspect the Work and draft list of items to be completed or corrected.

E. Review service and maintenance contracts and take appropriate corrective action when necessary.

F. Complete or correct defective work and extend correction period accordingly.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 31 19-5 July 2024
Project Meetings
G. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors.

1.07 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Electrical and Instrumentation and Control Meetings will be held in CONTRACTORs field office or a common use meeting field office. Space shall contain same size and amenities as for Progress Meetings.

1.08 TRAINING SESSIONS
A. Training sessions, as defined by Section 01 75 0 Testing and Training, will be conducted in the CONTRACTORs field office or other common use meeting field office of the size specified for Progress Meetings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 NOT USED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 NOT USED.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-1 July 2024
Submittals
01 33 00 SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section and City of Sacramento Standard Specifications (CSSS) latest update, includes general information on preparing and processing Contractor submittals. Administrative submittal requirements are also contained in Section 01 00 00 - General Information and Requirements.

Additional detailed submittal requirements are contained within the individual technical specification sections.

B. Submittals are required for all materials, products, equipment, or systems that will become part of the work. Submittals from subcontractors and suppliers shall be coordinated, reviewed, and submitted by the Contractor.

C. Submittals will be reviewed for conformance with the contract documents, codes and standards. Review does not relieve, alter, waive, or change the requirements of the contract documents. Submittal review does not identify inconsistencies, errors, fit-up requirements, or determine compatibility of the proposed items. Coordination and compatibility of individual submittal items is the responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall verify all dimensions, measurements and quantities required for a submittal item.

1.02 STANDARD COMPLIANCE
A. When materials or equipment must conform to the standards of organizations such as, but not limited to, the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) documents showing, or proving, conformance shall be submitted.

1.03 REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION
A. The City of Sacramento will promote the formation of a Partnering relationship with the Contractor in order to effectively complete the submittal process to the benefit of both parties. The purpose of this relationship will be to maintain cooperative communication and mutually resolve conflicts at the lowest possible management level. The City will provide the Contractor with up to two submittal revisions for each submittal required for contract work. If the submittal revisions exceed two (2) reviews by the Engineer, the Contractor shall reimburse the City in the amount of $200.00 per hour, for the cost of the Engineers time to review the additional submittals. The City reserves the right to make changes to the submittals at any time, when this Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-2 July 2024
Submittals
occurs at the Citys direction the submittal process will start over and the City shall provide the Contractor with up to two more revisions.

1.04 SUBMITTAL CONTENTS
A. Submittal contents to include a submittal transmittal form and the following:

1. Substitute forms require ENGINEER approval based on forms providing the
same information, statements, and certifications.

2. Submittals in electronic format shall include bookmarks of every page in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

3. Required submittal numbering format: Follow submittal naming convention
provided herein:
a. CONTRACTOR may add a separate numbering scheme for
CONTRACTORs internal use. However, all correspondence
with
ENGINEER must include the required submittal
numbering.

4. Specification section: Include with each submittal a copy of the relevant specification section, including relevant addendum updates.
a. Indicate in the left margin, next to each pertinent paragraph, either compliance with a check (√) or deviation with a
consecutive number (1, 2, 3).
b. Provide a list of all numbered deviations with a clear explanation and reason for the deviation.
c. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the CONTRACTOR, each deviation
shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications.
d. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal.

5. Drawings: Include with each submittal a copy of the relevant Drawing, including relevant addendum updates and bill of materials.
a. Indicate either compliance with a check (√) or deviation with a consecutive number (1, 2, 3).
b. Provide a list of all numbered deviations with a clear explanation and reason for the deviation.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-3 July 2024
Submittals
c. Provide field dimensions and relationship to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.
d. Other information or materials as needed.

6. When reviewing and checking for acceptance is required of any drawing, or information regarding materials and equipment, the Contractor shall prepare or secure, and submit for review, one PDF file and one hard copy of each submittal. The Engineer, after taking appropriate action, will return two (2) marked copies to the Contractor.

7. Within a reasonable time after receipt of said submittal copies, the Engineer will return the marked copies indicating one of the following four (4) actions:
a. If review and checking indicates no exceptions, copies will be returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN and work may
begin immediately on incorporating the material and
equipment covered by the submittal into the work.
b. If review and checking indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be returned marked MAKE
CORRECTIONS NOTED. Work may begin immediately on
incorporating into the work the material and equipment
covered by the corrected submittal.
c. If review and checking indicates insufficient, or incorrect data, has been submitted, copies will be returned marked REVISE AND RESUBMIT. No work may begin on incorporating the
material and equipment covered by this submittal into the work until the submittal is revised, resubmitted, and returned marked either NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or MAKE
CORRECTIONS NOTED.
d. If review and checking indicates the material and equipment submittal is unacceptable, copies will be returned marked REJECTED. No work may begin on incorporating the
material and equipment covered by this submittal into the work until a new submittal is made and returned marked either NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or MAKE CORRECTIONS
NOTED.

8. Approval of the submittal by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any errors or omissions in such submittals nor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of this Contract.

9. If Shop Drawings show variations from Contract requirements, Contractor shall describe such variations in writing, separate from Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-4 July 2024
Submittals
the drawings, at time of submission. All such variations must be approved by the Engineer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 WORK SCHEDULE
A. Prior to the pre-construction meeting submit for approval a work schedule, developed in the latest version of Microsoft Project software, in conformance with CSSS Section 7-2 Work Schedule and Adequate Resources. Schedule shall be a horizontal chart with bars for each major trade or operation identifying the first workday of each week. Schedule shall show the task start date, work sequence, interdependence of activities, float, task completion date, critical path and contract completion date. If at any time the Engineer notifies the Contractor that the latest schedule needs revisions, it shall be resubmitted for approval within 5-days of the notification.

2.02 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A. Submittals for each manufactured item shall be comprised of manufacturer's descriptive literature, drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and catalog cuts. Manufacturer's name, trade name, model or catalog number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, project specification references, and any other additional information necessary to establish contract compliance shall be clearly indicated for each item submitted. Contractors shall identify items submitted for approval using an arrow or yellow highlighter. All submittals that fail to properly identify items will be returned to the Contractor.

2.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings shall show types, sizes, accessories, elevations, floor plans, sectional views, installation details, elementary control diagrams, and wiring diagrams. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals and shall indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment. Drawings shall also indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. If any equipment is disapproved, the drawings shall be revised to show acceptable equipment and be resubmitted. The Contractor shall provide a hard copy and electronic copy of all shop drawings. The electronic copy shall be in its native electronic file (i.e. Autocad format) and Portable Document Format (pdf) and shall be provided on a USB drive.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-5 July 2024
Submittals

2.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Prior to Facility Startup testing, one (1) pdf copy of the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manual shall be submitted and approved. After successful Facility Startup testing is complete, three (3) hard copies of the O&M manual, with the Facility Startup test sheets and acceptance report, bound in Avery D - Ring binder model number AVY79-799 or approved equal, shall be furnished to the City. One (1) of the three copies of the operation and maintenance manual shall contain original documentation/manuals and not photocopies. Each binder shall be no more than 75% full. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover and spine of the binders:

1. Operation and Maintenance Manual

2. Project:

3. Contractor:

4. Contract No.:

5. Date:

B. The contractor shall also provide the City with an electronic copy of each O&M manual. The electronic copies shall be in the latest version of Adobe pdf format and shall be formatted per 1.04 A. 2.

C. Provide a table of contents and tab sheets to identify discrete subjects.

Instruction sheets shall be legible and easily understood with large sheets and drawings folded in. Use the manufacturers original pre-printed instructions when available, do not photocopy these pre-printed instructions. Cross out all material which does not apply to the equipment furnished on this job.

D. The operating and maintenance instruction shall include, as a minimum, the following data for each item of mechanical and electrical equipment:

1. Name and location of the manufacturer, the manufacturer's local representative, the nearest supplier and spare parts warehouse.

2. Approved submittals applicable to operation and maintenance.

3. Recommended installation, adjustment, start-up, calibration, and troubleshooting procedures.

4. A control sequence describing start-up, operation, and shutdown.

5. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the systems.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-6 July 2024
Submittals

6. Recommended lubrication and an estimate of yearly quantity needed.

7. Recommended step-by-step procedures for all modes of operation.

8. Complete internal and connection wiring diagrams.

9. Complete printed circuit board schematic and assembly drawings.

10. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedule.

11. Complete parts lists, by generic title and identification number, with exploded views of each assembly.

12. Recommended spare parts.

13. Disassembly, overhaul, and reassembly instructions.

14. All completed test forms.

15. Provide ISA (International Society for Measurement and Control) TR-20 forms for all instrumentation devices.

16. As built all shop drawings, electrical, loop diagrams, interconnect diagrams, and instrumentation drawings from the contract drawings and/or manufacturer in an Autocad format on a USB drive.

E. The Contractor is not required to provide manuals for equipment supplied by the City. However, any manuals provided to the Contractor by the City shall be returned in a condition acceptable to the Engineer or replaced at no cost to the City.

2.05 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall maintain a neatly and accurately marked set of record drawings showing the elementary control diagrams, wiring diagrams, and final locations and layout of all mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment; piping and conduit; structures; and other facilities. Drawings shall be kept current weekly, with all work instructions and change orders; mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment accommodations; and construction adjustment. Drawings shall be subject to the inspection of the Engineer at all times, and progress payments, or portions thereof, may be withheld if drawings are not accurate and current. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer two (2) sets of neatly marked record drawings, accurately showing all the information required above.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 00-7 July 2024
Submittals
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. At least thirty (30) days prior to the Contractors need for approval, Contractor shall forward to the Engineer all submittals required by the individual Sections of the Specifications in electronic format.

B. Identify all submittals by submittal number on letter of transmittal.

Specification number shall be identified on the letter of transmittal.

Submittals shall be numbered consecutively, and resubmittals shall have a letter suffix. For example:

1. 1st submittal: 2

2. 1st resubmittal: 2A

3. 2nd resubmittal: 2B, etc.

3.02 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW
A. Information on items to be submitted for review are specified in the individual Sections of these Specifications. Submittals in electronic format shall include bookmarks of every page in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

B. Submittals that are related to, or affect, each other shall be forwarded simultaneously as a package to facilitate coordinated review.

Uncoordinated submittals will be rejected. Do not combine unrelated materials in the same submittal. Submittals shall be arranged in the same order as they appear in the Specification Section. Items shall be highlighted and clearly marked with the same identification number as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall include submittal time appropriate for each item of work on the Construction Schedule. The City will receive submittals at the preconstruction meeting as specified in Section 01 00 00 General Information and Requirements.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 50-1 July 2024
Request for Information and Clarification
01 33 50 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION AND CLARIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Should the Contractor discover conflicts, omissions, or errors in the Contract Documents, or have any questions concerning interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents, or if it appears to the Contractor that work to be done or any matter relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract Documents, then, before proceeding with the work affected, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Construction Manager in writing and request interpretation, clarification, or additional detailed instructions concerning the work. The Contractor shall ask for any clarification or request for information (RFI) immediately upon discovery, but no less than fifteen (15) days prior to the start date of the activities related to the clarification, based on the latest updated and accepted construction schedule. Contractor shall be responsible for its costs to implement and administer RFIs throughout the Contract duration.

Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation based solely on the number of RFIs submitted.

B. RFI is not to be used for request for materials/equipment substitutions or value engineering/cost reduction incentive proposals.

PART 2 - EQUIPMENT

2.01 NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 RFI PROCEDURES CONTRACTORS REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL A. Contractors review: Before submitting each RFI, the Contractor shall carefully review the following for relevant information:

1. All field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto.

2. All materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work.

3. All information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 50-2 July 2024
Request for Information and Clarification

4. The coordination of each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.

5. The Contract Documents.

6. The Project correspondence and documentation.

B. Submittal requests:

1. The Contractor shall submit all requests for clarification and/or additional information in writing through the Construction Manager to the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a detailed written statement that indicates the specific Drawings or Specifications in need of clarification and the nature of the clarification requested.

2. Each RFI shall be dated and signed by the preparer, indicating that they have performed the review defined above. Any delays caused by improper or incomplete RFI submissions shall be the total responsibility of Contractor.

3. Each RFI shall be limited to one subject.

3.02 RFI NUMBERING SYSTEM
A. Should the Construction Manager initiate a CM RFI, the Construction Manager shall use the same numbering/lettering system as the Contractor and select the next sequential number followed by the subject when submitting its RFI to the Engineer.

3.03 OWNERS RFI REVIEW AND RESPONSE TIME
A. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the Construction Manager will return one copy of each RFI form to Contractor, with its response noted thereon or on a separate comment sheet. Construction Manager shall respond to RFIs within a reasonable amount of time and not later than fifteen (15) days from receipt of the RFI.

B. Construction Manager s review will be only to provide clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager s review shall not relieve Contractor for the responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents.

C. Construction Manager s review will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 50-3 July 2024
Request for Information and Clarification
D. The Construction Manager may furnish additional detailed written instructions to further explain the work, and such instructions shall be a part of the Contract Documents. Should additional detailed instructions in the opinion of the Contractor constitute work in excess of the scope of the contract, the Contractor shall submit notification immediately and written notification thereof to the Construction Manager no more than seven (7) days following receipt of such instruction, and in any event prior to the commencement of work thereon. If the Construction Manager considers it justified, the instructions of the Construction Manager will be revised, or a proposed change order will be issued for the Citys consideration. The Contractor shall have no claim for additional compensation or extension of the schedule because of any such additional instructions unless the Contractor provides the Construction Manager written notice thereof within the time frame specified above, unless City is not Prejudiced by Contractor's untimely notice. In addition, the Contractor shall within fifteen (15) days from the date of Contractor's notice provide detailed justification and analysis as well as complete pricing and schedule CPM fragmentary network to support any request for time extension.

E. Should the Contractor proceed with the work affected before receipt of a response from the Construction Manager, any portion of the work which is not done in accordance with the City's interpretation, clarifications, instructions, or decisions shall be subject to removal or replacement and the Contractor shall be responsible for all losses.

F. RFI's will not be recognized or accepted, if in the opinion of the Construction Manager or Engineer, one of the following conditions exists:

1. The Contractor submits an RFI in place of a submittal.

2. The Contractor submits the RFI under the pretense of a Contract Documents discrepancy or omission without thoroughly reviewing the documents. In this case, [Auburn's change is rejected] the Contractor shall be responsible for both the Construction Managers and Engineers administrative costs to process the RFI.

3. The Contractor submits the RFI in a manner that suggests that specific portions of the Contract Documents are assumed to be excluded, or be taken as an isolated portion of the contract documents in part rather than whole.

4. The Construction Managers review shall not relieve Contractor from the entire responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called attention to each such variation at the time of each RFI submittal and Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 33 50-4 July 2024
Request for Information and Clarification
Construction Manager has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in the RFI review; nor will any review by Construction Manager relieve Contractor from responsibility for compliance with the requirements for careful review above.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 41 00-1 July 2024
Regulatory Requirements
01 41 00 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Regulatory requirements:

1. Building code.

2. Electrical code.

3. Energy code.

4. Fire code.

5. Mechanical code.

6. Plumbing code.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

1. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, 2020.

B. California Code of Regulations (CCR),

1. Title 24: California Building Standards Code, latest edition. a. California Building Code (CBC). (Title 24, Part 2.)
b. California Electrical Code (CEC). (Title 24, Part 3.) c. California Mechanical Code (CMC). (Title 24, Part 4.) d. California Plumbing Code (CPC). (Title 24, Part 5.)
e. California Energy Code (CEC). (Title 24, Part 6.)
f. California Fire Code (CFC). (Title 24, Part 9.)
g. California Green Building Standards Code (Cal Green). (Title 24, Part 11.)

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design requirements:

1. Building code:
a. California Building Code.
b. California Green Building Standards Code.

2. Electrical code:
a. California Building Code.

3. Energy conservation code:
a. California Energy Code
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 41 00-2 July 2024
Regulatory Requirements

4. Fire code:
a. California Fire Code.

5. Mechanical codes.
a. California Mechanical Code.

6. Plumbing code:
a. California Plumbing Code.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 NOT USED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 NOT USED.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 51 13-1 July 2024
Temporary Electricity
01 51 13 - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Provide temporary power to existing Switchgear and MCC as required, for miscellaneous tools and equipment used per the project specifications and plans. Unless otherwise noted, all electrical appurtenance connected to the mentioned gear shall remain energized for the duration of the project and shall be cutover to the new switchgear with minimal outage time.

B. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to power the existing switchgear, MCC, lighting panels, and PLC control panel during construction of the facility. The contractor shall provide the temporary wiring and conduit to connect the existing switchgear to the existing SMUD transformer. If the new SMUD transformer is installed before the electrical gear, the Contractor shall provide temporary power to the existing electrical gear. The existing electrical gear is not to be demolished until the new utility meter and MCC is available on site.

Therefore, if the City needs to operate the facility during construction for any reason then the existing switchgear will be used. All work shall meet the requirements of the latest version of the NEC.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 00: Electrical Work, General
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations and with utility company requirements.

1.03 SUMITTALS
A. Submit for approval at least 7 days before starting work:

1. Temporary facilities power schematic drawing.

2. Materials list.

B. The above submittals will be reviewed in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - SUBMITTALS. No work shall be undertaken by the Contractor until approval by the Engineer is obtained.

C. The Contractor shall submit a written plan, to the Engineer, detailing how the existing electrical equipment will be kept operational during the construction period. The plan shall show how all pumps will be kept operational during the construction period. The Contractor shall submit these plans within 2 weeks of receiving the Notice to Proceed.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 51 13-2 July 2024
Temporary Electricity
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 26 - Electrical.

B. Maintain system to provide service as required.

3.02 CLOSEOUT
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when construction needs can be met by the permanent installation, and/or at project completion.

B. Restore existing and/or permanent facilities used for temporary services to original or better condition.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 65 00-1 July 2024
Facility Startup
01 65 00 FACILITY STARTUP
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Procedures and actions required of the Contractor for Facility startup.

1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Project Classified System (PCS): A defined part of the Project consisting of an arrangement of items, such as equipment, structures, components, piping, wiring, materials, or incidentals, related or connected to form an identifiable, unified, functional, operational, safe, and independent system.

B. Pre-Demonstration Period: The period of time after initial construction and installation activities during which the Contractor, with assistance from manufacturers representatives, performs the following:

1. Finishing type construction work.

2. Equipment startup.

C. Demonstration Period: A one-week period of time, following the Pre- Demonstration Period, during which the Contractor initiates facility start-up and operates the Project Classified Systems, without exceeding specified downtime limitations. The purpose of the Demonstration Period is to prove the functional integrity of the mechanical and electrical equipment and components and the control interfaces of the respective equipment and components comprising the facility.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review prior to completion of the Pre-Demonstration Period.

1. Master startup schedule:
a. Schedule to include:
1) Target date and time for the City to witness each
systems initial startup.
2) Target date for initiation of Demonstration Period.
3) Test methods, procedures, and sample form for
recording test data.

2. O&M Manuals:
a. The required number of approved Operation and
Maintenance Manuals. Manuals must be received by the
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 65 00-2 July 2024
Facility Startup
Engineer a minimum of thirty (30) days prior to scheduling any required system training.

3. Equipment installation and pre-demonstration startup certifications. a. Letter verifying completion of all pre-demonstration startup activities, including receipt of all specified items from each manufacturer and/or supplier as the final item prior to initiation of Demonstration Period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Facility Startup is divided into two periods:

1. Pre Demonstration Period including:
a. Startup of Equipment in presence of City personnel.
b. Filing of all required submittals, including O&M manuals.

2. Demonstration Period including:
a. Seven (7) day demonstration of functional integrity of facility or PCS.

3.02 PRE-DEMONSTRATION PERIOD
A. Equipment Startup:

1. Requirements for individual items of equipment are included in Divisions 2 through 40 of these Specifications. Factory acceptance tests for equipment shall be submitted in advance of the Demonstration Period per the respective Specification Sections.

2. Prepare the equipment so that it will operate properly and safely, and so that it will be ready to demonstrate functional integrity during the Demonstration Period.

3. Operate equipment in all operable modes, including manual and automatic modes. Falsify instrumentation signals inputs into the PLC or control panel as required to operate equipment in automatic mode, where it is otherwise not possible for the equipment to run in automatic mode during the Pre-Demonstration Period.

4. Run all additional operable equipment.

5. Procedures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Test or check and correct deficiencies of:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 65 00-3 July 2024
Facility Startup
1) Power, control, and monitoring circuits for continuity prior to connection to power source.
2) Voltage of all circuits.
3) Phase sequence.
4) Cleanliness of connecting piping systems.
5) Alignment of connected machinery.
6) Vacuum and/or pressure of all closed systems.
7) Lubrication.
8) Valve orientation and position.
9) Pumping equipment using clean water.
10) Instrumentation and control signal generation,
transmission, reception, and response.
11) Tagging and identification systems
12) All equipment: Proper connections, alignment,
calibration and adjustment.
b. Calibrate safety equipment.
c. Manually rotate or activate moving parts to ensure that there is freedom of movement.
d. "Bump"-start electric motors to verify proper rotation. e. Perform other tests, checks, and activities required to make the equipment ready for the Demonstration Period.
f. Documentation:
1) Prepare a log showing each equipment item subject to this paragraph and listing what is to be accomplished
during Equipment Startup. Provide a place for
Contractor and Engineer to record the date and the
person accomplishing the required work. Submit
completed document before requesting inspection for
Substantial Completion certification.

6. Submit, without restrictions or qualifications, the following:
a. Manufacturers equipment installation check letters. b. Instrumentation Supplier's Instrumentation Installation Certificate.

B. Personnel Training:

1. See individual equipment specification sections.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 65 00-4 July 2024
Facility Startup

2. Conduct all personnel training after completion of Equipment Startup for the equipment for which training is being conducted. a. Personnel training on individual equipment or systems will not be considered completed unless:
1) All pretraining deliverables are received and approved before commencement of training on the individual
equipment or system.
2) No system malfunctions occur during training.
3) All provisions of field and classroom training
specifications are met.
b. Training not in compliance with the above will be performed again in its entirety by the manufacturer at no additional cost to the City.

C. Complete the filing of all required submittals:

1. Shop drawings.

2. Approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals submit thirty (30) calendar days prior to first training session.

3.03 DEMONSTRATION PERIOD
A. General:

1. Demonstrate the functional integrity of the altitude valve, mechanical, electrical, and control interfaces of the respective equipment and components comprising the facility under automatic control.

2. Demonstration Period: In the presence of City personnel, operate each pump for a period of thirty (30) consecutive minutes using line power. Flow, pressure, and level measurements shall be recorded during the entirety of the Demonstration Period.

3. If, during the Demonstration Period, the aggregate amount of time used for repair, alteration, or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected equipment or system inoperative exceeds ten (10) percent of the Demonstration Period, the demonstration of functional integrity will be deemed to have failed. In the event of failure, a new Demonstration Period will recommence after correction of the cause of failure. The new Demonstration Period shall have the same requirements and duration as the Demonstration Period previously conducted.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 65 00-5 July 2024
Facility Startup

4. Conduct the demonstration of functional integrity under full operational conditions for a period of seven (7) consecutive 24-hour days.

5. City will provide operational personnel to provide process decisions affecting plant performance and will be available for process decisions and testing acceptance. Contractor shall perform all other functions including, but not limited to, equipment operation and maintenance until the successful completion of the Demonstration Period.

6. City reserves the right to simulate operational variables, equipment failures, routine maintenance scenarios, etc., to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual backup systems and alternate operating modes.

7. The time of beginning and ending any Demonstration Period shall be agreed upon by Contractor and Engineer in advance of initiating Demonstration Period.

8. Throughout the Demonstration Period, provide knowledgeable personnel to provide final field instruction on select systems, and to respond to any system problems or failures which may occur.

9. Provide all labor, supervision, utilities, chemicals, maintenance, equipment, vehicles or any other item necessary to operate and demonstrate all systems being demonstrated.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 79 00-1 July 2024
Testing And Training
01 79 00 - TESTING AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Equipment and system testing and start-up, services of manufacturers representatives, training of City personnel, and final testing requirements for the completed facility. All start-up and testing shall be witness by the Engineer and/or City Staff.

1.02 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
A. Testing, training, and start-up are requisite to the satisfactory completion of the Contract. Complete testing, training, and start-up within the Contract Time. Allow realistic time frame for testing, training, and start-up activities.

Furnish labor, power, chemicals, tools, equipment, instruments, and services required for and incidental to completing functional testing, performance testing, and operational testing. Provide competent, experienced technical representatives of equipment manufacturers for assembly, installation and testing guidance, and operator training.

1.03 START-UP PLAN
A. Submit start-up plan for each piece of equipment and each system not less than three (3) weeks prior to planned initial equipment or system start-up.

1. Provide detailed information and schedule for the following activities:
a. Manufacturers services
b. Installation certifications
c. Operator and technician training
d. Completion of Operation and Maintenance Manual
e. Functional testing
f. Performance testing
g. Operational testing
B. Provide testing plan with test logs for each item of equipment and each system when specified. Include testing of alarms, control circuits, capacities, speeds, flows, pressures, vibrations, sound levels, and other parameters.

C. Provide summary of shutdown requirements for existing systems which are necessary to complete start-up of new equipment and systems.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 79 00-2 July 2024
Testing And Training
D. Revise and update start-up plan based upon review comments, actual progress, or to accommodate changes in the sequence of activities.

E. Provide two training sessions for the operators and technicians for each piece of equipment listed below. Each training sessions shall be 4 hours in length or as determined by its individual specification section. Contractor shall provide training materials. Contractor shall provide a submittal on the training classes outlining the course materials, instructors resume, and course agenda. Training shall be provided for the following equipment:

1. Utility Meter Cabinet

2. Motor Control Center (MCC)

3. PLC Control Panel

4. Motor Actuated Valves

5. Pressure transducers

1.04 PERFORMANCE TESTING
A. Test equipment for proper performance at point of manufacturer of assembly when specified.

B. When Source Quality Control Testing is Specified:

1. Demonstrate equipment meets specified performance requirements.

2. Provide certified copies of test results.

3. Do not ship equipment until certified copies have received written acceptance from Engineer. Written acceptance does not constitute final acceptance.

1.05 GENERAL START-UP AND TESTING PROCEDURES
A. Mechanical Systems:

1. Remove rust preventives and oils applied to protect equipment during construction.

2. Flush lubrication systems and dispose of flushing oils. Recharge lubrication system with lubricant recommended by manufacturer.

3. Flush fuel system and provide fuel for testing and start-up.

4. Install and adjust packing, mechanical seals, O-rings, and other seals. Replace defective seals.

5. Remove temporary supports, bracing, or other foreign objects installed to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and erection.

6. Check rotating machinery for correct direction of rotation and for freedom of moving parts before connecting driver.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 79 00-3 July 2024
Testing And Training

7. Perform cold alignment and hot alignment to manufacturers tolerances.

8. Adjust v-belt tension and variable pitch sheaves.

9. Inspect hand and motorized valves for proper adjustment. Tighten packing glands to insure no leakage, but permit valve stems to rotate without galling. Verify valve seats are positioned for proper flow direction.

10. Tighten leaking flanges or replace flange gasket. Inspect screwed joints for leakage.

11. Install gratings, safety chains, handrails, shaft guards, and sidewalks prior to operational testing.

B. Electrical Systems: As specified in Division 26.

C. Instrumentation Systems: As specified in Division 40.

1.06 FUNCTIONAL TESTING
A. Functionally test mechanical and electrical equipment for proper operation after general start-up and testing tasks have been completed.

B. Verify compatibility of new equipment with existing: Demonstrate proper rotation, alignment, speed, flow, pressure, vibration, sound level, adjustments, and calibration.

C. Perform initial checks in the presence of and with the assistance of manufacturers representative.

D. Demonstrate proper operation of each instrument loop function as specified in Division 40.

E. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, conduct continuous eight (8) hour test under full load conditions. Replace parts which operate improperly.

1.07 CERTIFICATION OF PROPER INSTALLATION
A. At completion of functional testing, furnish written report prepared and signed by manufacturers authorized representative, certifying equipment:

1. Has been properly installed, adjusted, aligned, and lubricated.

2. Is free of any stresses imposed by connections or anchor bolts.

3. Is suitable for satisfactory full-time operation under full load conditions.

4. Operates within the allowable limits for vibration.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 79 00-4 July 2024
Testing And Training

5. Controls, protective devices, instrumentation, and control panels are properly installed, calibrated, and functioning, as designed.

6. Control logic for start-up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown have been tested and are functioning, as designed.

B. Co-sign the reports along with the manufacturers representative and subcontractor.

1.08 TRAINING OF OWNERS PERSONNEL
A. Provide at least two sessions, four (4) hours of training, at agreed upon times for each piece of equipment, to designated Owners personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, mechanical, electrical, instrumentation equipment, and installed items. Utilize manufacturers representatives to conduct training sessions.

B. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual for specific pieces of equipment or systems two (2) weeks prior to training session for that piece of equipment or system.

C. Satisfactorily complete functional testing before training Owners personnel.

D. Schedule training sessions during the hours of Tuesday Thursday:
7 a.m. 12 p.m.; and/or 1 p.m.-3:30 p.m.

1.09 OPERATIONAL TESTING
A. Conduct operational test of the entire facility after completion of operator training. Demonstrate satisfactory operation of equipment and systems in actual operation. Conduct operational test for continuous seven (7) day period.

B. Immediately correct defects in material, workmanship, or equipment which became evident during operational test.

C. Repeat operational test when malfunctions or deficiencies cause shutdown or partial operation of the facility or results in performance that is less than specified.

1.10 RECORD KEEPING
A. Maintain and submit following records generated during start-up and testing phase of project:

1. Daily logs of equipment testing identifying all tests conducted and outcome.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 79 00-5 July 2024
Testing And Training

2. Logs of time spent by manufacturers representatives performing services on the job site.

3. Equipment lubrication records.

4. Electrical and instrumentation test results as required in Divisions 26, 28, and 40.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 77 00-1 July 2024
Contract Closeout
01 77 00 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Requirements Include:

1. Closeout Procedures.

2. Final Cleaning.

3. Record Drawings.

4. Spare Parts.

5. O&M Manuals.

6. Warranty.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittals and shall include the following:

1. Record Drawings

2. Spare parts as indicated in the individual sections.

3. O&M Manuals (draft and final versions).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. When Contractor notifies the Engineer that the project has been completed, the Engineer shall perform a walk through and develop a list of deficient work items.

B. After Contractor completes correction of the deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Engineer, a final walk through will be scheduled with the City Operation and Maintenance personnel. At the final walk through, a punch list will be developed and submitted to the Contractor.

C. Notify the Engineer when all punch list items, including submittal of Record Drawings, have been completed. Engineer will then inspect the work. If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and if as-built drawings & O&M manuals are satisfactorily completed and submitted, a completion report will be prepared.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 77 00-2 July 2024
Contract Closeout

3.02 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute prior to final walk through.

B. Clean all interior and exterior surfaces; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition, clean or replace filters on mechanical equipment. Clean roofs and drainage systems of any debris.

Vacuum inside switchgear.

C. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces.

D. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities.

3.03 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Conform to CSSS Section 5-8.

B. Provide complete as-built record drawings. City inspection staff will have one week to field verify accuracy of each submitted as-built record drawing set, including all factory and project drawings. Correct all record drawing deficiencies noted by inspection staff, and then resubmit them. City inspection staff will again have one week to field verify each submittal until the record drawings are considered accurate and complete. A project completion report will not be issued until City inspection staff has approved the as-built record drawings.

3.04 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide spare parts and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each section. Coordinate delivery with the Engineer, and obtain receipt prior to final payment.

3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS
A. Prior to facility startup tests, submit for review one (1) draft bound copy of an O&M manual for each Sump. Each manual shall cover all new equipment, including pumps, the level indication systems, the high level float alarm systems, all new PLC and switchgear equipment; and the flow meters.

B. Following approval of the draft manual and satisfactory operational testing, AND BEFORE CONTRACT COMPLETION, submit three (3) final copies of each O&M manual bound in Avery D - Ring binder model number AVY79- 799 or approved equal. One (1) of the three copies shall contain original documentation manuals, not photocopies. Also provide an electronic copy of each O&M manual on a CD/USB. Electronic copies shall be in Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 77 00-3 July 2024
Contract Closeout
Adobe format (Portable Document Format). Use the latest version of Adobe and fully indexed on the bookmark viewing pane.

C. Each binder shall be no more than 75% full.

D. Provide the following information on the cover and spine of each binder:

Operation and Maintenance Manual
Project:

Contractor:

Contract No.:

Date:

E. Provide a table of contents and tab sheets to identify discrete subjects.

Instruction sheets shall be legible and easily understood with large sheets and drawings folded in. Use manufacturer's original pre-printed instructions when available. Cross out info that does not apply to the equipment furnished.

F. Operating and maintenance instructions shall include, as a minimum, the following for each new mechanical and electrical equipment item:

1. Name and location of the manufacturer, the manufacturer's local representative, the nearest supplier and spare parts warehouse.

2. Approved submittals applicable to operation and maintenance.

3. Recommended installation, adjustment, start-up, calibration, and troubleshooting procedures.

4. A control sequence describing start-up, operation, and shutdown.

5. Detailed functional description of each principal system component.

6. Recommended lubrication and an estimate of yearly quantity needed.

7. Recommended step-by-step procedures for all modes of operation.

8. Complete internal and connection wiring diagrams.

9. Complete printed circuit board schematic and assembly drawings.

10. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedule.

11. Complete parts lists, by generic title and identification number, with exploded views of each assembly.

12. Recommended spare parts.

13. Disassembly, overhaul, and reassembly instructions.

14. All completed test forms.

15. Provide ISA (International Society for Measurement and Control) S- 20 forms for all instrumentation devices.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 01 77 00-4 July 2024
Contract Closeout

16. Calibration set-points and corresponding measurements for all monitoring and/or metering devices.

3.06 WARRANTY
A. Contractors warranty term shall begin the date the job is accepted by the City.

B. Warranties for construction shall be for a period for one (1) year from the date of acceptance by the City.

C. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List the subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, with the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the responsible principals.

D. Warranties for all equipment, including but not limited to, pumps, motors, valves, flowmeters, cleaning equipment, mechanical couplings, packaged air conditioning units, I&C equipment, RTU panel, Switchgear, MCCs, and transformers, buildings, shall be for a period of one (1) year from the date of Project acceptance by the City. Exceptions shall be made for particular equipment and items where extended warranties are otherwise identified in these Specifications.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-1 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
03 01 30 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Remove, repair, or rehabilitate new and existing concrete members and surfaces as indicated.

B. Provide all materials and equipment necessary to accomplish the Work.

C. Repair damage to concrete and concrete surfaces which results from the removal of embedded items, from construction activities, or which existed previously in structures indicated to be repaired.

1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
ACI 201.1R-08 Guide for Making a Condition Survey of
Concrete in Service
ACI 546R-14 Concrete Repair Guide

1.03 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 Submittals.

B. Shop Drawings

1. Submit Shop Drawings for strengthening required around new openings.

2. Submit detailed drawings showing proposed methods for supporting existing structures, equipment, and piping during demolition and repair activities.

C. Concrete Repair Products and Procedures

1. Submit a comprehensive plan for each repair method indicated within this Section, the plan shall include the following:
a. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement,
curing, and appropriate uses for each product.
b. Curing products and procedures for each repair method for which curing is recommended by the manufacturer.

1.04 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONCRETE RESTORATION FIRMS
A. The concrete restoration Work shall be performed by an experienced firm customarily engaged in performing similar repair work on cast-in- place concrete structures.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-2 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
B. The restoration firm shall have completed at least 5 similar projects in the last 5 years.

C. The restoration firm shall be certified by the manufacturer of the repair materials.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Tests of Cement Based Mortars and Grouts

1. The Engineer may take compression test specimens during construction from the
first placement of each type of mortar or
grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer in order to ensure continued compliance with the indicated requirements.

2. The Contractor shall assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing.

3. The compression tests and fabrication of specimens for repair mortar and non-
shrink grout will be performed as specified in
ASTM C 109.

4. A set of 5 specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and additional time periods as appropriate.

5. Any material, already placed, which fails to meet the indicated performance requirements is subject to removal and replacement as part of the Work.

6. The cost of laboratory tests on mortar and grout will be paid by the City, but the
Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any
additional tests and investigation on the Work that does not meet the indicated requirements.

7. The Contractor shall supply all necessary materials for fabricating the test
specimens.

B. Repair Concrete: Repair concrete shall be tested as required in Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.

C. Epoxy Grout: Epoxy grout shall be tested as required in Section 03 60 00 Grouting.

D. Construction Tolerances: Construction tolerances shall comply with the requirements of Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete, except as otherwise indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-3 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation

2.01 REPAIR MORTAR
A. Provide repair mortar as a pre-packaged, 2-component, polymer-modified, cementious, non-sag mortar, specifically formulated for the repair of surface defects.

B. Provide the mortar with a penetrating corrosion inhibitor.

C. Repair mortar shall have the following properties:

Physical Property Value ASTM Standard
Compressive Strength
(min.)
at 7 days
at 28 days
6000 psi
7000 psi
C-109
Bond Strength (min.)
at 28 days
2200 psi C-882 (modified)
Freeze/Thaw resistance (min.)
300 cycles
98 percent C-666
D. Provide a minimum repair thickness of 1/4 inch, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Repair Mortar shall be SikaTop 123 Plus, by Sika Corporation, or equal.

2.02 NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide non-shrink grout conforming to the requirements of Section 03 60 00 Grouting.

2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement

1. Use Type II Portland cement unless otherwise indicated.

2. Where repairs are to be made on wall surfaces open to view and above normal
water surface elevations, blend white Portland
cement with the Type II cement as needed in order to match the color of the adjacent existing concrete surface.

B. Structural Repair Grout

1. Where required, provide structural repair grout meeting the requirements of Section 03 60 00 Grouting.

2. Provide a minimum repair thickness of 3 inches.

C. Cement Grout

1. Provide cement grout that meets the requirements of Section 03 60 00 Grouting.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-4 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation

2. Provide a minimum repair thickness of one inch.

2.04 Miscellaneous Materials
A. For concrete construction materials not covered specifically in this Section, conform to the requirements of Section 03 31 00 Cast- in-Place Concrete.

2.05 AGGREGATE
A. Obtain the written permission of the manufacturer and Engineer before using aggregate to extend repair mortar and grout products.

B. If allowed and unless otherwise indicated, provide aggregate consisting of 3/8-inch clean, washed gravel or crushed stone as required in Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.

2.06 BONDING AGENT AND ANTI-CORROSION COATING
A. Provide a bonding agent that is a solvent-free, moisture-tolerant, epoxy- modified, cementitious product, specifically formulated as a bonding agent and anti-corrosion coating.

B. Bonding Agent shall be Armatec 110 EpoCem , by Sika Corporation, or equal.

2.07 EPOXY GROUT
A. Provide an epoxy grout conforming to the requirements of Section 03 60 00 Grouting.

2.08 EPOXY RESIN
A. Use epoxy resin for structural crack repair.

B. For crack injection, provide a 2-component, moisture-tolerant, low- viscosity, high- strength epoxy resin adhesive that is specially formulated for that usage.

C. Provide a minimum bond strength of 2900 psi when tested per ASTM C 882 at 14 days, moist cured.

D. Epoxy Resin shall be Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod LV, by Sika Corporation, KEMKO 068 LoVis IR, by ChemCo Systems, Inc., or equal.

2.09 PROTECTIVE COATING
A. Waterproofing

1. Provide a 2-component, polymer-modified, cementitious waterproofing and protective slurry mortar for concrete.

2. Apply the material in 2 coats, with a coverage of 40 sq ft/gal/coat.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-5 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation

3. Waterproofing shall be Sika Top Seal 107 , by Sika Corporation, or equal.

2.10 FORMWORK
A. Where needed, provide formwork that meets the requirements of Section 03 11 00 Concrete Formwork.

2.11 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
A. Where required, provide reinforcing steel that meets the requirements of Section 03 21 00 Reinforcement Steel.

2.12 POLYURETHANE SEALANT
A. Provide a 2-part polyurethane, gun-grade sealant.

B. Polyurethane Sealant shall be Sikaflex 2C , by Sika Corporation , or equal.

2.13 POLYURETHANE CHEMICAL GROUT
A. Use polyurethane chemical grout for non-structural crack repair.

B. Polyurethane Chemical Grout shall be SikaFix HH, by Sika Corporation, Flex LV PURe, by WR Grace/De Neef, Flex SLV PURe, by WR Grace/De Neef, or equal.

2.14 HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP
A. Provide hydrophilic waterstop of the type which expands in the presence of water to form a watertight joint seal without damaging the concrete in which it is cast.

B. Provide hydrophilic waterstop that is bentonite-free and manufactured from chloroprene rubber and modified chloroprene rubber with hydrophilic properties.

C. Hydrophilic Waterstop shall be Hydrotite RSS-040 P, by Greenstreak Group, Inc., KM 4mm String, by Adeka Ultra Seal, or equal.

2.15 HIGH STRENGTH EPOXY GEL
A. High-Strength Epoxy Gel for crack surface sealing shall be Denepox Rapidgel, by WR Grace/De Neef, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Repairs

1. Repair techniques will be reviewed during the pre-construction Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-6 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
meeting between the Contractor, Engineer, and City.

2. The Contractor shall be familiar with the cause of deteriorated concrete and shall choose the right equipment, repair materials and techniques to be used for each particular repair.

3. Choose repair materials to match the adjacent concrete surface in color and texture.

4. Apply repair materials in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions, including temperature and moisture requirements throughout application and curing.

5. Protect adjacent portions of the structure, including all valves, pipes, mechanical equipment, and filter media from debris generated by repair activities.

6. For portions of the structure that are not identified to be repaired, maintain in their original condition.

B. Structural Stability

1. Use caution not to weaken the structural capacity of a beam, column, wall, slab, walkway, or other concrete member during concrete removal.

2. For severely deteriorated concrete members, consult with the Engineer before removing a major portion of any structural member.

3. Shoring may be required in order to support the structure and to protect workers.

C. Shoring

1. Provide shoring prior to the start of repairs, including surface preparation and concrete removal.

2. Design the shoring to adequately distribute the load to the structural system in such a manner as to avoid damage to the structure.

3. Maintain the shoring in place until all repairs are completed and structurally repaired areas have achieved their full 28-day design strengths.

D. Provide off-site disposal of debris generated as a result of repair procedures.

E. Provide concrete construction procedures not specifically addressed in this Section in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-7 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation

3.02 REPAIR SEQUENCING
A. Unless otherwise indicated, perform concrete repairs in the following sequence, with no activity in an area being started until previous activities in that area have been completed, including curing, cleanup, and the like:

1. removal of equipment, miscellaneous metals, and other surface features that would interfere with the repair.

2. removal of concrete sections which require complete replacement.

3. surface preparation hydroblasting over the entire area to be repaired.

4. embedded metal repair.

5. crack repair.

6. spalled and delaminated concrete repair.

7. scaled concrete.

8. pop-out repair, and repair of other surface damage, deterioration, or defects.

9. patching of holes in concrete.

10. replacement of concrete sections which require complete replacement.

11. new construction.

B. For areas which require combinations of spalled and delaminated concrete repair, scaled concrete, and pop-out repair, perform these repairs at the same time.

C. Limit the size of the repair area in order to permit the repairs to be performed together, without sacrificing the quality of the individual repairs.

3.03 EMBEDDED METAL REPAIR
A. Unless otherwise indicated, repair anchor bolts and other embedded metal, except rebar, that are exposed at the concrete surface and are showing signs of corrosion, as follows:

1. Cut off or otherwise remove corroded metal fastened at the surface.

2. Burn back embedded metals to a depth of at least 1.5 inches beyond the surface of
sound concrete.

3. Chip away unsound concrete around the embedded metal.

4. Apply epoxy grout to the repair area until level with the surface of the surrounding
sound concrete.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, repair embedded rebar that is exposed at the concrete surface following the procedures outlined in the appropriate Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-8 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
concrete repair subsection, below.

3.04 CRACK REPAIR
A. Structural Cracks

1. Structural Cracks are defined as follows:
a. All cracks where reinforcing steel is passing across the crack, including erratic cracks, and cracks at construction joints.
b. Cracks identified by the Engineer as structural cracks.

2. Repair structural cracks with epoxy resin.

B. Non Structural Cracks

1. Non Structural Cracks are defined as follows:
a. Cracks occurring at flexible joints, contraction joints or expansion joints.
b. Cracks identified by the Engineer as non-structural cracks.

2. Repair non-structural cracks with polyurethane chemical grout.

C. Efflorescence

1. Prior to the crack repair, clean efflorescence from the cracks and the surrounding area.

2. Clean the efflorescence by light hydro-blasting or scrubbing.

D. Pressure Injection: Pressure Injection to be performed prior to leak testing and roof membrane installation.

1. General
a. The indicated repair materials have been selected to minimize the loss of material during the injection process.

The areas selected for crack repair are to be identified by the Contractor or Engineer and be determined prior to leak tests
and roof membrane installation. The injection of cracks may also be required as a result of the leak test.
b. In order to avoid excessive loss of injected material at the lower exposed portions of the cracks, space the injection ports a distance no greater than the thickness of the wall being repaired.

2. Open through thickness structural cracks are to be repaired to deliver a water-tight hydraulic structure passing the specified leakage test. All 3 foot long minimum or greater through thickness cracks greater than a minimum 15 mil thickness in the walls are Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-9 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
to be injected unless they do not accept grout. All 2 foot long minimum
through thickness cracks greater than 10 mil thickness in the foundation, water conduits, floor slabs and roof are to be injected unless they do not accept grout. Perform structural crack repairs by pressure injection in accordance with the manufacturers directions, and in accordance with the following basic procedure:
a. Remove unsound and foreign materials from the crack in a manner that does
not trap debris in the crack and prevent
the flow of repair materials.
b. Remove any contamination by flushing with water or solvent, allowing adequate time for air-drying or blow out the solvent with compressed air.
c. Install the injection ports in accordance with the
manufacturers directions.
d. Sealing
1) Seal the surface in order to keep the pressure
injecting materials from leaking out before it has set or gelled.
2) Seal a surface by brushing an epoxy over the
surface of the crack and allowing it to harden, or use high injection pressures to cut-out the cracks in a 'V' shape, fill with an epoxy, and strike off flush with the surface.
3) Surface patching or sealant shall be performed where needed to provide
for complete penetration of the
injected polyurethane grout and to prevent wastage.

Seal surface of crack with fast setting hydraulic
cement or high
strength epoxy gel. The floor surface
along the cracks shall be cleaned and all wasted
grout and surface seal material shall be completely
removed from the concrete surface following
completion of the repair
work.
e. Inject the repair materials, with consideration of the following items:
1) Carefully select the pressure of the hydraulic pump or other device,
because too much pressure can
extend the existing cracks and cause more damage.
2) For vertical cracks, start by pumping material into
the entry port at the lowest elevation until the
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-10 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
material level reaches the entry port above, then cap
the lower injection port and repeat the process at
successively higher
ports until the crack has been
completely filled.
3) For horizontal cracks, start at one end of the crack and work to the other end, filling the crack until the pressure can be maintained.
4) For very fine cracks, start the injection of repair
material at the widest end and proceed toward the
thinner end, using low-viscosity repair material.
f. Cleanup
1) Remove the surface seal by grinding or other
appropriate means.
2) Coat fittings and holes at injection ports with an
epoxy patching compound.
3) If crack repairs are part of repair for surface defects, painting with epoxy is not necessary and surface
preparation may be started after crack repairs have
been completed.

3. Open through thickness non-structural cracks are to be repaired to deliver a watertight hydraulic structure passing the specified leakage test. Open through thickness
cracks with lengths of at
least 3 feet on each side of the wall and roof, at least 2 feet of length on the foundation or floor slab are to be injected unless they do not accept
grout. All 3 foot long minimum or greater through
thickness cracks greater than a minimum 15 mil thickness in the walls are to be injected unless they do not accept grout. All 2 foot long through thickness cracks greater than 10 mil thickness in the floors and roof are to be injected unless they do not accept grout. Perform non-
structural crack repairs in accordance with
the manufacturers directions, and in accordance with the following basic procedure:
a. Remove unsound and foreign materials from the crack in a manner that does
not trap debris in the crack and prevent
the flow of repair materials.
b. Remove contamination by flushing with water or solvent, allowing adequate time for air-drying or blow out the solvent with compressed air.
c. Install the injection ports in accordance with the
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-11 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
manufacturers directions.
d. Moisture
1) For non-structural cracks, moisture must be present
for the chemical grout to react.
2) Prior to injecting the repair materials, inject the crack with a small amount of water in order to completely
moisten the crack.
e. Inject the repair materials, with consideration of the following items:
1) Carefully select the pressure of the hydraulic pump or other device,
because too much pressure can
extend the existing cracks and cause more damage.
2) For vertical cracks, start by pumping material into
the entry port at the lowest elevation until the
material level reaches the entry port above, cap the
lower injection port and repeat the process at
successively higher
ports until the crack has been
completely filled, and then, starting again at the
lowest port, re-inject into all ports in order to ensure that all voids are
properly sealed off.
3) For horizontal cracks, start at one end of the crack and work to the other end, filling the crack until the pressure can be maintained.
4) For very fine cracks, start the injection of repair
material at the widest end and proceed toward the
thinner end.
f. Cleanup
1) Remove excess surface material by grinding or other
appropriate means.
2) Coat fittings and holes at injection ports with an
epoxy patching compound.
3) If crack repairs are part of repair for surface defects, painting with epoxy is not necessary and surface
preparation may be started after crack repairs have
been completed.

3.05 SPALLED AND DELAMINATED CONCRETE REPAIR
A. Repair spalls and delaminated concrete using repair mortar.

B. Surface Preparation
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-12 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation

1. Remove all delaminated concrete and all unsound concrete beyond the spalled or delaminated area.

2. Boundaries
a. Determine the boundaries of the patch by sawcuts to a depth of at least 1/4 inch up to one inch deep.
b. Refer to the Structural Drawings for sawcut locations. c. Where the sawcut locations are not shown on the
Drawings, the boundaries
shall be layouts designed to
reduce boundary edge length.
d. Avoid excessive or complex edge conditions.

3. Sawcuts
a. Perform sawcuts perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut.
b. Construct sawcuts in maximum 1/4-inch increments.
c. After each incremental cut, inspect the cut surface in order to ensure that the
existing reinforcement has not been cut.
d. If at any depth the reinforcement becomes exposed,
terminate the sawcut and notify the Engineer.

4. Chip away concrete within the repair area to a depth sufficient to expose sound concrete over the entire repair area, or to a minimum depth required by repair mortar, whichever is greater.

5. Base the selection of partial depth concrete removal equipment on the size of repair area, depth of concrete to be removed, and the location of the deteriorated concrete such as wall, slab-on-grade, underside or top of elevated slab.

6. Removal
a. The maximum allowable pneumatic chipping hammer
shall be a 30-lb class hammer.
b. Hydroblast removal shall use a maximum pressure of 40,000 psig.
c. Sand blasting is not permitted.
d. Hydroblast concrete removal is recommended for large area of surface defects.
e. Remove water blasting debris daily in order to prevent it from setting up.
f. If a chipping hammer is used, ensure that the existing reinforcement is not
damaged during the concrete removal
operations.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-13 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
g. Remove protrusions, such as mortar spatter or fins, by grinding or by striking with a hammer or other tool.

7. Reinforcement
a. Remove concrete from around reinforcement when the
rebar is rusted, more than half the rebar perimeter is already exposed, the concrete bond around the rebar is broken, or if the concrete is unsound or honey-combed.
b. Remove concrete in order to provide a clear space of minimum one inch on all sides of the reinforcement, such that the rebar can be cleaned and the repair material will completely surround the rebar.
c. Clean exposed reinforcement by water blasting or wire brushing.
d. After fully exposing and cleaning the reinforcement, check for steel deterioration, and if the cross-sectional area of the steel has been reduced by more than 10 percent, whether by deterioration, surface preparation, or a combination of both, provide additional reinforcement.
e. Consult with the Engineer before adding or replacing rebar.

C. Repairing Surface Defects

1. Clean the concrete surface after removing unsound concrete, repairing cracks, and cleaning the reinforcement.

2. Ensure that the concrete surface and reinforcement are free of form-release agents, curing compounds, surface hardeners, oils, grease, food, chemicals, and other contaminants.

3. Remove dust, including new dust generated by surface preparation or scarifying.

4. Prior to application of the bonding agent, apply anti-corrosion coating to exposed rebar in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, allow the coating to dry, reapply the coating, and allow to dry again.

5. Prior to applying the repair mortar, apply bonding agent in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.

6. Repair Mortar
a. Apply repair mortar in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
b. The thickness of each lift of repair mortar shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations,
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-14 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
with the minimum thickness being not less than 1/4 inch.

7. Fully consolidate the repair mortar, working the material into the substrate to completely fill all pores and voids in the area to be filled.

8. Bring the repair surface into alignment with the adjacent existing surfaces in order to provide a uniform, even surface.

9. Match the repair surface to adjacent existing surfaces in texture by applying necessary coatings and surface treatments.

10. Float-finish the repaired surface using wood or sponge floats.

11. For repaired surfaces to receive a protective coating, brush- finish the surface in
order to produce a roughened substrate for
the coating.

12. Minimum and maximum ambient and surface temperatures shall be as recommended by repair material manufacturer.

D. Curing

1. Curing of repair mortar to receive waterproofing shall be as follows:
a. Keep the mortar continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum period of at least 7 consecutive days, beginning immediately after the mortar has reached final set.
b. Weight the curing blankets or otherwise held them in place in order to prevent being dislodged by wind or other causes, and to be substantially in contact with the concrete surface. c. Ensure that edges are continuously held in place.
d. Keep the curing blankets and concrete continuously wet by the use of sprinklers
or other means, both during and after
normal working hours.

2. If the repair mortar is not to receive waterproofing, provide curing in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations except that the minimum cure period shall be 7 days.

3. During cold weather, maintain the repair material temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 3 days after placement.

3.06 SCALED CONCRETE REPAIR
A. Repair scaling and pop-outs using repair mortar.

B. Surface Preparation

1. Prior to repair, prepare the surface in accordance with the repair mortar manufacturers recommendations with the following Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-15 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
minimum requirement.

2. Remove unsound concrete from surfaces by high-pressure water blasting, using a minimum pressure of 10,000 psig and maximum pressure of 40,000 psig.

3. Clean exposed reinforcement by water blasting or wire brushing.

C. Repairing Surface Defects

1. Clean the concrete surface after removing unsound concrete, repairing cracks, and cleaning reinforcement.

2. Ensure that the concrete surface and reinforcement are free of form-release agents, curing compounds, surface hardeners, oils, grease, food, chemicals, and other contaminants.

3. Remove dust, including new dust generated by surface preparation or scarifying.

5. Prior to applying the repair mortar, apply bonding agent in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.

6. Apply repair mortar in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, using a minimum repair material thickness of 1/4 inch.

7. Fully consolidate the repair material, working the material into the substrate to completely fill all pores and voids in the area to be filled.

8. Bring the repair surface into alignment with the adjacent existing surfaces in order to provide a uniform, even surface.

9. Match the repair surface to adjacent existing surfaces in texture by applying necessary coatings and surface treatments.

10. Float-finish the repaired surface using wood or sponge floats.

D. Provide strip joint in newly placed mortar at the location of repaired cracks.

E. Curing

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-16 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
b. Weight the curing blankets or otherwise held them in place in order to prevent being dislodged by wind or other causes, and to be substantially in contact with the concrete surface. c. Ensure that edges are continuously held in place.
d. Keep the curing blankets and concrete continuously wet by the use of sprinklers
or other means, both during and after
normal working hours.

2. If the repair mortar is not to receive waterproofing, provide curing in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations except that the minimum cure period shall be 7 days.

3. During cold weather, maintain the repair material temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 3 days after placement.

3.07 POP-OUT REPAIR, AND REPAIR OF OTHER SURFACE DAMAGE,

DETERIORATION, OR DEFECTS
A. Repair pop-outs and other surface damage, deterioration, and defects which are 1/4 inch deep or shallower, using the procedures described under "SCALED CONCRETE REPAIR," above.

B. Repair other pop-outs and surface damage, deterioration, and defects using the procedures described under "SPALLED AND DELAMINATED CONCRETE REPAIR," above.

3.08 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE SECTIONS WHICH REQUIRE COMPLETE

REPLACEMENT
A. Refer to the Structural Drawings for locations where the level of concrete deterioration is such that complete removal and replacement of the deteriorated section is required.

B. At these locations, remove the deteriorated concrete in accordance with the details on the Structural Drawings and the requirements of this Section.

C. Limits

1. The limits of concrete removal shall be as indicated on the Structural Drawings.

2. If no limits of removal are indicated, determine the limits in accordance with the procedures described under Boundaries Spalled and Delaminated Concrete Repair.
D. Provide sawcuts in accordance with the procedures described under Sawcuts Spalled and Deliminated Concrete Repair.
E. After removal of the concrete, prepare the area and provide repair Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-17 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
concrete in accordance with the details on the Structural Drawings and the requirements of this Section.

F. Unless otherwise indicated, match the finished cross-section of the repaired concrete to the cross-section of the adjacent undamaged concrete.

3.09 PATCHING OF HOLES IN CONCRETE
A. General

1. For the purposes of this Section, holes are defined as penetrations completely through the concrete member and with interior surfaces approximately perpendicular to the surface of the existing member.

2. Interior surface areas which are inclined and do not meet this criteria shall be chipped as needed to meet this requirement.

3. The perimeter of holes at the surface shall form a regular shape composed of curved or straight line segments.

4. Provide the minimum depth of placement for the material used; score the existing concrete by sawcutting, and chip as needed to meet this requirement.

5. Roughen the interior surface of holes less than 12 inches in diameter to a minimum of 0.125-inch amplitude, and roughen larger holes to a minimum of 0.25-inch amplitude.

6. At holes, coat the existing surface to be repaired with a bonding agent.

B. Patching Small Holes: For holes which are less than 12 inches in their least dimension and extend completely through concrete members, fill with non-shrink grout.

C. Patching Large Holes

1. Fill holes which are larger than 12 inches in their least dimension with structural repair grout.

2. Provide large holes which are normally in contact with water or soil with hydrophilic waterstop placed in a groove.

3. Alternatively, bond the hydrophilic waterstop to the surface using an epoxy grout which completely fills all voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material.

4. Install the waterstop in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 32 00 Joints in Concrete.

5. Provide reinforcing steel in layers matching existing reinforcement location, size, spacing and cover requirements unless directed Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 01 30-18 July 2024
Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation
otherwise by the Engineer.

3.10 PATCHING OF LINED HOLES
A. General

1. This Work applies to those openings which have embedded material over all or a portion of their inside edge.

2. The requirements for repairing holes in concrete, as indicated above, apply as modified herein.

3. The Engineer will determine whether the embedded material is allowed to remain.

4. Where embedded material is allowed to remain, trim it back a minimum of 2 inches from the concrete surface.

5. Roughen or abrade the embedded material in order to promote good bonding to the repair material.

6. Remove substances that interfere with good bonding.

7. Completely remove embedded items that are not securely and permanently anchored
into the concrete.

8. Completely remove embedded items which are larger than 12 inches in their least dimension, unless they are composed of a metal to which reinforcing steel can be welded; where
reinforcement is required, weld it to the embedded metal.

9. The following requirements shall apply to concrete members which are in contact with water or soil:
a. Using epoxy grout, fill lined openings which are less than 4 inches in their least dimension.
b. Using an epoxy bonding agent, coat lined openings which are greater than 4 inches but less than 12 inches in their least dimension, prior to being filled with non-shrink grout. c. Using an epoxy bonding agent, coat lined openings
which are greater than 12 inches in their least dimension and provide a hydrophilic waterstop bonded to the interior of the opening with epoxy adhesive, prior to being filled with approved repair
material.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-1 July 2024
Concrete Forming
03 11 00 CONCRETE FORMING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish concrete formwork, bracing, shoring, and supports for cast- in-place concrete and shall design and construct falsework, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittals.

B. Manufacturers information demonstrating compliance with requirements for the following:

1. Form ties and related accessories, including taper tie plugs, if taper ties are used.

2. Form gaskets.

3. Form release agent.

4. Manufacturer's design information on formwork, form materials, and locations for
use.

C. Shop Drawings: Detailed plans for the fabrication and erection of falsework to be used. Such plans shall be in sufficient detail to indicate the general layout, sizes of members, anticipated stresses, grade of materials to be used in the falsework, means of protecting existing construction which supports falsework, and typical soil conditions. Include a list
of form materials and locations for use.

D. Falsework Calculations and Drawings: The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Section 1717 of the Division of Industrial Safety, Construction Safety Orders, as revised November 1973, which requires that all falsework or vertical shoring installations where the height of the falsework or vertical shoring, as measured from the top of the sills to the soffit of the superstructure, exceeds 14-feet, or where individual horizontal span lengths exceed 16-feet, or provision for vehicular or railroad traffic
through falsework or vertical shoring is made, shall be approved and signed by a civil engineer, registered in the State of California; provided further, that a copy of the falsework plan or shoring layout shall be available on the Site at all times.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-2 July 2024
Concrete Forming

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tolerances: The variation from required lines or grade shall not exceed 1/4-inch in 10- feet, non-cumulative, and there shall be no offsets or visible waviness in the finished surface. Other tolerances shall be within the tolerances of ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the Engineer, lumber brought on the Site for
use as forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new material.

Forms shall be smooth surface forms and shall be of the following materials:

Walls Steel, fiberglass, or plywood panel
Columns Steel, plywood or fiberglass
Roof and floor Plywood
All other Work Steel panels, fiberglass, plywood or tongue and groove lumber
B. Water-based form release agent shall be Clean Strip J1EF by Dayton Superior, or equal.

2.02 FORM AND FALSEWORK MATERIALS
A. Materials for concrete forms, formwork, and falsework shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, construction grade or better, in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard

2. Plywood for concrete formwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin bonded, exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine plywood manufactured especially for concrete formwork, shall conform to the requirements of PS 1 Construction and
Industrial Plywood, for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed.

3. Form materials shall be metal, wood, plywood, or other material that will not adversely affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of concrete to the shape, form, line, and grade Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-3 July 2024
Concrete Forming
indicated. Metal forms shall accomplish such results. Wood forms for surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO
Ext. Grade.

4. Steel leave in place forms shall not be used.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided with 3/4-inch chamfers or be tooled to 1/2-inch radius. Re- entrant corners in concrete members shall not have fillets unless otherwise indicated.

C. Forms and falsework to support the roof and floor slabs shall be designed for the total dead load, plus a live load of 50 psf minimum. The minimum design load for combined dead and live loads shall be 100 psf.

2.03 FORM TIES
A. Form ties shall be provided with a plastic cone or other suitable means for forming a conical hole to insure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of the concrete. The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties or other removable form tie fasteners having a circular cross-section shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches; and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave holes of regular shape for reaming.

Form ties
for water-retaining structures shall have integral waterstops that tightly fit the form tie so that they cannot be moved from mid-point of the tie. Form ties shall be ST-4 Hex Head Snaptie by MeadowBurke, Snap- Ties by Dayton/Richmond, or equal. Do not use wood spreaders or wire ties.

B. Removable taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. A preformed neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug sized to seat at the center of the wall shall be inserted in the hole left by the removal of the taper tie. Use HD-9 Taper-Tie by MeadowBurke, Taper-Tie by Dayton/Richmond, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used wherever necessary. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the adequate design of forms, and any forms that are unsafe or inadequate in any respect shall promptly be removed from the Work and replaced. Provide worker protection from protruding reinforcement bars in accordance with applicable safety codes. A sufficient number of
forms of each kind shall be available to permit
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-4 July 2024
Concrete Forming
the required rate of progress to be maintained. The design and inspection of concrete forms, falsework, and shoring shall comply with applicable local, state, and Federal regulations. Plumb and string lines shall
be installed before concrete placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used by Contractor's personnel and by the Engineer and shall be in sufficient number and properly installed. During concrete placement, the Contractor shall continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct deficiencies.

B. Concrete forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members required, and shall be substantial, free from surface defects, and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain their position and shape under a load of freshly-placed concrete. If adequate foundation for shores cannot be secured, trussed supports shall be provided.

C. Forms shall be removed unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.

3.02 FORM DESIGN
A. Forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating the concrete. Suitable and effective means shall be provided on forms for holding adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in accurate alignment so as to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets, or similar surface defects
in the finished concrete. Plywood, 5/8-inch and greater in thickness, may be fastened directly to studding if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection marks in the concrete. The forms shall be tight so as to prevent the loss of water,

cement, and fines during placing and vibrating of the concrete.

Specifically, the bottom of
wall forms that rest on concrete footings or
slabs shall be provided with a gasket to prevent loss of fines and paste during placement and vibration of concrete. Such gasket may be a 1- to 1- 1/2-inch diameter polyethylene rod held in position to the underside of the wall form. Adequate clean-out holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of
forms. The size, number, and location of such clean-outs shall be as acceptable to the Engineer. Whenever concrete cannot be placed from the top of a wall form in a manner that meets the requirements of the Contract Documents, form windows shall be provided in the size and spacing needed to allow placement of concrete to the Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-5 July 2024
Concrete Forming
requirements of Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete. The size, number, and location of such form windows shall be as acceptable to the Engineer.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Vertical Surfaces: Vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where placement of the concrete against the ground is indicated.

Not less than 1-inch of concrete shall be added to the indicated thickness of a concrete member where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms. Permission to do this on other concrete members will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the
required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed.

B. Construction Joints: Concrete construction joints will not be permitted at locations other than those indicated, except as may be acceptable to the Engineer. When a second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory effect whatsoever on the concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor
bolts shall be set in the forms where required.

C. Form Ties

1. Embedded Ties: Holes left by the removal of form tie cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surface of the holes clean and rough before being filled with mortar. Wire ties for holding forms will not be permitted. No form- tying device or part thereof, other than metal, shall be left embedded in the
concrete. Ties shall not be removed in such
manner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concrete members. The use of snap-ties that cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal will not be permitted.

If
steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss of cement paste. Where metal rods extending through the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate not less than 1-inch back from the
formed face or faces of the concrete.

2. Removable Ties: Where taper ties are approved for use, the larger end of the taper tie shall be on the wet side of walls in water Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-6 July 2024
Concrete Forming
retaining structures. After the taper tie is removed, the hole shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened for bond. A precast neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be located at the wall centerline. The
hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink
grout for water bearing and below- grade walls. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink or regular cement grout for above-grade walls that are dry on both sides. Exposed faces of walls shall
have the outer 2-inches of the exposed face filled
with a cement grout that shall match the color and texture of the surrounding wall surface.

3.04 REUSE OF FORMS
A. Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the Engineer. Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform surface texture on exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as surfaces which are permanently exposed to view. In the case of forms for the inside wall surfaces of hydraulic/water retaining structures, unused tie rod holes in forms shall
be covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods acceptable to the Engineer.

3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this Work shall be done with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete.

No heavy loading on green concrete will be permitted. In the case of roof slabs and above-ground floor slabs, forms shall remain in place until test cylinders for the roof concrete attain a minimum compressive strength of 75 percent of the 28 Day strength in Section 03 31 00. No forms shall be disturbed or removed under an individual panel or unit before the concrete in the
adjacent panel or unit has attained 75 percent of the 28 Day strength and has been in place for a minimum of 7 Days. The time required to establish said strength shall be as determined by the Engineer who will make several test cylinders for this purpose from concrete used in the first group of roof panels placed. If the time so determined is more
than the 7 Day minimum, then that time shall be
used as the minimum length of time. Forms for vertical walls of waterholding structures shall remain in place at least 36 hours after the concrete has been placed. Forms for parts of the Work not specifically mentioned herein shall remain in place for periods of time as recommended in ACI 347 -
Guide to Formwork for Concrete.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 11 00-7 July 2024
Concrete Forming

3.06 MAINTENANCE OF FORMS
A. Forms shall be maintained in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. Before concrete is placed, the forms shall be thoroughly cleaned. The form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant acceptable to the Engineer. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete. Where field oiling of forms is required, the
Contractor shall perform the oiling at least 2 weeks in advance of their use. Care shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete.

3.07 FALSEWORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of falsework, including staging, walkways, forms, ladders, and similar appurtenances, which shall equal or exceed the applicable requirements of the provisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction, the requirements of the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety, and the
requirements herein.

B. Falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the necessary rigidity and to support the loads. Falsework for the support of a superstructure shall be designed to support the loads that would be imposed if the entire superstructure were placed at one time.

C. Falsework shall be placed upon a solid footing, safe against undermining, and be protected from softening. When the falsework is supported on timber piles, the maximum calculated pile loading shall not exceed 20 tons. When falsework is supported on any portion of the structure which is already constructed, the load imposed by the falsework shall be spread, distributed, and braced in such a way as to avoid any possibility of
damage to the structure.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 31 00-1 July 2024
Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 31 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope of Work: Unless otherwise directed or modified herein, conform to the applicable portions of CSSS Sections 10-5, 10-6, 10-23, 19, 20, and 21.

B. Related Work:

1. Section 03 01 30 Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers data:

1. Proposed mix designs, including admixtures and fibermesh.

2. Curing Material
B. Certificates:

1. Certificate of Compliance that concrete and reinforcement meets the specified requirements.

2. Delivery tickets for all concrete delivered to the project site.

C. Shop drawings: Submit plan showing expansion and control joint placement for all slab pours in excess of 100 square feet.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. Concrete shall conform to the applicable CSSS requirements for the respective Classes of concrete specified.

B. Up to 20 percent by weight of fly ash per CSSS Section 10-5.1 may be substi-tuted for the required Portland cement, regardless of the concrete Class.

C. Use Class B concrete if no other Class is indicated.

D. Concrete used to replace sidewalks, curbs, and gutter sections shall contain one pound per cubic of lamp black added per cubic yard of concrete delivered.

E. Contractor shall add 1.5lbs of fibermesh per yard of concrete for all concrete mixes except the duct bank concrete. Fibermesh shall meet the requirements of ASTM C94 and C1116.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 31 00-2 July 2024
Cast-In-Place Concrete
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Do not place any concrete until all inserted and/or buried items are installed in their proper locations, secured against displacement, cleaned, inspected and approved. Furnish ties and supports necessary to keep embedded items in place when concrete is placed.

B. Earth or Gravel Subgrade: Lightly dampen subgrade no more than 24 hours in advance of concrete placement. Reroll where necessary for smoothness and remove loose earth material.

C. Wetting: Prior to placing concrete, wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet all other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability.

D. The location of all joints is subject to approval of the Engineer prior to placement of concrete.

E. Perform curing per CSSS Section 20-13. Finish formed surfaces by removing any and all fins.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-1 July 2024
Grouting
03 60 00 GROUTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide grout, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. For concrete repair material and procedures, reference Section 03 01 30 Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation.

B. Grout provided as a base support for mechanical and electrical equipment shall conform to manufacturers requirements and the requirements of this Section.

C. The following types of grout are covered in this Section:

1. Non-Shrink Grout

2. High Strength Non-Shrink Grout

3. Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout

4. Topping Grout and Concrete/Grout Fill

1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. ASTM C109 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens) B. ASTM C307 Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical- Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings
C. ASTM C531 Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes
D. ASTM C579 Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes
E. ASTM C580 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes
F. ASTM C827 Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures
G. ASTM C882 Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear
Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-2 July 2024
Grouting
H. ASTM C1090 Standard Test Method for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout
I. ASTM C1107 Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink)
J. ASTM C1116 Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete K. ASTM C1339 Standard Test Method for Flowability and Bearing Area of Chemical- Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts

1.03 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittals.

1. Certified testing lab reports for tests indicated herein.

2. Test results and service report from the field tests and the demonstration and training session verifying the requirements indicated herein.

3. Manufacturers literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement, curing, and appropriate uses for each type of grout used in the Work, and location of use.

4. Documentation indicating that the grouts contain no chlorides or other chemicals that cause corrosion.

5. Manufacturers Safety Data Sheet documenting composition of grouts.

6. Submit manufacturer's written warranty as indicated herein.

7. Name and telephone number of grout manufacturer's
representative who will give on- site service. The representative shall have at least one year of experience with the indicated grouts.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Tests

1. Compression test specimens will be taken from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter selected by the Engineer. The specimens will be made by the Engineer or its representative.

2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for cement grout and cement based non-shrink grout will be performed in
accordance with ASTM C1107 at intervals during construction selected by the Engineer.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-3 July 2024
Grouting

3. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for topping grout and concrete/grout fill will be performed in accordance with Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete at intervals during construction selected by the Engineer.

4. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grouts will be performed in accordance with ASTM C579, Method B, at intervals during construction selected by the Engineer. A set of 3 specimens will be made for testing at 7 Days and each earlier time period as appropriate.

5. The cost of laboratory tests on grout will be paid by the City except where test results show the grout to be defective. In such case, the Contractor shall pay for the tests, removal and replacement of Defective Work, and re-testing, all as part of the Work.

6. The Contractor shall assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing and shall furnish materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens.

B. Construction Tolerances: Construction tolerances shall be as indicated in Section 03 31 00 unless indicated otherwise.

C. Pre-Installation Demonstration and Training

1. Non-Shrink Grouts
a. The grout manufacturer shall give a demonstration and training session for the cement based and epoxy non-shrink grouts to be used on the project before any installation of grout is allowed.
b. Training session shall use a minimum of 5 bags of cement- based non-shrink grout mixed to fluid consistency. Tests shall be conducted for flow cone and bleed tests. Six cubes for testing at 1, 3, and 28 Days shall be made. The
remaining grout shall be placed, and curing may be initiated on actual project placements such as baseplates to provide on-the-job training for the Contractor and Engineer. The Contractor employees who will be doing the grouting shall participate in this training and demonstration session. The training session shall include methods for curing the grout. c. The Contractor shall transport the test cubes to an
independent test laboratory, obtain the test reports, and report these demonstration and training test cube strengths to the Engineer.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-4 July 2024
Grouting

1.05 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS PROVISIONS
A. Manufacturer's Warranty

1. Furnish one year warranty for Work provided under this Section.

2. Manufacturer's warranty shall not contain a disclaimer limiting responsibility to the purchase price of products or materials.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 APPLICATION
A. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether indicated on the Drawings or not.

Application Type of Grout
Beam and column (1 or 2 story) base plates less
than 16- inches in the least dimension.

Non-Shrink
Application Type of Grout
Column base plates (greater than 2 story or larger
than 16-inches in the least dimension)
High Strength Non-
Shrink
Under precast concrete elements High Strength Non-
Shrink
Storage tanks and other non-motorized equipment
or machinery under 30 horsepower
Non-Shrink
Motorized equipment over 30 horsepower and
equipment under 30 horsepower but subject to
severe shock loads and high vibrations
Non-Shrink Epoxy
Filling blockout spaces for embedded items such
as railing posts, gate guide frames, etc.

Non-Shrink
Toppings and concrete/grout fill less than or equal
to 4- inches thick
Topping Grout
Toppings and concrete/grout fill greater than 4-
inches thick
Cast-in-Place
Concrete per Section
03 31 00
Anchor bolts, anchor rods and reinforcing steel
required to be set in epoxy or adhesive.

Post Installed
Anchors in Concrete
per Section 05 05 19
Repair of holes and defects in concrete members.

Concrete Repair and
Rehabilitation per
Section 03 01 30

2.02 NON-SHRINK GROUTS
A. General

1. All non-shrink grout shall be cement based unless otherwise noted.

2. Cement-based non-shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-5 July 2024
Grouting
fluid, non-gas liberating, non-metallic, cement type grout requiring only the addition of water. Cement from kilns burning metal-rich hazardous waste fuel shall not be used.

3. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each non-shrink grout shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.

4. The manufacturers product information shall state the acceptability of the non-shrink grout for the intended purpose and location.

5. Grout shall not contain chlorides or additives that may contribute to corrosion.

6. Grout placed in continuously wet environments or in exterior conditions shall not contain gypsum or calcium salt.

7. All cement-based non-shrink grout shall have the following general properties:
a. Meet the requirements of ASTM C1107.
b. Have a maximum early age height change of 4.0 percent expansion, and shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) in accordance with ASTM C827. The grout when tested shall
not bleed or segregate at maximum allowed water.
c. No shrinkage (0.0 percent) and a maximum of 0.3 percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with ASTM C1090.
d. A minimum bond strength (concrete to grout) of 1900 psi per modified ASTM C882.

B. Non-Shrink Grout

1. Non-Shrink Grout shall have a minimum 28 Day compressive strength of 5000 psi when mixed at a fluid consistency and tested per ASTM C109.

2. Non-Shrink Grout shall be Five Star Grout by Five Star Products, Five Star Fluid Grout 100 by Five Star Products, Sikagrout 212 by Sika Corporation, or approved equal.

C. High Strength Non-Shrink Grout

1. High Strength Non-Shrink Grout shall have a minimum 28-Day compressive strength of 10,000 psi when mixed at a fluid consistency and tested per ASTM C109.

2. High Strength Non-Shrink Grout shall be Five Star High Strength Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-6 July 2024
Grouting
Grout by Five Star Products, Sikagrout 428 FS, or approved equal.

2.03 NON-SHRINK EPOXY GROUT
A. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall be a flowable, non-shrink, 100 percent solids system. The epoxy grout system shall have 3 components: resin, hardener, and specially blended aggregate, each premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain any non-reactive diluents.

B. The manufacturers product information shall state the acceptability of the epoxy grout for the intended purpose and location.

C. Variation of component ratios is not permitted unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged.

D. Resins containing butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) or other highly volatile and hazardous reactive diluents are not acceptable.

E. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall have a negligible (less than 0.0006 in/in) length change after hardening, and a coefficient of thermal expansion less than 0.00003 in/in F when tested in accordance with ASTM C531.

F. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall develop a minimum compressive strength of 9000 psi in 24 hours and 13,000 psi in seven days when tested in accordance with ASTM C579, method B.

G. The effective bearing area shall be a minimum of 85 percent effective bearing area (EBA) in accordance with ASTM C1339, for bearing area and flow.

H. The chemical formulation of the non-shrink epoxy grout shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. Do not reduce aggregate loading or add solvents to increase flowability.

I. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall have the following minimum properties when tested at 7 Days:

1. Minimum bond strength to concrete of 3000 psi per ASTM C882 modified.

2. Minimum bond strength to steel of 1700 psi per ASTM C882 modified.

3. Minimum flexural strength of 2500 psi per ASTM C580.

4. Minimum tensile strength of 2000 psi per ASTM C307.

J. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall be Five Star DP Epoxy Grout by Five Star Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-7 July 2024
Grouting
Products, Inc., Masterflow 648 by BASF Corporation, Sikadur 42 Grout- Pak by Sika Corporation, or approved equal.

2.04 TOPPING GROUT AND CONCRETE/GROUT FILL
A. Where fill thickness is greater than 4-inches, structural concrete as indicated in Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete shall be used.

Fiber reinforcing shall be as indicated below.

B. Grout for topping of slabs and concrete/grout fill for built-up surfaces of tanks, channels, and basin bottoms shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water, and admixtures proportioned and mixed as indicated. Materials and procedures indicated for structural concrete in Section 03 31 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete shall apply unless indicated otherwise.

C. Topping grout and concrete/grout fill shall contain a minimum of 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard with a maximum water/cement ratio of

0.42. D. Coarse aggregate shall be graded as follows:

U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent By Weight Passing
1/2 in 100
U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent By Weight Passing
3/8 in 90-100
No. 4 20-55
No. 8 5-30
No. 16 0-10
No. 30 0
E. Final mix design shall be as determined by trial mix design as indicated in Section 03 31 00, except that drying shrinkage tests are not required.

F. Topping grout and concrete grout/fill shall contain air-entraining agent per Section 03 31 00.

G. Strength: Minimum compressive strength of topping grout and concrete/grout fill at 28 days shall be 4500 psi.

H. Topping grout shall contain fiber reinforcing, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Documents. Fiber reinforcing shall be 100 percent virgin polypropylene fibrillated fibers specifically manufactured in a blended Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-8 July 2024
Grouting
gradation for use as concrete secondary reinforcement. Fibers shall be added at a rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard of concrete. Fibers shall conform to ASTM C1116.

2.05 CURING MATERIALS
A. Curing materials shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 00 and as recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts.

2.06 CONSISTENCY
A. The consistency of grout shall be as necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the particular application. Dry pack consistency is defined such that the grout is plastic and moldable but will not flow. Where "dry pack" is called for in the Contract Documents, it shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as indicated herein for the particular application.

B. The slump for topping grout and concrete/grout fill shall be adjusted to match placement and finishing conditions but shall not exceed 4-inches.

2.07 MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS
A. Measurements for cement grout shall be made accurately by volume using containers. Shovel measurements shall not be allowed.

B. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Grout shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.02 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts to provide on-site technical assistance within 72 hours of request, as part of the Work.

B. Grout shall not be placed until base concrete or masonry has attained its design strength, unless authorized otherwise by the Engineer.

C. When cementitious grouts are used on concrete surfaces, the concrete surface shall be saturated with water for 24 hours prior to placement.

Upon completion of the saturation period, excess water shall be removed Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-9 July 2024
Grouting
with clean, oil free compressed air prior to grouting. Concrete substrate shall not be wet prior to placement of epoxy grouts.

D. Surface preparation, curing, and protection of cement grout shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 00. The finish of the grout surface shall match that of the adjacent concrete unless otherwise indicated.

E. Surfaces that will be in contact with grout shall be free of dirt, loose rust, oil, wax, grease, curing compounds, laitance, loose concrete, and other deleterious materials.

F. Shade the Work from sunlight for at least 24 hours before and 48 hours after grouting.

G. Contact the grout manufacturer's representative for assistance on hot and cold weather grouting techniques and precautions if applicable.

3.03 GROUTING PROCEDURES
A. General: Mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer.

B. Structural, equipment, tank, and piping support bases shall be grouted, unless indicated otherwise.

1. The original concrete shall be blocked out or finished off a sufficient distance below the plate to provide for a minimum one-inch thickness of grout or other thickness if indicated.

2. After the base plate has been set in position at the proper elevation by steel wedges or double nuts on the anchor bolts, the space between the bottom of the plate and the original pour of concrete shall be filled with non-shrink-type grout through a headbox of appropriate size. The mixture shall be of a fluid consistency and poured continuously into the space between the plate and the base concrete. Forms for grout shall be tight against retaining surfaces, and joints shall be sealed as recommended by the grout
manufacturer to be liquid-tight. Forms shall be coated as recommended by the grout manufacturer for easy form release.

Where this method of placement is not practical or where required by the Engineer, alternate grouting methods shall be submitted by the Contractor for acceptance by the Engineer.

3. Concrete equipment pads for equipment bases that will be epoxy- grouted shall be sized so that, when the equipment base is fully Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-10 July 2024
Grouting
grouted, the epoxy grout is stopped not less than 4-inches from the edge of the pad.

C. Topping Grout and Concrete/Grout Fill

1. Mechanical, electrical, and finish Work shall be completed prior to placement of topping or concrete/grout fill. To ensure bonding to the base slab, the base slab shall be given an exposed aggregate finish. Alternatively, where accepted by the Engineer, the base slab shall be given a roughened textured surface by a close-spaced rake while the surface is green. After curing, high pressure washing shall expose the aggregates and produce not less than a 3/16-inch amplitude roughness. Jackhammers or chipping hammers shall not be used.

2. The minimum thickness of grout topping and concrete/grout fill shall be one-inch. Where the finished surface of concrete/grout fill is to form an intersecting angle of less than 45 degrees with the concrete surface it is to be placed against, a key shall be formed in the concrete surface at the intersection point. The key shall be a minimum of 3-1/2 inches wide by 1-1/2 inches deep.

3. The base slab shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted to saturated surface dry (SSD) condition per the International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) -- Technical Guide for Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays, prior to placing topping grout and grout fill. No topping grout shall be placed until the slab is completely free from standing pools or ponds of water. A thin coat of neat cement grout shall be broomed into the surface of the slab just before topping or fill placement. The neat cement grout shall not be allowed to dry before topping placement. If it does dry, it must be immediately removed using wet stiff brooms and reapplied. The topping and fill shall be compacted by rolling or thorough tamping, brought to established grade, and floated. Grouted fill for tank and basin bottoms where scraping mechanisms are to be installed shall be screeded by blades attached to the revolving mechanism of the equipment in accordance with the procedures outlined by the equipment manufacturer after the grout is brought to the established grade. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks.

4. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 03 60 00-11 July 2024
Grouting

5. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge to detect high and low spots which shall be immediately eliminated. When the topping or fill has hardened sufficiently, it shall be steel troweled to a smooth surface free from pinholes and other imperfections. An approved type of mechanical trowel may be used as an assist in this operation, but the last pass over the surface shall be by hand- troweling. During finishing, no water, dry cement, or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be applied to the surface.

6. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing compound.

3.04 CONSOLIDATION
A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-1 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete
05 05 19 POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS IN CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide post-installed anchors and appurtenances, complete and in place, as indicated in accordance with the Contract documents.

B. Post-installed anchors shall be adhesive anchors. Post-installed mechanical anchors are not permitted.

C. Section Includes:

1. Adhesive anchors

2. Expansion anchors (not permitted)

3. Screw anchors (not permitted)

4. Undercut anchors (not permitted)

1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Definitions

1. Epoxy anchors are considered to be adhesive anchors.

2. Expansion anchors, screw anchors, and undercut anchors are considered to be
mechanical anchors.

B. References

1. CBC 2016 California Building Code

2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318-14) and
Commentary

3. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary (ACI 350-06)

4. ACI 355.2 Qualification of Post Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete and Commentary (ACI 355.2-07).

5. ASCE 7 ASCE Standard ASCE/SEI 7-1 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

6. ASCE 41 ASCE Standard ASCE/SEI 41-13 Seismic
Evaluation and Retrofit of Existing Buildings

7. ICC ES AC 193 Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements

8. ICC ES AC 308 Post Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements
Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-2 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Contractor Submittals.

B. Submit the following:

1. Product data and technical information

2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for adhesives

3. Manufacturers literature containing installation instructions and appropriate uses for
each type of post-installed anchor and location
of use

4. Current ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES Evaluation Reports

5. Certification for each installer demonstrating that they have been qualified in
accordance with the Quality Assurance requirements
below
C. No substitution for the indicated anchors will be considered unless accompanied with an ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report verifying strength and material equivalency.

D. Complete structural calculations and anchorage details shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor for all anchors and anchor groups that are shown but not completely detailed (type, size, location, spacing and embedment) on the Contract Documents. Calculations and anchorage details shall be completed and submitted in accordance with Section 01 61 20 Seismic Requirements.

1. Where adhesive anchors are used for structural applications (such as dowels
between new and existing concrete) and an embedment
depth is not shown on the contract documents, the anchor shall be installed in accordance with Method 1 or Method 2 below:
a. Method 1: The minimum depth of embedment shall be
greater than or equal to the development length (l d)
determined in accordance with ACI 318 for a cast in place reinforcing bar of the same diameter and grade, unless it can be shown
by calculation that the anchor spacing and edge
distance is sufficient to develop the tensile strength of the anchor in a lesser depth of embedment. Calculations shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00
Contractor Submittals.
b. Method 2: Adhesive anchors in concrete that cannot develop the tensile capacity
of the steel element may be used to
Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-3 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete
transfer forces, provided that the loads on the anchor are amplified by the system overstrength factor (Ωo) in Table

12.2-1 of ASCE 7-10, or where unreduced forces are used in accordance with ASCE 41-13 for existing structures.

Calculations shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittals.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Special inspection for all post-installed anchor installations shall be provided:

1. As recommended or required by the ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report.

2. As required by the enforceable building code.

3. As otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. The most stringent of the above requirements shall be used. The cost of Special Inspection
of post-installed anchors shall be paid for by the City.

C. Before installing adhesive anchors in the Work, anchor installers shall be trained and qualified at the Site by the manufacturer's representative.

Training and qualification for each installer shall include at least:

1. Hole drilling procedure, hole preparation and cleaning techniques, adhesive injection technique and dispenser training/maintenance, rebar dowel preparation and installation, and proof loading if required.

2. Each installer shall be re-qualified every 6 months for the duration of the project by the same qualifying procedure.

D. Before installing mechanical anchors in the City, anchor installers shall be trained and qualified at the Site by the manufacturer's representative.

Training and qualification for each installer shall include at least:

1. Hole drilling procedure, hole preparation and cleaning techniques, and torqueing.

2. Each installer shall be re-qualified every 6 months for the duration of the project by the same qualifying procedure.

E. Defective anchors noted by the Special Inspector shall be replaced and re- installed by the Contractor without any additional compensation.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to job site in manufacturers or distributors packaging undamaged, complete with installation instructions.

B. Protect and handle materials in accordance with manufacturers Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-4 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete
recommendations to prevent damage or deterioration.

C. Anchoring adhesives shall be stored at temperatures prescribed by the manufacturer and must not be used beyond the expiration date.

1.06 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Post-installed anchors shall be installed in concrete having a minimum age of 21 days at time of anchor installation.

B. The anchor or fastener coating, plating, or steel type must provide suitable corrosion resistance for the environment in which the anchor or fastener is installed. Anchors, nuts, and washers in the locations listed below shall be fabricated from type 316 stainless steel:

1. buried locations

2. submerged locations

3. locations subject to seasonal or occasional flooding

4. inside hydraulic structures below the top of the structure

5. inside buried vaults, manholes, and structures that do not drain through a gravity
sewer or to a sump with a pump

6. chemical handling areas

7. inside trenches, containment walls, and curbed areas

8. locations indicated or designated by the Engineer to be provided with stainless steel
anchors.

9. the following areas shall be considered corrosive environments requiring stainless steel materials:
a. Offline Storage Facility
b. Odor Control Structure
c. Diversion Structure
d. Effluent Pump Station
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ADHESIVE ANCHORS
A. General

1. Adhesive anchors shall be used for all post-installed anchors in concrete.

2. The adhesive anchor system shall consist of: 1) adhesive product; and 2) threaded
rod or reinforcing bar insert. The complete system
shall be compatible as required by the adhesive manufacturer.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-5 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete

3. Adhesives shall be injectable, two-component, cartridge-type systems dispensed and mixed through a static mixing nozzle supplied by the manufacturer.

4. The evaluation report issued by ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES shall state the acceptability of the adhesive anchor for the intended purpose and location.

5. Adhesive anchors shall be permitted when regular ambient temperatures are consistent with manufacturers recommendation for long and short term temperatures.

6. Adhesive anchors shall not be used where anchors are subject to vibration or fire; cast-in-place anchors shall be used.

7. Adhesive anchors shall not be used in overhead applications; cast- in-place anchors shall be used.

8. Where required, adhesive shall be capable of being used in submerged applications once cured.

B. Adhesive Anchors in Concrete

1. Threaded rod inserts shall meet the requirements of Section 05 50 00 Miscellaneous Metalwork.

2. Reinforcing dowel inserts shall meet the material requirements of Section 03 21 00 Reinforcement Steel and 03 31 00 Cast-in- Place Concrete.

3. Adhesive for use in concrete adhesive anchors shall be certified for use in resisting seismic loads in cracked concrete applications in accordance with ICC-ES AC 308.

4. Where not detailed on the drawings, adhesive anchors shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318 as amended by the specific design provisions of ICC-ES AC 308.

5. Adhesive anchors shall have an evaluation report issued by ICC- ES or IAPMO-UES and shall have been tested and qualified for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete in accordance ICC-ES AC308 to resist static, wind, and earthquake (Seismic Design Categories A through F).

6. Adhesive anchors for concrete shall be Pure110+ by Powers Fasteners, HIT-RE 500 V3 by Hilti or SET-XP by Simpson Strong- Tie, or equal.

2.02 EXPANSION ANCHORS
A. General
Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-6 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete

1. Expansion anchors are not permitted. In all instances where expansion anchors are indicated, adhesive anchors or cast-in-place anchors shall be used.

2.03 SCREW ANCHORS
A. General

1. Screw anchors are not permitted. In all instances where screw anchors are indicated, adhesive anchors or cast-in-place anchors shall be used.

2.04 UNDERCUT ANCHORS
A. General

1. Undercut anchors are not permitted. In all instances where undercut anchors are indicated, adhesive anchors or cast-in-place anchors shall be used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Post-installed anchors shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report, and project specific design requirements indicated on the Contract Documents or in the design calculations provided by the Contractor per Section 1.3.D.

B. Where holes are drilled in concrete, holes shall be accurately and squarely drilled, and the holes shall be cleaned in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.

C. Post-installed anchors shall not be installed until the concrete has reached the required 21 days or per manufacturers requirements, whichever is longer.

D. Acceptable installation and performance temperature ranges shall be verified with manufacturers literature prior to installation. Minimum substrate temperatures shall be maintained during the full curing period as required by the manufacturer.

E. Adhesive anchors shall not be loaded until the adhesive has reached its indicated strength in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

F. The Contractor shall identify the position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes. Care shall be exercised in drilling to avoid damaging existing reinforcing or embedded items. The location of drilled holes shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or cutting any Med Center Electrical Rehab 05 05 19-7 July 2024
Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete
existing reinforcing bars or embedded items. Notify the Engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling.

Take
precautions as necessary to avoid damaging prestressing tendons, electrical and communications conduit, and piping.

G. Core drilling of holes is not allowed.

H. Identification of reinforcing steel and/or embedded items, relocation of drilled holes and
adjustments or modifications to anchored or fastened
items shall be considered part of the Work and shall be provided at no additional cost to the City.

I. All abandoned drilled holes shall be repaired in accordance with Section 03 01 30 Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation at no additional cost to the City.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 08 71 00-1 July 2024
Door Hardware
08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies finish hardware, including trim, attachments, and fastenings specified or required for proper and complete installation for the existing door. Hardware materials not specifically said herein or on the drawings but required for a complete and proper finish hardware installation, shall be as selected by the contractor, subject to owner or project manager review and approval. Coordination with the electrical drawings and security system is required for a complete system.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data

1. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittals.

2. Submit materials list of items proposed to be provided under this section.

B. Hardware List:

1. The Contractor shall submit a hardware list, identifying each hardware item by manufacturer, manufacturer's catalog number, catalog cuts, and exact location in the work. The hardware list shall be in suitable form to facilitate ready checking and approval by the Engineer. Approval of the hardware schedule does not relieve the hardware supplier from the responsibility of furnishing the job complete.

C. Electronic Hardware Systems

1. Provide complete wiring diagrams prepared by an authorized factory employee for each opening requiring electronic hardware, except openings where only magnetic hold-open devices are specified. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted after approval.

2. Provide complete operational descriptions of electronic components listed by opening in the hardware submittals. Operational descriptions to detail how each electrical component functions within the opening incorporating all conditions of ingress and egress.

Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted for approval.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 08 71 00-2 July 2024
Door Hardware

3. Provide elevation drawings of electronic hardware and systems identifying locations of the system components with respect to their placement in the door opening. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted for approval.

4. Prior to installation of electronic hardware, arrange conferences between supplier, installers, and related trades to review materials, procedures and coordinating related work.

5. The electrical products contained within this specification represent a complete engineered system. If alternate electrical products are
submitted, it is the responsibility of the distributor to bear the cost of providing a complete and working system including re- engineering of electrical diagrams and system layout, as well as power supplies, power transfers and all required electrical components. Coordinate with electrical engineer and electrician to ensure that line voltage and low voltage wiring is coordinated to provide a complete and working system.

6. For each item of electrified hardware specified, provide standardized molex plug connectors to accommodate up to twelve (12) wires. Molex plug connectors shall plug directly into through- door wiring harnesses, frame wiring harnesses, electric locking devices and power supplies.

1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Individually packaged each unit of finish hardware, complete with proper fastenings and appurtenances, clearly marked on the outside to indicate contents
and specific locations in work.

PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.01 GENERAL
A. Basis of Design: Where single manufacturer listings are shown in this specification, it is the basis of design and owner preferred hardware.

Any proposed or equal substitutions shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer.

B. Door Locks, Handles and Exit Devices

1. Furnish exit devices, pull and lever lock handle sets, panic bar, including electrical power transfer hinges and electric latch systems.
a. Mortise Lockset:
1) Single door. Schlage LV9492L-LX-RX-03N-613e-EE-
Med Center Electrical Rehab 08 71 00-3 July 2024
Door Hardware
214 less core
2) Double door: Best 47HW-TDEU-14M 626 RHRB C

LS RQE SH
3) Panic Bar: Von Duprin Series 98, QELRX9827-
NL3US32D
C. Latch Guards

1. Furnish heavy duty exterior door latch guard construction of stainless steel, 3 inches wide and 11 inches tall to protect latch.

D. Fasteners

1. Furnish necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for long life under hard use. All fasteners shall be corrosion-resistant.

2. Where necessary, furnish fasteners with toggle bolts, expansion shields, hex bolts, and other anchors approved by the Engineer, according to the material to which the hardware is to be applied and according to the recommendations of the hardware
manufacturer.

3. Provide fasteners which match with the hardware as to finish and material.

4. All screws shall be full thread and shall have Phillips heads.

E. Flush Bolts

1. Furnish and install flush bolts at the top and bottom of the door opposite the door lock.

2. Flush bolts shall be specifically designed for use with metal doors.

3. Contractor shall make provisions at the top and bottom of the door frames
for proper latching of the bolts.

4. Bolts shall be dark bronze and fully automatic.

F. Where butts are required to swing 180 degrees, furnish butts of sufficient throw to clear the trim. Butts on reverse bevel doors with locksets shall be non-removable pin (NRP). Coordinate openings where electric power transfer hinges are scheduled. Electric power transfer hinges shall be SDC PTH-2+4.

G. Furnish silencers for door frames at the rate of three for each single door and two for each door or pair of doors; except doors with weather-strip, light seals, or sound seals.

H. Furnish thresholds and door bottoms as specified or as detailed.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 08 71 00-4 July 2024
Door Hardware

2.02 KEYING
A. Key locks and cylinders as directed by the Engineer. Dead bolt and padlocks shall be keyed to meet the Citys standard keys.

B. Furnish four construction keys for each lock, for Engineers inspection access and for operational access, and any additional quantity required by the Contractor.

C. Construction Keying

1. Furnish a construction key system with construction keys for locks and cylinders.

2. Use only the construction keys during construction.

D. Upon acceptance of the facility by the Owner, the Contractor shall utilize the services of a locksmith to field re-key locks to match Owner supplied standard keys for facility padlocks and deadbolts. Once the re- keying is
completed, all standard keys will be returned to the Owner.

This locksmith shall not provide copies of the standard keys to the Contractor.

2.03 DOOR STOPS AND HOOKS
A. The Contractor shall use an aluminum heavy-duty wall mounted door stop with hook and holder by CRL or an approved equivalent for each of the doors.

2.04 DOOR CLOSERS
A. A Sargent 351 Series aluminum door closer or an approved equivalent shall be used for the electrical room doors.

B. A heavy-duty corrosion resistant door closer shall be used for the chlorine room and fluoride rooms, which are corrosive environments. The Contractor shall submit a suitable door closer for use in these rooms to the Engineer for approval.

2.05 DOOR BUTTS
A. Hinges shall be heavy-duty, full mortise, template type, unless half mortise hinges are required. Hinges shall have non-rising loose pins, ball or oil tight bearings and flat button tips, except when otherwise specified.

B. Where necessary to keep door leaf clear of walls, casings, jambs, or reveals in door openings, wide throw hinges of an approved type shall be furnished. For out swinging doors, hinges shall have a screw in the barrel to prevent removal of pin when door is closed.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 08 71 00-5 July 2024
Door Hardware

2.06 TEMPLATES
A. In order to ensure proper placement and fit, all hardware for metal doors and frames shall be made and installed with a template. Templates or physical hardware items shall be furnished to manufacturers concerned and shall be supplied sufficiently in advance to avoid delay in the work.

2.07 TOOLS AND MANUALS
A. Deliver to the Engineer one complete set of adjustment tools and one set of maintenance manuals for locksets, latch sets and closers.

2.08 CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT HARDWARE
A. All finish hardware located inside the chlorine and fluoride rooms shall be resistant to chlorine and fluoride corrosion and be made of aluminum, stainless steel or PVC.

2.09 SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE
A. Single source for items.

1. Except as specifically approved otherwise in advance by the Engineer, furnish for each item only the product of a single manufacturer.

2. To the maximum extent practicable, furnish similar items as the product of
a single manufacturer.

B. For each of the required items of finish hardware, provide from the specified manufacturer and/or approved equal:

Item Manufacturer
Butts PBB, or Stanley
Mortise Locksets, Exit
Devices and Electrified
Components
Best, Schlage, Von Duprin
Key Lock Box Mortise
Thresholds, Door Bottoms
and Weatherstripping
Pemko, Reese
Seals Closers Sargent, Norton Reese
Door Latch Guard Best
Flush Bolts Trimco
Med Center Electrical Rehab 08 71 00-6 July 2024
Door Hardware
C. All Schlage locksets shall have a type C keyway and will be lockable with storeroom function.

D. Weather stripping: Pemko, NGP, and/or approved equal. Stripping to be surface mounted at head and jamb.

E. Exit Device: All doors will be equipped with a panic bar.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this section.

B. Upon completion of the work, as a condition of its acceptance, provide the

inspection, adjustment, and report described in Paragraph 1.02 above.

3.02 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper installation and adjustment of all hardware items. Installation of hardware shall be checked by the Engineer after completion by the Contractor. Any items that do not fit properly, close, or otherwise perform in the manner intended or specified, shall be corrected prior to acceptance.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-1 July 2024
Electrical Testing
26 01 26 - ELECTRICAL TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide electrical acceptance testing conforming to latest edition of ANSI/NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications (ATS) on the equipment and systems specified herein. This section specifies the work of an independent full member of the Inter-National Electrical Testing Association (NETA).

B. Contractor shall provide testing of all electrical equipment installed under this Contract in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and as specified herein.

C. Refer to Division 40 for Process Control and Instrumentation testing requirements.

1.02 RESPONSIBILITY
A. Conduct all tests in the presence of the ENGINEER or the ENGINEERs representative. The ENGINEER will witness all visual, mechanical, and electrical tests and inspections.

B. Contractor Responsibilities.

1. Ensure that all resources are made available for testing and that all testing requirements are met.

C. Electrical subcontractor responsibilities.

1. Perform routine tests during installation: continuity, megger of low voltage cables, verify phase rotation.

2. Labeling all equipment per Section 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

3. Demonstrate operation of electrical equipment.

4. Commission the electrical installation.

5. Provide the necessary services during testing, and provide these services to the NETA Testing Agency, CONTRACTOR, and other subcontractors, including but not limited to:
a. Providing electrical power as required.
b. Operating of electrical equipment in conjunction with testing of other equipment.
c. Activating and shutting down electrical circuits.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-2 July 2024
Electrical Testing
d. Making and recording electrical measurements.
e. Replacing blown fuses.
f. Installing temporary jumpers.

D. NETA Testing Agency responsibilities.

1. Verify all protective relays have been programmed.

2. Verify all overcurrent protective devices have correct settings.

3. Verify all networked equipment is communicating.

4. Perform all acceptance tests as defined in these contract documents and per latest edition of NETA Field Acceptance Testing Specifications.

5. Provide all required equipment, materials, labor, and technical support during acceptance tests.

6. If equipment fails test immediately notify ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR and provide written document describing equipment and failed results. Provide recommendation for action.

7. Upon completion of testing or calibration, submit the test results.

8. Agencys company label to all tested equipment and devices:
a. The label shall indicate the date testing was successfully completed and the initials of Testing Agency representative that performed the test.

9. Upon successful, completed testing for a building or Area; provide written certification that all electrical equipment has been properly installed, configured, tested and is ready for operation. Certification shall be on Testing Agency letterhead and be signed and stamped by California Professional Electrical Engineer.

10. If equipment fails test immediately notify ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR and provide written document describing equipment and failed results. Provide recommendation for action.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 - Submittals and 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

B. Testing companys NETA certification as a full member C. Testing technicians resume with certification.

D. List of equipment to be tested, test forms and test equipment with current calibration dates.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-3 July 2024
Electrical Testing
E. Test report with the following:

1. Summary of Project.

2. Description of equipment tested.

3. Description of tests performed.

4. Test results.

5. Conclusions and recommendations.

6. Completed test forms with sign-off signatures for the testing agency and Engineer or City representative.

7. List of test equipment used and calibration dates.

8. Cable test reports.

9. Conclusions and recommendations.

10. Appendix, including all test forms.

11. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. NETA testing shall be performed by an independent third-party testing company who has been regularly engaged in the testing of equipment for a period of at least five (5) years and has full membership certification issued by NETA.

B. Testing shall be conducted by technicians who are regularly employed by the testing company and are certified Electrical Testing Technicians in conformance with ANSI/NETA ETT (Certification of Electrical Testing Technicians).

C. Acceptable NETA testing companies includes; Apparatus Testing and Engineering-Rancho Cordova, CA; ABM Electrical Power Services- Pleasanton, CA or approved equal.

2.02 TEST EQUIPMENT
A. Testing equipment required to conduct the specified tests shall be furnished by the NETA testing organization.

B. Test instruments shall be calibrated to references traceable to the National Bureau of Standards and shall have a current sticker showing; name of calibration laboratory, date of calibration, deviation from standard, and date recalibration is required.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-4 July 2024
Electrical Testing

2.03 TEST REPORT
A. Testing forms shall be based on ANSI/NETA ATS latest edition, having a sign-off (test technician and witness), data filled in for each applicable line item, and pass/fail status.

B. Report shall include a summary of findings, notes, and recommendations.

C. Report shall include a confirmation letter when the testing determines that the equipment is ready to be energized.

D. See Attachment A: Test Forms for samples.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Conduct all tests before or during the Pre-Demonstration Period of the Facility Startup specified in Section 01 65 00 - Facility Startup.

B. Furnishing the labor, equipment, and power required to support the testing specified herein.

C. NETA acceptance testing shall be performed, test report submitted and approved prior to energization of the tested equipment.

D. All testing shall be witnessed and signed off by the Engineer to be considered complete. Any test results without the Engineers signature are considered invalid and will be done again.

3.02 NETA TESTING
A. Testing shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, latest edition of ANSI/NETA ATS, and as specified herein. All testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer for sign-off at time of test. After equipment is tested and approved, testing organization shall apply sticker on equipment noting date of test and initials of test technician.

B. NETA testing company shall adjust breaker and relay set points to the values indicated in Section 26 05 73 - Electrical Studies coordination data prior to testing.

C. Results shall describe test conditions, temperature/humidity, test date, test equipment, tested equipment, testing technician, as found and as-left results, expected results, actual results, pass/fail status based on listed testing standards.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-5 July 2024
Electrical Testing

3.03 EQUIPMENT TO BE NETA TESTED
A. Low voltage switchboard and switchgear assembly- Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

B. Medium voltage switchgear and Switchboard assembly - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

Factory startup and commission per Section 26 13 26 Medium Voltage Metal Clad Switchgear will be acceptable in lieu of NETA testing.

C. Dry-type transformers - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

D. Liquid-filled transformers - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional water in insulating liquids) evaluated to required test values.

E. Medium and high voltage cables - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (DC dielectric withstand with graphic plots of leakage current versus step voltage) evaluated to required test values.

F. Metal-enclosed bus - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

G. Low voltage air switches (3-pole only) - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

H. Medium voltage air switches - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

I. Low voltage insulated/molded case circuit breakers (3-pole only) - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional calibration of all trip unit functions using secondary injection) evaluated to required test values.

J. Low voltage power circuit breakers - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional calibration of all trip unit functions using secondary injection) evaluated to required test values.

K. Medium voltage vacuum circuit breakers - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional power factor tests open and closed) evaluated to required test values.

L. Protective relays - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to manufacturers tolerances, functional operation, and system trip tests.

M. Instrument transformers - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-6 July 2024
Electrical Testing
N. Metering devices - Visual and mechanical inspections, wiring, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

1. Power Quality Meter devices verify phasor diagram via application software or SCADA.

O. Grounding systems - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

P. AC motors (over 100HP/KW only) - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional surge comparison) evaluated to required test values. Factory startup and commission per [Section 43 24 11 Vertical Submersible Centrifugal Pumps, Section 43 25 13 Submersible Sump Pump **Confirm with Project**] , will be acceptable in lieu of NETA testing.

Q. Low voltage motor starters - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional overload rating) evaluated to required test values.

Factory startup and commission per Section 26 24 19 Low Voltage MCC and/or 26 29 13 Reduce-Voltage Motor Controllers will be acceptable in lieu of NETA testing.

R. Medium voltage motor starters - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests (including optional dielectric withstand) evaluated to required test values. Factory startup and commission per Section 26 13 39 Medium Voltage Motor Control Center will be acceptable in lieu of NETA testing.

S. Adjustable speed drives - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values. Factory startup and commission per Section 26 29 23 Variable-Frequency Motor Controllers will be acceptable in lieu of NETA testing.

T. Direct-current batteries & charger systems - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

U. Surge arrestors - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

V. Capacitors and reactors - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

W. Uninterruptible power system - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

X. Automatic and manual transfer switch - Visual and mechanical inspections, electrical tests evaluated to required test values.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-7 July 2024
Electrical Testing
Y. Point of Common Coupling (PCC) - Measure the Harmonics at the PCC to validate the findings in Section 26 05 73 Electrical Studies.

3.04 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General B. After the Field Acceptance Test have been completed, dispose of all testing expendables, vacuum all cabinets and panel interiors, wipe down all electrical equipment, and sweep clean all surrounding areas.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-1 July 2024
Attachment A: Test Forms
26 01 26 - ATTACHMENT A: TEST FORMS

POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTOR TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF1)
EQUIPMENT ______________________
NAME

LOCATION

INSULATION TESTS

PHASE TO GROUND PHASE TO PHASECONDUCTOR
NUMBER

A B AB BC CA
NOTES:

Record insulation test values in meg-ohms.

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-2 July 2024
Attachment A: Test Forms

INSTRUMENTATION CONDUCTOR TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF2)

EQUIPMENT

NAME LOCATION

CONTINUITY TESTS INSULATION TESTSCONDUCTOR
PAIR
NUMBER

CONDUCTOR
TO

CONDUCTOR

CONDUCTOR
TO
SHIELD

CONDUCTOR
TO

CONDUCTOR

CONDUCTORS
TO
GROUND*
SHIELD
TO
GROUND
NOTES: * With both conductors tied together
Record continuity test values in ohms.
record insulation test values in meg-ohms.

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-3 July 2024
Attachment A: Test Forms

GROUNDING SYSTEM TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF3)

FALL IN POTENTIAL TEST
MAIN
GROUND

LOCATION

APPLIED

VOLTAGE
V

MEASURED
POINT 1

VOLTAGE

MEASURED
POINT 2

VOLTAGE

MEASURED
POINT 3

VOLTAGE

CALCULATED

RESISTANCE
OHMS

TWO POINTS TESTS

EQUIPMENT
NAME

EQUIPMENT
#

CIRCUIT
#

APPLIED

CURRENT

MEASURED

VOLTAGE

CALCULATED

RESISTANCE
OHMS
NOTES:

TESTED BY DATE : / /
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-4 July 2024
Attachment A: Test Forms

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION FORM
TEST FORM (TF4)

EQUIPMENT
NAME LOCATION :

NAMEPLATE DATA
MFGR. SERIES #
MODEL # U.L. #

VOLTAGE PHASE

AMPERAGE SERVICE
BUS TYPE BUS BRACING:

VERT. BUS HORZ. BUS
GND. BUS NEU. BUS

ENCLOSURE

INSPECTION CHECK LIST
ENTER: A-ACCEPTABLE R-NEEDS REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT NA-NOT APPLICABLE

TIGHTEN ALL BOLTS AND SCREWS

TIGHTEN ALL WIRING AND BUS CONNECTIONS

VERIFY ALL BREAKERS AND FUSES HAVE PROPER RATING

CHECK BUS BRACING AND CLEARANCE

CHECK MAIN GROUNDING CONNECTION AND SIZE

INSPECT GROUND BUS BONDING

CHECK EQUIPMENT GROUNDS

CHECK CONDUIT GROUNDS AND BUSHINGS

INSPECT NEUTRAL BUS AND CONNECTIONS

CHECK HEATERS AND THERMOSTATS

CHECK VENTILATION AND FILTERS

CHECK FOR BROKEN OR DAMAGED DEVICES

CHECK DOOR AND PANEL ALIGNMENT

INSPECT ANCHORAGE

CHECK FOR PROPER CLEARANCES AND WORKING SPACE

REMOVE ALL DIRT AND DUST ACCUMULATION

INSPECT ALL PAINT SURFACES

CHECK FOR PROPER WIRE COLOR CODES

INSPECT ALL WIRING FOR WIRE LABELS

CHECK FOR PROPER WIRE TERMINATIONS

CHECK FOR PROPER WIRE SIZES

INSPECT ALL DEVICES FOR NAMEPLATES

CHECK IF DRAWINGS MATCH EQUIPMENT

CHECK ACCURACY OF OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
TESTED BY DATE : / /
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-5 July 2024
Attachment A: Test Forms

PANEL-BOARD TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF5)
PANEL NAME: LOCATION

NAMEPLATE DATA
MFGR. SERIES #
MODEL # U.L. #

VOLTAGE PHASE

AMPERAGE SERVICE
BUS TYPE BUS BRACING:

VERT. BUS HORZ. BUS
GND. BUS NEU. BUS

ENCLOSURE MAIN BKR

INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS - MEGOHMS

A-GND B-GND C-GND

INSPECTION CHECK LIST
ENTER: A-ACCEPTABLE R-NEEDS REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT NA-NOT APPLICABLE

TIGHTEN ALL BOLTS AND SCREWS

TIGHTEN ALL WIRING AND BUS CONNECTIONS

VERIFY ALL BREAKERS AND FUSES HAVE PROPER RATING

CHECK BUS BRACING AND CLEARANCE

CHECK MAIN GROUNDING CONNECTION AND SIZE

INSPECT GROUND BUS BONDING

CHECK EQUIPMENT GROUNDS

CHECK CONDUIT GROUNDS AND BUSHINGS

INSPECT NEUTRAL BUS AND CONNECTIONS

CHECK FOR BROKEN OR DAMAGED DEVICES

CHECK DOOR AND PANEL ALIGNMENT

INSPECT ANCHORAGE

CHECK FOR PROPER CLEARANCES AND WORKING SPACE

REMOVE ALL DIRT AND DUST ACCUMULATION

INSPECT ALL PAINT SURFACES

CHECK FOR PROPER WIRE COLOR CODES

INSPECT ALL WIRING FOR WIRE LABELS

CHECK FOR PROPER WIRE TERMINATIONS

CHECK FOR PROPER WIRE SIZES

INSPECT ALL DEVICES FOR PROPER LEGEND NAMEPLATES
TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-6 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

OPERATIONAL DEVICE CHECKS AND TESTS FORM
TEST FORM (TF6)
NAME LOCATION :

LOCAL SITE DEVICE CHECKS AND TESTS | REMOTE SITE DEVICE CHECKS & TESTS CUB.
#

EQUIPMENT
NAME
EQUIP
#

SELECTOR
SWITCH

INDICATOR
LIGHTS

PUSHBUTTON
& LOS

METERING
& INDICATORS

OVERLOAD
RESET

INTERLOCKS
& CONTROL
ALARM
& STATUS

SELECTOR
SWITCH

INDICATOR
LIGHTS

PUSHBUTTON
& LOS
TESTED BY DATE : / /
WITNESSED BY :

NOTES:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-7 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

PHASE ROTATION TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF7)

EQUIPMENT
NAME

EQUIPMENT
#

CIRCUIT
#

PHYSICAL
PHASE

LOCATION
PHASE
COLOR
CODE

MEASURED
PHASE

ROTATION
NOTES:

Use phase tester to verify all circuits and equipment have a clockwise A-B-C phase rotation.

Physical phase locations: Left to Right - LR or Top to Bottom - TB Phase color codes: Brown, Orange, & Yellow -BOY
Black, Red, & Blue -BkRBe

TESTED BY
WITNESSED BY:

DATE : / /
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-8 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

MCC DEVICE TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF8)
MCC # CUBICLE
EQUIP NAME: EQUIP #

MOTOR DATA CONTACTOR DATA
H.P.

F.L.A.

MFGR. PART #

NEMA SIZE COIL VOLT

OVERLOAD TESTS
MFGR. HEATER # RANGE
PART # FINAL OVERLOAD SETTING:

MEASURE TRIP TIME @ TEST AMPSTEST

AMPS PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C

MFGR LISTED

TRIP TIME

AMBIENT

COMPENSATION

BREAKER TESTS
MRGR. PART # FRAME #

CONTACT RESISTANCE TESTS - OHMS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS-MEGOHMS

PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C A-GND B-GND C-GND
MFGR TRIP TIME @300% MIN: BREAKER RATING / RANGE:

MFGR TRIP TIME @300% MAX: FINAL BREAKER SETTING:

MFGR INST. PICKUP AMPS:

TIME CURRENT TEST
TRIP TIME IN SECONDS @ 300% AMPS | INSTANTANEOUS TRIP TEST - AMPS PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C | PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C
NOTES:

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-9 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

BREAKER DEVICE TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF9)
FEEDER LOCATION EQUIP NAME:

EQUIP #
EQUIP H.P. : EQUIP KVA
MFGR. PART # : FRAME #
VOLTAGE INTERRUPT : CHARACTER:

RATING CURVE
CONTACT RESISTANCE TESTS - OHMS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS - MEGOHM!

PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C A-GND B-GND C-GND
MFGR TRIP TIME @300% MIN : BREAKER RATING / RANGE:

MFGR TRIP TIME @300% MAX: FINAL BREAKER SETTING
MFGR INST. PICKUP AMPS:

TEST-CURRENT TESTS
TRIP TIME IN SECONDS 300% AMPS INSTANTANEOUS TRIP TEST - AMPS

PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C

ADDITIONAL TESTS AND SETTING AS APPLICABLE

PICKUP DELAY-TIME

FUNCTION RANGE SETTING RANGE SETTING

LONG TIME

SHORT TIME
GROUND FLT.

NOTES:

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-10 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

MOTOR TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF10)

EQUIPMENT
NUMBER : NAME

NAMEPLATE DATA - FIELD RECORDED
MANUFACTURER MODEL # SERIAL # FRAME #
HP RPM F.L.A VOLTS PHASE FREQ. P.F. S.F.

CODE N.E.M.A. INSUL. ENCLOSR. DUTY DESIGN

MOTOR FRAME

GROUNDING SYSTEM TEST

INSULATION TESTS

PHASE TO GROUND

MEG-OHMS
B

APPLIED
VOLTS
MEAS.

AMPS
CALC.

OHMS
MOTOR
HEATER
MEAS.

AMPS
MOTOR

THERMAL
TRIP
TEST

MOTOR TESTS - MEASURED VALUES

AMPERAGE VOLTAGE

A B AB BC CA
POWER

FACTOR WATTAGE
NOTES:

VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE, POWER FACTOR, & WATTAGE SHALL BE RECORDED WITH A TRUE RMS METER.

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-11 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST

MCC/CONTROL PANEL CHECKOUT FORM
(TF11)
Manufacturer:

Tel:

MCC / Control Panel:

Fax:

Location:

Job No.:

TEST RESULT
OVERALL PANEL INSPECTION Pass

1. All front panel and back panel components mounted securely......................

2. All wiring terminated and labeled correctly...................................................

3. All components, wiring, and labeling accurately reflected on the drawings..

POWER-UP INSPECTION

1. Voltage levels on load side of circuit breakers...............................................

2. Voltage levels at the DC terminals of the power supply................................

3. Voltage levels at the DC power distribution terminals...................................

POWER DISTRIBUTION AND GENERAL COMPONENT TESTING

1. Power distribution to the appropriate components.........................................

2. Operation of the ancillary components such as receptacles, work lights, etc.

CONTROL COMPONENTS CHECKS

1. Operators (push buttons, selector switches, pilot lights)................................

2. Inputs from External Sources.........................................................................

3. Outputs to External Sources...........................................................................

4. Relay Logic.....................................................................................................

5. PLC I/O and Program Verification.................................................................

6. O/I Display Verification.................................................................................

Fail
Tested by: Witnessed by:

Date:

Notes:

1. For relay logic checks, each rung of the elementary or loop diagram is to be highlighted in yellow as they are verified for correct control functions.

2. For PLC I/O and program verification, the control strategies shall be highlighted in yellow as each logic function is tested.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-12 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

FACTORY/FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST PUNCH LIST
TEST FORM (TF11A)

EQUIPMENT

NAME LOCATION
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION CORRECTED:

Y/N

COMMENTS
NOTES: All deficiencies are to be recorded on this form by the testing agency. Testing agency shall submit punch list items to the Engineer for review showing corrective actions. The electrical equipment will not be accepted on site without this document. A copy of this document shall be included in the electrical equipment.

TESTED BY: DATE : / /
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-13 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

RADIO TEST REPORT
TEST FORM (TF12)
RADIO FREQUENCY : RADIO MANUFACTURER :

RADIO MODEL # : SERIAL # :

LOCATION :

PARAMETER INITIAL
VALUE
FINAL
VALUE

CHANNEL/HOP PATTERN

SYSTEM ADDRESS

OPERATING MODE

DATA RATE
BUFFER

CTS TIMER

TIME-OUT TIMER

LOOPBACK CODE

SOFTWARE REVISION

HOPPER BOARD REVISION

FREQUENCY LOCKOUTS

DC VOLTAGE WHEN TRANSMITTING

RADIO POWER OUTPUT (WATTS)

MATCH EFFICIENCIES

RETURN LOSS

ANTENNA VSWR (REFLECTED POWER)

EFFECTIVE ISOTROPIC RADIATED POWER (EIRP)
NOTES: CHECK OUT ALL COMPONENTS FOR PROPER GROUNDING.

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-14 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

HARMONIC MEASUREMENTS
TEST FORM (TF13)
PUMP # RUNNING
VFD SPEED 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50%
TIME
AVG. VOLTS

TOTAL AMPS

TOTAL KW

TOTAL KVA

TOTAL KVAR
PF
dP

VOLTAGE THD

AMPS THD
5th
7th
11th
13th
PUMP # RUNNING
VFD SPEED 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50%
TIME
AVG. VOLTS

TOTAL AMPS

TOTAL KW

TOTAL KVA

TOTAL KVAR
PF
dP

VOLTAGE THD

AMPS THD
5th
7th
11th
13th
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-15 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

VFD OR SOFT STARTER PROGRAM PARAMETER RECORD SHEET
TEST FORM (TF14)

EQUIPMENT

NAME LOCATION

PARAMETER
NUMBER

PARAMETER

DESCRIPTION

DEFAULT

SETTING
FIELD

SETTING
NOTES:

TESTED BY DATE : / /
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-16 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

I/O POINT CHECKOUT TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF15)
I/O TYPE : LOCATION :

TEST
INPUT
VALUE %

DISPLAY
VALUE %
I/O
POINT

TAGNAME
I/O
POINT
ADDRESS 0 50 100 0 50 100
PLC

TEST RESULT

FAIL OR PASS

COMMENTS
DATE
OF

CORRECTIVE
ACTION
NOTES:

TESTED BY DATE : I I
WITNESSED BY:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-17 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms
INSTRUMENTATION DATA SHEET AND CALIBRATION RECORD TEST FORM (TF16) Component Description
Component Tag Name
Manufacturer
Name
Model
Serial #
Location
Site
Equip
Range Unit
Indicator Range
Input Range
Output Range
General Notes
1) Attach Calibration Curves for dp Flowmeters
2) Include mounting elevations for level Instruments
3) All entries within solid box to be typed in prior to start of test Designed Calibration
Input Signal Output Eng. Value
Measured Calibration
Input Output Comments
Notes
Tested by (Print Name) Witnessed by (Print Name)
Signature Signature
Date I I Date / /
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 01 26-18 July 2024 Attachment A: Test Forms

POWER QUALITY METER TEST FORM
TEST FORM (TF17)
EQUIPMENT TAG NAME: SERIAL #:

MANUFACTERER/MODEL #: LOCATION:

INSPECTION CHECK LIST

1. VERIFY ACTUAL CT RATIO AGAINST CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTAL DATA.

2. VERIFY ACTUAL PT RATIO AGAINST CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTAL DATA.

3. VERIFY THE METER CONNECTION SETTING, WYE OR DELTA.

4. CONFIRM THAT THE METER PHASE ROTATION MATCH THE UTILITIES ROTATION.

5. VERIFY EACH CT'S DOT AND/OR TERMINAL H1 ON THE CT IS FACING THE UTILITY.

6. VERIFY THAT THE WIRING ON EACH CT IS WIRED TO THE CORRECT INPUT ON THE METER.

7. VERIFY THAT THE WIRING ON EACH PHASE IS WIRED TO THE CORRECT TERMINAL ON THE METER.

8. VERIFY THAT EACH SHORTING BLOCK IS GROUNDED.

9. USING A CLAMP METER, CONFIRM THAT THE METER IS READING THE SAME AMPERAGE.

CLAMP METER AMP: PHASE A METER AMP: PHASE A

PHASE B PHASE B

PHASE C PHASE C

10. VERIFY PHASE ROTATION WITH A PHASE METER.

PHASE ROTATION:

11. VERIFY THAT EACH METER IS READING THE CORRECT PHASE TO PHASE VOLTAGE AND PHASE TO NEUTRAL VOLTAGE.

PHASE VOLTAGE: VA-B VA-N

VB-C VB-N

VC-A VC-N

12. VERIFY THROUGH SCADA OR THE APPLICATION SOFTWARE THAT THE PHASOR DIAGRAM IS CORRECT FOR IT'S VOLTAGE APPLICATION. 480VAC PHASOR DIAGRAM:

NOTES:

TESTED BY: DATE:

WITNESSED BY:

3 PH. WYE
3 PH. DELTA 3 PH. 4W. DELTA
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-1 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
26 05 00 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide electrical work, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The provisions of this Section apply to all sections in Division 26, except as indicated otherwise. The work of this Section is required for the operation of electrically-driven equipment provided under specifications in other Divisions. Attention is directed to the requirement for proper coordination of the work of Division 40.

C. Provide electrical work for complete and operable bypass pumping including all pump controls and high-level alarms.

D. Vendor supplied electrical equipment and control panels shall meet requirements of Division 26, 27, 28, and 40.

E. All concrete, excavation, backfill, and steel reinforcement work required for encasement, installation, or construction of the work of the various sections of Division 26 is included as a part of the work under the respective sections, including duct banks, handholes, manholes and pole concrete bases.

F. Provide all utility work shown on Contract Drawings, and per SMUD Drawings, Specifications and Standards. Coordinate with the Sacramento Municipal Utility District (SMUD). Work includes, but is not limited to, secondary conduits and conductors, service pole riser, Utility Meter, and required grounding and bonding.

1.02 APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS
A. The work of this Section and all sections in Division 26 shall comply with the latest editions of the following:

1. NEC (NFPA 70) National Electrical Code

2. UL- Underwriters Laboratories

3. NEMA- National Electrical Manufacturers Association

1.03 NETA INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION

1. NFPA 820 National Fire Protection Association

2. Title 8, Subchapter 5, California Administrative Code Electrical Safety Orders (Cal-OSHA)

3. SMUD Rules and Regulations
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-2 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
B. All electrical equipment shall be listed by and shall bear the label of UL, or by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer.

C. Installation of electrical equipment and materials shall comply with the NEC, Cal-OSHA, state building standards, and applicable local codes and regulations.

D. Where the requirements of the specifications conflict with the NEC, UL, NEMA, or other applicable standards; the more stringent requirements shall govern as approved by Engineer.

1.04 SIGNAGE
A. Provide danger, caution, warning signs, and equipment identification markings in accordance with Cal-OSHA and NEC requirements. Provide the following signage at a minimum, unless otherwise stated in individual equipment specifications sections.

1. Arc Flash Labels Provide Arc Flash labels as required per NEC Article 110.16 and Section 26 05 73 Electrical Studies. Inscribe the label with the maximum available fault current at Switchboard main breaker with the date of calculation, per NEC Article 110.24.

2. Local Disconnect Switches and Equipment Nameplates Each local disconnect switch and equipment shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose. Plastic tag shall have minimum ¼-inch lettering.

Inscription shall include equipment name, equipment tag number, and the source of power. Name plates shall be black with white lettering. Attached using two 4-40 SS machine screws.

3. Warning Signs- Provide signs near equipment that can start automatically, to read: Caution Equipment to Start Automatically.

Warning signs shall be Red with White lettering. Attached using two 4-40 SS machine screws.

1.05 INSPECTION OF THE SITE AND EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. If pre-bid meeting is required and it includes a site visit; visit the sites and determine conditions at the sites and at all existing structures in order to become familiar with all existing conditions and electrical systems which will, in any way or manner, affect the work required under this Contract. No subsequent increase in Contract cost will be allowed for additional work required due to failure to fulfill this requirement.

B. Protect all existing aboveground and underground utilities during construction. Pay for all repairs should damage to underground utilities occur during construction.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-3 July 2024
Electrical Work, General

1.06 RESPONSIBILITY
A. Complete systems functionally operational in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents.

B. Coordinating the details of facility and process equipment layouts and construction for all Specification Divisions which affect the work covered under Division 26.

C. Furnishing and installing all incidental items not actually shown or specified, but which are required by good practice to provide complete functional systems.

D. Coordination with other Division for equipment electrical, wiring and cable requirements.

E. Coordinate, provide, and install all SMUD utility requirements for electrical services.

F. Submit a complete copy of red lined as-builts every month after the Notice to Proceed date in accordance with the Record Drawing requirements of Section 01 00 00 - General Information and Requirements. At end of project, prior to final acceptance and final payment, field confirm red lined as-builts with City Operation and Maintenance staff. Confirmation shall review in field the installed work versus the red lined as-builts. City Operation and Maintenance staff must approve the red lined as-builts for project acceptance and payment.

1.07 INTENT OF DRAWINGS
A. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent, general location, and arrangement of equipment. Include 20 variance in bid for stub-ups. Duct bank and conduit runs are diagrammatic and may not show the exact locations for installation. Verify the locations of conduit stub-ups based upon conduit entry space of equipment furnished from the manufacturer's certified shop drawings and by inspection of the actual equipment to be installed. Coordinate with serving utilities and City for exact location of substructures.

B. In general, where the background on Contract Drawings has been screened, the area screened is work other than electrical, unless otherwise noted. Work under this Division 26 is shown heavier for contrast.

1.08 DUCTBANKS AND TRENCHES
A. Duct banks contain four or more conduits and shall be encased with non- reinforced concrete; refer to Contract Drawing Detail DB. Electrical Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-4 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
trenches contain three or less conduits and shall have sand backfill and concrete cap; refer to Contract Drawing Detail TD.

B. As-built the duct banks and trenches. Provide physical locations with width and depth call outs. Per 1.05 F

1.09 SUBMITTALS
A. General

1. Provide manufacturers' descriptive information and shop drawings for all equipment, material, and devices furnished under Division 26.

Submit schematic (elementary) diagrams, equipment dimensional drawings, interconnect drawings, catalog cut sheet information, nameplate schedules, and calculations in accordance with Sections 01 00 00 - General Information and Requirements, 01 33 00 - Submittals, and this Section.

2. Include with each submittal a copy of the relevant specification section, including relevant addendum updates. Indicate in the left margin, next to each pertinent paragraph, either compliance with a check (√) or deviation with a consecutive number (1, 2, 3). Provide a list of all numbered deviations with a clear explanation and reason for the deviation.
a. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the CONTRACTOR, each deviation
shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph.
b. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the CONTRACTOR with the specifications.
c. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal.

3. Device designations and symbols for Interconnect Drawings shall conform to the sample interconnect diagrams shown on the plans or as provided by the City.

4. Submit complete electrical drawings for all equipment furnished in accordance with other Divisions that interface with electrical equipment. These drawings shall contain panel elevation, bill of materials, control schematic diagrams (complete with terminal numbers, device names, field equipment tag numbers) to provide complete identification of the circuits and provide coordination Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-5 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
between the equipment. Submittals files shall be supplied to the Engineer in both AutoCAD .DWG and PDF-type files.

5. Electronic PDF files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

6. Submit a listing of equipment nameplates complete with inscriptions for review. Provide size, material, and lettering size. Means of attachment shall be 4-40 S.S. machine screws.

7. Check submittals for proper number of copies, adequate identification, correctness, and compliance with Drawings and Specifications.

8. Submit Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals per Section 01 33 00 - Submittals.

B. Submit certified shop drawings and diagrams as follows, separate submittals for each facility:

1. Layouts indicating conformity with space requirements, including front and rear access requirements.

2. Detailed anchoring requirements, including stamped and signed seismic calculations confirming anchor type, size and depth shall be submitted and approved prior to installation.

3. Assembly drawings in sufficient detail to identify every part of the specified equipment, including bills of material.

4. General dimensions, outline, and panel, section, and structure layout drawings showing the principal dimensions of the equipment, the location of all devices therein, and the size of electrical conduit windows and cable connections. Include front, rear, side elevations and top view. Include front and rear access requirements. Provide finish and materials, temperature limitations, and grounding requirements. Provide nameplate inscription schedule. Provide manufacturer anchoring requirements to confirm seismic results and equipment weights.

5. Include with each submittal a copy of the relevant Drawing, including relevant addendum updates. The relevant Drawing shall indicate the following:
a. Indicate either compliance with a check (√) or deviation with a consecutive number (1, 2, 3).
b. Provide a list of all numbered deviations with a clear explanation and reason for the deviation.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-6 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
c. Provide field dimensions and relationship to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.

C. Seismic

1. Submit proof of compliance that the following electrical equipment items are seismically anchored: Panelboards, Motor Control Centers, Switchgear, PLC Cabinets, Rack Mounted Equipment, Control Cabinets, Strut Mounted Panels, Switchboards, and Substation Transformers. Proof of compliance shall include complete anchorage details coordinated with equipment mounting provisions showing weights, calculations, anchoring points, welding, and any special considerations. Proof of compliance for each listed piece of equipment is to be prepared, stamped, and signed by a licensed civil engineer in the state of California.

D. Schedule of Values

1. Provide schedule of value for all electrical and instrumentation bid items that are lump sum per specification herein.
a. Include Switchboard, MCCs, PLC Control Panels,
Instrumentation, Startup and Commissioning, and other items related to the project plans and specifications.
b. Submit per unit material and labor costs used in developing the final bid for the electrical system, for the express purpose of pricing and cost justification for any proposed change orders.
c. Provide per unit material and labor costs for conduit and wire installation for specific types, sizes, and locations as indicated on the Drawings and Conduit Schedule.

2. It is the responsibility of the electrical subcontractor to prove to the Engineers satisfaction that the said per unit cost were used in the development of the final bid amount.

1.10 AREA DESIGNATIONS
A. General

1. Raceway system and enclosures shall comply with Section 26 05 33 - Electrical Raceway Systems.

2. Table 1 lists the type of Electrical Equipment and Materials to be used based on applied area in Table 2.

Table 1- Electrical Equipment and Materials
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-7 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
Applied Area
Classification
Enclosure,
Pull or J-
Box
NEMA
Rating
Device
Box or
Small
Enclosure
Strut and
Mounting
Hardware
Exposed
Conduit
System
Concrete
Encased
Conduit
System
Interior
General
NEMA 12
Cast
Malleable
Iron
Electro-
galvanize
d Steel
Rigid
Galvanized
Steel
N/A
Corrosive &
Class 1, Div.1
NEMA 7
316
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel
316
Stainless
Steel,
Explosion
Proof
Flexible
N/A
Exterior Wet NEMA 4
Cast
Malleable
Iron
316
Stainless
Steel
Rigid
Galvanized
Steel
PVC
SCH 40
Corrosive
and/or
Class 1, Div.2
NEMA 4X
(non-
sparking)
NEMA 7
(sparking)
PVC
Coated
Cast
Malleable
Iron
316
Stainless
Steel
PVC
Coated
Rigid
Galvanized
Steel
PVC
SCH 40

3. Table 2 identifies Area Classifications.

Table 2- Areas Classifications
Building/Facility Area Area Classification
Control
Building
All Rooms Interior General
Storm
Drainage Sump
(Storm)
Interior of Wetwell
Outside of Wetwell
Corrosive & Class 1,
Div. 2
Exterior Wet
Combined or
Sewage Sump
(Combined/Se
wage)
Interior of Wetwell
Outside of Wetwell (60 high
located 3 from hatch edge)
Corrosive & Class 1,
Div. 1
Corrosive & Class 1,
Div. 2
Metering Vault Interior Corrosive & Class 1,
Div. 2
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-8 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
General Site All exterior Site Areas not
otherwise designated Exterior Wet
Chlorine and/or
Fluoride room
Interior Corrosive

4. Installations in hazardous locations shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code.

5. Stainless steel does not provide protection for Chlorine Gas.

Chlorine/Flouride rooms shall use PVC conduit, PVC outlet/switch boxes, fiberglass strut and clamps.

B. Material Requirements

1. NEMA 4 and 12 enclosures shall be steel coated with ANSI 61 light grey polyester paint.

2. NEMA 4X enclosure material shall be 316 stainless steel. a. Exception: Chemical rooms shall be fiberglass material.

1.11 TESTS
A. Furnish all necessary testing equipment and pay all costs of tests, including all replacement parts and labor, due to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from testing and correction of faulty installation.

B. Provide sample test forms and indicate their use.

C. Factory and field acceptance test forms for power distribution, control components, and PLC I/O checkout to include the following:

1. Testing procedures and equipment being used.

2. Visual, mechanical, operational, and control functional testing forms with spaces to check off each line items and signature spaces for the City and testing agency.

3. Punch list form for corrective items.

D. All test forms shall be submitted and approved prior to scheduling testing.

E. All signed test forms shall be submitted to the City and included in the O&M manual.

F. Provide a minimum of a two-week notification of Field Tests to the Engineer.

Field Tests shall be witnessed and signed off by the Engineer and City in order to be considered valid.

G. NETA testing to be performed and all required attached arc flash labels prior to energizing equipment.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-9 July 2024
Electrical Work, General

1.12 TEMPORARY POWER
A. Provide temporary power per Section 01 51 13 - Temporary Electricity, Section 01 77 00 - Bypass Pumping Plan, and in accordance with NEC article 590.

1.13 DEFINITIONS (APPLICABLE TO SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS) A. Above Grade Not buried in ground and not embedded in concrete slab on ground.

B. Below Grade Buried in ground and below floor-slab as applicable, and not embedded in concrete slab on ground.

C. Certified: Confirmed to be accurate, or as represented, or as meeting standards.

D. Concealed Inside building above grade and located within walls, furred spaces, crawl spaces, attics, above suspended ceiling, etc. In general, any item not visible or directly accessible.

E. Connect Complete hookup of item with required services, including conduits, wires, and other accessories.

F. Engineer Engineer means the Director, the Directors subordinates, or other City representative(s) who have been duly authorized to exercise control and supervision of the Work. The Engineer typically is, but is not required to be, either a professional engineer, architect, or landscape architect, depending on the nature of the Work.

G. Exposed Either visible or subject to mechanical or weather damage, indoor or outdoor, include areas such as mechanical and storage rooms. In general, any item that is directly accessible without removing walls, panels, ceilings or other parts of structure.

H. Underground Buried in ground, including under building slabs.

I. Wiring Electrical conduit, raceway, conductors, and connections.

1.14 WARRANTY
A. The warranty for all provided equipment shall be not less than one year after approved and witnessed startup and receipt of approved as-built drawings and O&M Manuals, final acceptance, or City beneficial use, whichever is later.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-10 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. All equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listed by UL, and shall bear the UL label where UL requirements apply. All equipment and materials shall be the products of experienced and reputable manufacturers in the industry. Similar items in the work shall be products of the same manufacturer. All equipment and materials shall be of industrial grade standard of construction.

B. Where a NEMA enclosure type is indicated in a non-hazardous location, utilize that type of enclosure, even though certain modifications such as cutouts for control devices may negate the NEMA rating.

2.02 MOUNTING HARDWARE
A. Miscellaneous Hardware

1. All nuts, bolts, and washers shall be 316 stainless steel.

2. Threaded rods for trapeze supports shall be continuous threaded, stainless steel, and 3/8-inch diameter minimum.

3. Strut materials shall be per Table 1 in paragraph 1.10 Area Designations.

4. Where contact with concrete or dissimilar metals may cause galvanic corrosion, suitable non-metallic insulators shall be utilized to prevent such corrosion. Where ends are exposed from cutting, coat ends of strut with zinc rich galvanizing compound.

5. Anchors for attaching equipment to concrete walls, floors and housekeeping pads shall be 316 stainless steel chemical anchors unless Contract Drawing details call for cast in place anchorage.

2.03 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Submit list of electrical equipment with associated tag inscription and tag materials for approval.

B. All conduits, cables and individual wires shall be labeled. All terminal blocks shall be labeled.

C. All equipment, control devices, and panels shall include nameplate with description and tag number.

2.04 EQUIPMENT FINISH
A. Provide materials and equipment with manufacturers, standard finish application system with ANSI 61, light gray. Some exterior equipment shall Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-11 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
have other finish applied as specified in the individual equipment specifications.

B. Provide UV paint for outdoor equipment.

2.05 OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT
A. Provide equipment and devices to be installed outdoors capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 0° C to 50° C.

Equipment must be capable of proper operation at rated output continuously in this ambient temperature range in direct sun.

2.06 INTERCONNECT DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor is responsible for submittal of and obtaining approval of; Interconnect Drawings detailing equipment terminations with conductor sizes, number of cables, and conduit sizes complete with tagging and labeling. Interconnect Drawings shall conform to the sample Interconnect Drawing as shown in the plans or as provided by the City.

B. Submit Interconnect Drawings for all equipment furnished, including Vendor Control Panels. These drawings shall contain terminal numbers, device names and tag numbers, wire numbers, wire size, conduit number, pull boxes, j-boxes, etc.

C. Interconnect Drawings shall include information required for installation of field cables between equipment. Interconnect Drawings shall include cable quantities, cable sizes, cable labeling information, termination block labels, conduit sizes and conduit labels information. Show all pull boxes, handholes, j-boxes, etc. No wiring shall be terminated prior to approval of Interconnect Drawing. Interconnect Drawings shall include same cables that are further detailed in Loop Diagrams; hence Loop Diagrams shall not be used for Interconnect Drawings, and Interconnect Drawings shall not be used for Loop Diagrams.

D. Interconnect Drawings shall be furnished for each electrical and instrumentation system, even if one was not shown explicitly on the Drawings. Reference the drawings for an example of an Interconnect Drawing. If one is not included in the drawings, then one may be obtained from the Engineer upon request.

E. Each Interconnect Drawings shall include the following as a minimum:

1. Reference Electrical Specifications of the electrical gear.

2. Show connection point descriptions and field routing only. This includes, but is not limited to, terminal blocks, field wiring with Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-12 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
numbers, junction boxes, conduit material with sizes, and conduit numbers.

3. Each conduit in the Conduit and Wire Schedule shall be shown on at least one Interconnect Drawings. Multiple conduits may be shown on a single interconnect and a conduit may appear on multiple interconnects.

4. Interconnect Drawings shall be based on connected equipment. For example the Interconnect Drawing for Pump 1 shall include all components connected to the MCC cubicle for Pump 1 and shown on a single interconnect.

5. All terminations points on the diagram shall be shown with the actual equipment identification terminal number or letter.

6. Interconnections between equipment shall be shown terminal to terminal with conduit lines in between. Wires within the same conduit shall be bundled and shown as a single line and labeled with the conduit name and wire fill. If not all wires within a conduit are used on a particular Interconnect Drawings, then the fill shall be noted as XX of XXX wires.

7. Conduit shall be shown as routed through junction boxes and pull boxes. Wire fill leading into a pull box shall be equal to the combined outgoing conduit wire fill.

8. Each wire and color code shall be shown connected to a terminal block. Spare wires may be shown as a list of wire numbers located near the end point of the wire.

9. Schematic symbols shall be used for field devices showing electrical contacts. Circuit polarities shall be shown where applicable.

10. The diagrams shall show all other Contract and shop drawing numbers, for reference, that are associated with each device that is interconnected. Attached with each interconnect, a copy of all the support documents used in preparing interconnects. This includes current issues of panel schematics, connection diagrams, terminal block diagrams, submittals, contract drawings, vendor drawings and all other data used to develop the Interconnect Drawings as noted in the Reference Documents corner of interconnect drawings.

11. All Interconnect Drawings shall be prepared under the supervision of or by a Registered Electrical Engineer and shall bear that Engineers professional stamp and signature on every Interconnect Drawing submitted for approval and on as-built Interconnect Drawing.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-13 July 2024
Electrical Work, General

12. Provide a notes section on each Interconnect Drawing. In the note section list any variances from the Contract conduit schedule necessary for completing the interconnections. Change orders regarding wire fill, conduit schedule and errors in plans regarding conduits and wires may not be processed until Interconnect Drawings have been received for such work.

13. The Interconnect Drawings shall be As-Built by the Contractor after start-up and prior to project completion. All deletions and additions of equipment, wire and cables shall be clearly shown. Interconnects shall include list of all applicable field instructions and change orders.

14. The diagrams shall be utilized by the electrician during all phases of installation and connection of all conductors to ensure coordination of equipment interconnected.

15. Field wiring shall not start before the Interconnect Drawings have been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

16. The Contractor shall not pull in any wires into conduits that do not have approved interconnects. If the Contractor pulls and/or terminates wire without approved Interconnect Drawings, the Contractor will not be reimbursed for labor for re-pulling/replacing wires even if there was an error in wire fill or sizing in the Wire and Conduit Schedule. If the Contractor pulls and/or terminates wire without approved associated Interconnect Drawings, then all progress payments for that particular area of work will be withheld until approved Interconnect Drawings are in use.

F. Submit Drawings that include: Interconnect Drawings, Loop Diagrams, Control Panel drawings and installation details. All drawings shall be done in 11-inch x 17-inch AutoCAD, with 0.0625 minimum text height and submitted as .pdf and .dwg format.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Incidentals: Provide all materials and incidentals required for a complete and operable system, even if not required explicitly by the Specifications or the Drawings. Typical incidentals are terminal lugs not furnished with vendor supplied equipment, compression connectors for cables, splices, junction and terminal boxes, and control wiring required by vendor furnished equipment to connect with other equipment indicated in the Contract Documents.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-14 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
B. Field Control of Location and Arrangement: The Drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Exact locations shall be determined based on the physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and other obstructions.

1. Where "home runs" are shown, route the conduits in accordance with the indicated installation requirements. Routings shall be exposed or encased as indicated.

2. All conduit and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstructions and to preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Lighting fixture locations and sensors shall be adjusted to avoid obstructions, hatches, openings and room reserved for equipment removal.

C. Workmanship: All materials and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the printed recommendations of the manufacturer.

Installation shall be accomplished by workers skilled in the work. Installation shall be coordinated in the field with other trades to avoid interferences.

D. Protection of Equipment and Materials: Protect all materials and equipment against damage from any cause. All materials and equipment, both in storage and during construction, shall be covered in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred, or splattered with water, foam, dust, dirt, plaster, concrete, mortar, other construction materials, or paint.

All moving parts shall be kept clean and dry. Replace or refinish all damaged materials or equipment, including face plates of panels, at no additional expense to the contract.

E. Cap and label all spare conduits. Include pull tape in all spare conduits.

3.02 CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE
A. Concrete slabs on grade shall be provided for all outdoor free-standing electrical equipment. Slabs on grade shall be four inches above the surrounding grade and a minimum of three inches larger in all dimensions than the metering equipment, or greater if required by anchoring calculations or shown on Contract Drawings. Metered switchboards must follow SMUD A-26 requirements.

3.03 EQUIPMENT ANCHORING
A. Floor-supported equipment and conduits shall be anchored in place by methods that will meet project seismic requirements.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-15 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
B. Anchoring methods and leveling criteria specified in the printed recommendations of the equipment manufacturers are a part of the work of this Contract. Such recommendations shall be submitted as shop drawings.

3.04 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. General: Equipment and Devices shall be Identified as Follows:

1. Nameplates shall be provided for all equipment and instruments.

Equipment description and equipment tag number, and electrical power source shall be utilized on all nameplates. If no tag number is given, assign and submit a number for approval.

2. All conduits and cables shall be labeled. Provide conduit tag, cable tag and wire tag label inscriptions. If no tag number is given, assign and submit a number for approval.

3. Furnish typewritten circuit directories for all panelboards; the circuit directory shall accurately reflect the load description connected to each circuit.

3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Lay out work carefully in advance. Do not cut, drill, or notch any structural member or building surface without the specific approval of the Engineer.

Carefully carry out any cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment. Following such work, restore surfaces neatly to original condition.

3.06 LOAD BALANCE
A. The Contract Drawings and Specifications indicate circuiting to electrical loads and distribution equipment. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on panelboards. If modifications are made, provide all documents and panel schedules with the changes.

3.07 PHASE ARRANGEMENT, MOTOR, AND GENERATOR ROTATION
A. The phase arrangement on three phase buses in electrical equipment shall be A, B, C (1, 2, 3) from front-to-back, top-to-bottom, left-to-right as viewed from the front of equipment or Panelboard.

B. Coordinate with SMUD to insure counter-clockwise rotation A, C, B (1, 3, 2) as verified by the phase fail relay PFR.

C. After final service connections are made, check and correct the rotation of all motors and any fixed generator, generator receptacle and transfer Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-16 July 2024
Electrical Work, General
switch. Coordinate rotation checks with equipment preoperational testing.

Correct any discrepancies by shifting motor or generator conductors.

3.08 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A. Keep the premises free from an accumulation of waste material or rubbish.

Upon completion of the work, remove all materials, scraps, and debris from the premises and from the interior and exterior of all devices and equipment.

Touch up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type, color, consistency, and surface of the original finish. If extensive damage is done to equipment paint surfaces, refinish the entire equipment in a manner that provides a finish equal to or better than the factory finish, that meets the requirements of the Specifications, and that is acceptable to the Engineer.

B. The interior of all electrical equipment and panels and enclosures, including windings of dry type transformers, shall be vacuumed and wiped free of dust just before final acceptance. Shutting off equipment to clean and wipe down shall be done at times as approved by the Engineer.

3.09 INSPECTION
A. Allow materials, equipment, and workmanship to be inspected at any time by the Engineer and City or their representatives. Any material not inspected and covered; such as in a trench or wall shall be exposed without any additional compensation.

B. Correct the work, materials, or equipment not in accordance with these Contract Documents or found to be deficient or defective in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.

3.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals in electronic format and hard copy, 3-ring binders, bound volumes per each facility, number as required to accommodate materials 8½-inch x 11-inch for text and 11-inch x 17-inch half-sized drawings and in accordance with provisions of Section 01 33 00 - Submittals. Provide the number of copies specified. Electrical and Instrumentation O&Ms shall include the following as a minimum:

1. Operation, maintenance, recommended spare parts, and renewal parts information for all equipment furnished under this Section.

2. Set of complete, final, as-reviewed, and accepted manufacturer's or vendor's descriptive information.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-17 July 2024
Electrical Work, General

3. As-built electric schematics, equipment, elevations, layouts, interconnect drawings, loop drawings, and installation drawings showing equipment as it was installed and connected. Provide PDF and AutoCAD formats on USB Flash Drive with O&Ms.

4. Index of all equipment suppliers with a list of current names, addresses, and telephone numbers of those who should be contacted for service, information, and assistance.

5. All factory and field test results.

6. Information listed under individual specification submittal requirements.

7. Complete facility Interconnect Drawings for all equipment except lighting and 120-volt convenience receptacles. Show field wiring from equipment origin numbered terminal to destination numbered terminal in block diagram format. Include wire labels, cable labels, conduit numbers, handholes, junction boxes, etc.

3.11 CONTRACT DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall maintain a neatly and accurately marked pdf copy of Contract Drawings recording the as built locations and layout of all electrical and instrumentation equipment, routing of raceways, junction and pull boxes, and other diagram or drawings changes. Drawings shall be kept current weekly, with all change orders, submittal modifications, and construction changes shown. Drawings shall be subject to the inspection by the Engineer at all times, progress payments or portions thereof may be withheld if drawings are not accurate or current.

B. When documents are changed, they shall be marked with erasable colored pencils using the following color scheme:

1. Additions red

2. Deletions green

3. Comments blue

4. Dimensions - black
C. Prior to acceptance of work, provide one marked-up full sized hard copy and electronic pdf format of the contract drawings in accordance with the information above. Lost or incomplete drawings will be subject to reduction in payment.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 00-18 July 2024
Electrical Work, General

3.12 SERVICE CONTINUITY, START-UP, AND SHUTDOWNS
A. Make no outages without the prior written authorization of the Engineer.

Include all costs for temporary wiring and overtime work required in the Contract price. Remove all temporary wiring at the completion of the work.

Shutdowns and startups shall be scheduled two weeks in advance, upon approval from the Engineer. Schedule of shutdowns and startups shall be limited between Tuesday and Thursday from 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m., unless prior approval has been given from the Engineer.

3.13 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with all responsible Sub-Contractors and/or vendors for general start-up, testing procedures, functional testing, training and operational testing.

B. All testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer and City. All testing sheets shall be signed off by the Engineer and City, and submitted for approval to be considered valid. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 - Facility Startup and 26 01 26 - Electrical Testing for further testing requirements.

C. Perform miscellaneous conductor testing and wiring device testing per Sections 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables, 26 05 13 - Medium Voltage Cables and 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices during the Pre- Demonstration period.

D. Pre-Demonstration work under Division 26, 27, 28 and Division 40 includes; Factory Acceptance Testing, Manufacturer certification, Instrumentation Supplier certification, NETA Field Testing, equipment start-up, instrumentation simulation, PLC inputs/outputs and SCADA verification, approval of electrical and instrumentation O&M Manuals, and electrical and instrumentation training.

E. Demonstration period for electrical work shall include 7-day functional testing of the entire system. Perform Demonstration Testing per Section 01 65 00 - Facility Startup.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -1 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide conductors, cables, terminations, splices and labels used for low voltage power, control, lighting, receptacle and signal circuits.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 - Submittals and 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

B. Catalog data sheets of all low voltage cables, wires, lugs, terminations, splices, connectors, compression tools, color-coded heat-shrink tubing, cold-shrink tubing, labels, tapes and pulling compounds.

C. Submit cable pulling calculations for low voltage cables that will be installed using mechanical pulling equipment.

D. Submit Engineer witnessed reports for meg-ohm tests for low voltage cables.

E. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General.

B. Accept cable and accessories in manufacturers packaging, inspected for damage.

C. Store in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Protect from weather, damage and off the ground. Provide adequate ventilation and heating above dew point to prevent condensation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. All conductors shall be stranded copper unless specified otherwise.

Aluminum conductors are not permitted. Insulation shall bear the UL label and the manufacturer's trademark, and shall identify the type, voltage, and conductor size.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -2 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables

2.02 COLOR CODING
A. Power conductors shall have the following insulation (> #300 kcmil phase tape) colors. 208V & 240V three phase high-leg conductors shall be additionally phased taped orange per NEC requirements.
120/208 or 240v 277/480V
Phase A Black Brown
Phase B Red Orange
Phase C Blue Yellow
Neutral White Gray
Ground Green Green
B. Individual control conductor field wiring shall have the following insulation colors.

AC Control Red (except neutrals are white)
AC DO Red
AC Ground Green
DC Control Blue (except commons are white with a blue strip) DC DI/DO Blue
24VDC Blue
0VDC White with a blue strip

2.03 LOW VOLTAGE POWER, CONTROL AND LIGHTING CONDUCTORS (LVC) A. Power, control and lighting conductors shall be rated 600 volts, Class B stranded copper, UL-listed, with XHHW-2 insulation rated for 90°C in wet or dry locations. Acceptable products include: Okonite X-Olene XHHW-2, Southwire XHHW-2, or equal.

2.04 SIGNAL CABLES (SC)
A. Instrumentation cables shall be an assembly of individually insulated twisted pairs or triads with overall 100% shield coverage of aluminum polyester foil with tinned drain wire all inside a black PVC jacket. Cable shall be rated for 600 volts, 90°C wet or dry locations, suitable for installation in cable trays, ducts or direct burial. Cable shall be listed under UL1277 and UL1581. Insulation shall be color-coded and numbered (pairs-black/white & triads-black/white/red). Acceptable products include: Okonite Okoseal-N Type P-OS Type TC Instrumentation Cable, Southwire Instrumentation Cable, Belden, General Cable, or equal.

2.05 CONTROL CABLES (CC)
A. Control cables shall be an assembly of individual copper conductors with XHHW-2 insulation. Cable shall be rated for 600 volts, 90°C wet or dry Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -3 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
locations and listed under UL83, UL1277 and UL1685. Cable shall be an assembly of conductors, fillers and tape, and ground wire (green color insulation) with an overall black PVC jacket. Color coding for < #10AWG shall follow ICEA Method 1, E-2 color sequence. Color coding for > #2AWG shall be black with surface printing of numbers and color designation per ICEA Method 3, E-2 color sequence. Acceptable products include: Okonite Type TC/TC-ER (XHHW-2), or equal.

2.06 CATEGORY 6 (C6IO) AND CATEGORY 6A (C6AIO) CABLES AND

CONNECTORS
A. CAT6 cable type C6IO (indoor/outdoor) shall be TIA-568-C2 rated CAT6 1000Base-T and power over Ethernet rated per IEEE802.3. Cable shall consist of four color coded, twisted pairs #23AWG solid copper, polyolefin insulated. Inner core shall be gel filled with water repellent SAP yarn. Shield shall be overlapped corrugated copper-clad steel. Outer jacket shall be halogen-free polyethylene riser flame rated per UL1685. Acceptable products include: Belden 7969A, or equal.

B. CAT6A cable type C6AIO (indoor/outdoor) shall be TIA-568-C2 rated CAT6 10GBase-T and power over Ethernet rated per IEEE802.3. Cable shall consist of four color coded, twisted pairs #23AWG solid copper, polyolefin insulated. Inner core shall be gel filled with water repellent SAP yarn. Shield shall be overlapped corrugated copper-clad steel. Outer jacket shall be halogen-free polyethylene riser flame rated per UL1685. Acceptable products include: Belden 74010PU.

2.07 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (G)
A. Ground conductors in raceways shall be rated 600 volts, Class B stranded copper, UL-listed, with XHHW-2 insulation rated for 90°C in wet or dry locations. Acceptable products include: Southwire XHHW-2, or equal.

B. Ground mat conductors shall be bare concentric stranded copper conductors conforming to ASTM B8 for the direct buried ground grid system, transformers, panelboards, and where indicated on the drawings.

Acceptable products include: Southwire Bare Copper Wire, or equal.

2.08 ANTENNA COAXIAL CABLE (COAX) CONNECTORS AND COLD-SHRINK A. Antenna cables shall be 50-ohm, 1/2" coaxial copper-clad aluminum, corrugated copper outer conductor, low density foam dielectric with polyethylene jacket and installed with no splice between devices. Return loss shall be 24.3dB with 1.13 VSWR thru 2700MHz. Increase cable size to be adequate for distance.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -4 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
B. Connectors shall be compatible with the cable, captivated self-flare, gold inner contact plating with tri-metal outer contact plating, rated at -110dB shielding effectiveness. Cold-shrink shall be compatible with the cable and connectors, cold shrinkable EDPM tube with sealing foam strip.

C. Antenna cable between the radio and the lightning arrester shall be Andrew Corp. FSJ1-50A or equal with factory installed type N connectors.

D. Acceptable products include: CommScope Heliax LDF4-50A, F4PNF-C, F4PNM-C, #245174, or equal.

2.09 SECURITY CABLES
A. Door Contact (DTLM2 DIGI*TRAC line module) and Request to Exit

1. Belden 5500F1, 2-conductor, 22 gauge, shield, 900ft. max.

2. West Penn AQC291, 1 pair twisted, 22 gauge, shielded.

B. Electric Latch

1. Belden 5300F1, 2-conductor, 18 gauge, shielded, water blocked.

2. West Penn AQ293, 2-conductor, 18 gauge, shielded.

C. Request to Exit (power, non-panic bar type)

1. Belden 5300F1, 2-conductor, 18 gauge, shielded, water blocked.

D. Card Reader (Wiegand interface) wires must be stranded and twisted pair, 500ft. max.

1. Belden 6342FE, 3 pair, 18 gauge, shielded.

2. West Penn AQC3186
E. Match2 Interface Board MRIB with 8110APT0000, MB5 Mounting box (used for Entry & Exit card reader)

1. Belden 5302F1, 4-conductor, 18 gauge, shielded, water blocked.

2. West Penn AQ3244, 4-conductor, 18 gauge, shielded.

2.10 RS-485 MODBUS NETWORK CABLE
A. Belden 9841or 9842, Belden 3105A (2 vs 4 wire)

2.11 RTD CABLE
A. Belden 1121A, 3-conductor, 18 gauge, shielded, 600V

2.12 PUBLIC ADDRESS CABLE (PA)
A. Public address cables shall consist of 300V rated power limited tray cable.

Conductors shall be one twisted pair #16AWG stranded & tinned copper, Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -5 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
capacitance 31pf/ft., inductance 0.17 µH/ft., PVC insulated, unshielded with PVC jacket vertical tray flame rated per UL1685.

B. Acceptable Products: Belden 9410, or equal.

2.13 600V CABLE TERMINATIONS AND INSULATION
A. Lugs and two-way connectors shall be tin-plated copper compression types conforming to UL486A. Both tool and connectors shall be from the same manufacturer with color-coded system for the cable size and compression tool die. Compression tool shall prevent reopening once started until the correct compression force is reached. Acceptable products include:

Thomas & Betts TBM-series tools with matching lugs and connectors.

B. Crimp connectors for #10AWG and smaller conductors shall be plated electrolytic copper, color-coded nylon insulated locking forks and rings conforming to UL486A/B. Barrels shall be serrated brazed seam with wire range stamped on the tongue. Crimping tool shall be the same manufacturer as the connector. Acceptable products include: Thomas & Betts Sta-Kon series, or equal. Wire nuts for #8AWG and smaller lighting and receptacle conductors shall be color-coded winged nylon shell with steel spring conforming to UL 486D. Acceptable products include: 3M Scotchlok, Performance+, 312/512 series or equal. Waterproof wire nuts for #8AWG and smaller lighting and receptacle conductors shall be color- coded, silicone filled, winged nylon shell with steel spring conforming to UL486D. Acceptable products include: DryCon King 4, 5, 6 & 9 series, or equal.

C. Low voltage insulating tape shall be weather resistant, flame retardant, rated 80˚C and 600V conforming to UL510. Electrical tape shall be 7mil vinyl plastic black or colored coded phase tape. Varnished cambric shall be 9mil varnish impregnated cotton adhesive backed. Acceptable products include:
3M Scotch 33, 35 & 2520, or equal.

D. Heat shrinkable insulation shall be rated 90˚C and 600V conforming to UL486D. Heat shrinkable tubing, boots and end caps shall be heavy-wall, thermally stabilized cross-linked polyolefin with internal moisture sealant.

Acceptable products include Thomas & Betts Shrink-Kon HS-series, or equal.

E. Insulated taps and splices shall be rated 90˚C and 600V conforming to UL486A/B. Insulated taps shall be aluminum alloy lugs, prefilled with oxide inhibitor rated for copper conductors. Encapsulation shall be UV rated, chemically resistant plastisol compound. Insulated taps shall have Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -6 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
removable caps and panel mounting ears. Acceptable products include Polaris ITG series, or equal.

2.14 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE MARKERS
A. Markers relying on adhesives or taped wrapped are not acceptable for conductor or cables. Markers shall be machine printed; hand printed markers are not acceptable.

B. Low voltage conductor markers shall be white 3-to-1 ratio heat-shrinkable, cross-linked polymer tubing flattened and mounted on a carrier for computer thermal transfer printing and meet UL 224. Acceptable products include: TE Tyco RPS Marker System, or equal.

C. Low voltage cable markers shall be cross-linked flame retarded polymer cable tags mounted on a carrier for computer thermal transfer printing with holes for tie wrap installation. Acceptable products include: TE Tyco CM- SCE-TP Marker System, or equal.

2.15 COLORED HEATSHRINK TUBING
A. Heat shrinkable tubing shall be colored polyolefin, 1.5mm to 50mm unshrunk diameter, 3:1 shrink ratio. Tubing shall be rated 500V/mil dielectric strength, 1500psi and VW-1 flammability per UL-224. Acceptable products include: Techflex Shrinkflex H3Nxxx series, or equal.

2.16 PULLING COMPOUND
A. Pulling compounds shall be polymer based clear gel compatible with the conductor insulation. Waxed based compounds are not acceptable.

Acceptable products include: Ideal Clear-Guide, Aqua-Gel-II, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. No conductors shall be installed until conduits have been cleaned and labeled, and Interconnect Drawings have been submitted and approved.

B. Raceway system shall be complete and protected from weather before prior to cable pulling. Pulling low voltage conductors shall include rollers or sheaves to protect wires entering and leaving raceways.

C. Tighten terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL.

D. Signal wiring shall not be run in the same raceway with power and control wiring except where specifically indicated.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -7 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables

3.02 600V CONDUCTOR AND CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Conductors and cables leaving raceways shall be trained in place and supported such that cable weight is not transferred to the termination point while maintaining the manufacturers minimum bending radius.

B. Conductors in panels and electrical equipment #8AWG and smaller shall be bundled, screw mount tie-wrapped and fanned out onto terminals.

C. Conductors in junction and pull boxes shall be pulled with enough slack to be routed along the walls of the enclosure.

D. Install cable racks shall be installed at nominal 2-foot intervals in handholes and 3-foot intervals in manholes. Cables shall be routed along the outside walls and tie-wrapped to racks in three phase circuits or control groups.

E. Spare conductors and cables shall be labeled spare, insulated with half lapped vinyl plastic tape, coiled and tie wrapped in groups at each end.

F. When using a mechanical puller submit pulling calculations 2 weeks before conduit installation.

G. Remove all pulling compound from surfaces after installation.

3.03 LOW VOLTAGE TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES
A. All conductors shall be terminated on an individual terminal or lug, except for control and signal cables where no more than two conductors shall be inserted into a single terminal designed for 2 conductors.

B. Indoor lighting & receptacle conductors and solenoid pigtails shall be connected with standard wire nuts. Outdoor below grade lighting and receptacle conductors shall be connected with waterproof wire nuts. Splices are not allowed in conduit bodies except for solenoid pigtails.

C. Terminations at panels and transformers shall be made up with compression connectors bolted to the terminals suitable for copper wire only. Motor terminations and splices in NEMA 4X/7 boxes, manholes and handholes shall be made with Polaris Grey ITG style insulated taps with vinyl plastic tape overwrap where the conductors terminate on the connectors.

D. Control and signal conductors shall not be spliced. Conductors shall be landed on numbered terminal blocks or lugs on vendor supplied equipment.

For equipment without lugs, conductors shall be installed with crimp rings or locking forks.

E. Signal conductor shield and drain shall be grounded at only one end at the panel. Shields shall be wrapped around the signal conductors, apply black Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -8 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
tape to cover the shield and outer jacket. Terminate the drain wire on a grounded terminal block directly adjacent to the signal conductors.

F. Install antenna cable, connector cold-shrink weatherproofing and miscellaneous hardware for complete and operable radio system. Provide sealed fitting at top of antenna mast to prevent water entrance into the pole.

3.04 LOW VOLTAGE CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
A. All cables and conductors shall be identified with markers at each terminal to which it is connected matching approved interconnection wiring diagrams. Installed and heat shrunk markers shall be positioned to be read without twisting the conductor or cable.

B. CAT6/6A cables shall be additionally identified with color coded heat shrink below each marker indicating the system as follows; Administration- Blue, SCADA-Yellow and Video-Purple.

3.05 CAT 6 TERMINATIONS
A. All CAT6/6A cables shall be terminated at a patch panel located near the Ethernet Switch. Shield cables with drain wire shall terminate at the patch panel near the Ethernet Switch. Patch Panel shall be Monoprice # 10039.

B. Provide a flexible patch cable for each landed cable between the Ethernet Switch and patch panel. Provide a surface mount RJ45 connection in the field. PI Manufacturing KYE-6A-BOX-1-LS.

3.06 FIELD TESTING
A. Conductor and cable testing shall be done after cables are installed in the raceways and prior to energizing. Conductors and cables shall be identified by its assigned label on the test form. Disconnect equipment that might be damaged by this test. Tests shall be documented on test sheets, witnessed and signed off by the Engineer. Cable field testing results shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance.

B. Power and Control Conductor Test After installation, provide megger testing at 1000V for conductor to conductor, and conductor to ground.

C. Signal Conductor Test After installation measure continuity between conductors with ohmmeter and megger at 500V conductor to conductor, conductor to shield, and conductor to ground.

D. CAT6/6A Cable Test After installation measure with a CAT6/6A tester the following: return and insertion loss, attenuation NEXT, PSNEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT, ACR and PSCAR.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 19 -9 July 2024
Low-Voltage Conductors & Cables
E. Antenna cable and antenna test: Test the radio transmission cables for return loss and voltage standing wave ratio. Make all connections from the radio to the antenna then test the transmission cables starting at the radio for return loss and voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR). Test equipment shall be Anritsu or approved equal. Submit a printout from the testing device showing the return loss and VSWR. Return loss shall be between 14dB to 48dB. The VSWR shall be between 1 and 1.4. If these values are not achieved, replace the cable connectors, lightning arrestor, and/or the transmission cables until these values are obtained. The testing shall be done at a frequency of 902 MHz to 928 MHz.

F. Perform NETA testing in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 01 26 - Electrical Testing. NETA testing shall be successful completed and approved prior to energization of electrical equipment.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 26-1 July 2024
Grounding
26 05 26 - GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide the electrical grounding system, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The grounding system is intended to provide a low resistance path to earth ground. Acceptable ground system resistance is 2 ohms or less.

C. Coordinate, provide and install grounding system at the Utility Meter per SMUD requirements.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 - Submittals and 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

B. Catalog data sheets of exothermic connectors, molds/shots & instructions, compression connectors, ground rod/clamp, ground well/cover, fence ground connectors, marked to identify proposed materials.

C. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GROUND GRID
A. Ground grid, or ground grid as shown on plan, shall be bare annealed copper conductors suitable for direct burial per Section 26 05 19 - Low- Voltage Conductors and Cables and 26 05 13 - Medium-Voltage Cables.

Conductors shall be #2/0 unless indicated otherwise.

2.02 GROUND RODS AND CLAMPS
A. Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel, 3/4-inch diameter and 10 feet long, threaded top and bottom, conforming to UL 467. Electrolyte copper 10 mils thick shall be mechanically bonded to the rigid steel core. Ground rod clamps and couplings shall be cast high strength copper alloy with hex-head screw. Furnish T&B Blackburn 7510S rod and, JAB34H clamp, or equal.

2.03 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTORS
A. Exothermic connections shall consist of a molecular weld utilizing the reaction of copper oxide and aluminum powder in a semi-permanent graphite mold. Connections include cable/cable, cable/rebar and Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 26-2 July 2024
Grounding
cable/steel types. Acceptable products include: Cadweld-series, Thermoweld-series, BurndyWeld-series, or equal.

B. Imbedded grounding plate shall be Burndy, YGF294N Copper Grounding Plate Compression, 4 Hole

2.04 COMPRESSION CONNECTORS
A. Lugs and splices shall be tin-plated copper compression types conforming to UL486A. Both tool and connectors shall be from the same manufacturer with color-coded system for the cable size and compression tool die.

Compression tool shall prevent reopening once started until the correct compression force is reached. Acceptable products include: Thomas & Betts TBM-series, Burndy Hydent-series compression tool with matching lugs and splices, or equal.

2.05 GROUND ROD BOXES
A. Boxes shall be precast, high density, reinforced concrete with cast iron ring and lid rated H/20 traffic, nominal 10-inch interior diameter and 12 inches deep. Covers shall be cast iron. All covers shall include special markings:
GROUND ROD. Acceptable products include: Oldcastle Christy G03/G03C, or equal.

2.06 FENCE GROUND CONNECTORS
A. Fence fabric ground connectors shall be electroplated tinned brass body with stainless steel hardware conforming to UL467 and UL96. Cable/post and cable/braid connectors shall be high copper cast body with Durium U- bolts and hardware conforming to UL467. Flexible braid shall be flat-woven tinned copper with seamless copper ferrules on each end rated #2AWG.

Acceptable products include: Burndy FFG, GAR, GG and Braid Type B series, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Grounding electrode system shall consist of bonding together the ground mat, ground rods, duct bank ground conductors and connecting them to electrical equipment ground bus, utility meter, structural metal frame, poles, fences, gates and other metal structures likely to become energized.

B. Ground continuity throughout the facility shall be maintained by means of a ground conductor run in all conduits Grounding conductors which are run in conduit shall be insulated copper conductors per Section 26 05 19 Low- Voltage Conductors and Cables and 26 05 13 Medium-Voltage Cables.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 26-3 July 2024
Grounding
C. All grounding shall be installed and tested prior to energizing any electrical equipment.

3.02 GROUND MAT
A. Ground mat conductors shall be buried a minimum of 30-inches deep.

B. Grounding conductors that extend beyond concrete surfaces for connection to equipment shall be of sufficient length to reach final connection without splicing. Locate close as possible to the final connection point and protected from damage during construction.

C. Ground conductors embedded in duct banks shall be exothermically welded to manhole ground tails and compression spliced together inside handholes.

D. Within slab on grade the grounding cable shall be embedded in the bottom or installed beneath the slab. Provide exothermic weld between concrete encased grounding conductor and the slab on grade reinforcement bars.

E. If the resistance to ground exceeds 2-ohms, extra work will be directed by the Engineer. Extend the ground mat, install additional ground rods at least 10-feet apart and retest.

3.03 GROUND RODS
A. Ground rods shall be installed with bolted connections to allow removal from the ground mat for individual testing. Drive ground below grade and with one end exposed six inches above a sand backfill with bolted connection accessible. Install a ground well at each location flush with finished grade.

B. The location of ground rods shall be as indicated. The lengths of rods forming an individual ground array shall be equal and shall be of the quantity required to obtain a ground resistance of no less than 2-ohms.

3.04 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS
A. All embedded or buried ground connections shall be made by exothermic weld type connectors. Conductors and mold shall be prepared in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Reusable molds shall be replaced at intervals in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

3.05 COMPRESSION CONNECTIONS
A. All exposed ground connections shall be made by compression connection lugs bolted to the surface or equipment. Building structural steel shall be connected to the ground mat where shown on the drawings. Completely remove all paint, dirt, or other surface coverings at connection points so that good metal-to-metal contact is made.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 26-4 July 2024
Grounding
B. All motors 100HP and larger shall have supplemental grounding conductor from the ground mat tapped to the motor frame or equipment housing.

3.06 FENCE AND GATE GROUNDING
A. Fences enclosures shall be connected to the grounding system at fence posts forming corners and gate hinge posts with #2/0 copper and cable/post connectors buried below grade, unless otherwise noted. Fence fabric shall be grounded with #4 copper cables and fabric connectors adjacent to each corner post. Gates shall be grounded with cable/post connectors and flexible braid.

3.07 INSPECTION
A. 24-hour notification for inspection is required prior to backfilling or encasing in concrete any portion of the ground system.

3.08 FIELD TESTS
A. All grounding shall be NETA tested per Section 26 01 26 - Electrical Testing.

Grounding tests shall be completed, submitted, and approved prior to energizing electrical equipment.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -1 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
26 05 33 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide electrical raceway systems, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. All substructures utilized for Sacramento Municipal Utility District (SMUD) secondary service, including underground conduits, pole risers, and required substructures, shall be per SMUD standards.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 - Submittals and 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

B. Submit shop drawings and catalog data sheets of all raceways, fittings, boxes, supports, handholes, manholes, and mounting hardware; marked where applicable to show proposed materials and finishes.

C. Manhole shop drawings showing dimensions, construction details, racks, materials, coatings, and cover inscriptions.

D. Firestop shop drawings showing wall or floor fire rating, materials, depth and penetration dimensions; firestop dimensions, materials, installation instructions and fire rating of the assembly. Manufacturers training certificates for all personnel installing fire stops.

E. Submit nameplate inscription schedules for approval.

F. Manufacturers training certificates for all personnel installing PVCRGS.

G. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Seismic Design Requirements: All raceway systems to be furnished under this Section shall be designed and constructed to meet the seismic requirements of Section 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. Pull and junction boxes, fittings, and other indicated enclosures which are dedicated to the raceway system, shall comply with the requirements of this Section.

B. Electrical metallic tubing and intermediate metallic conduit are not allowed.

C. No above ground conduit shall be smaller than ¾-inch. All underground conduits shall be a minimum of one inch.

D. Cables/conductors within conduits shall have no more than 40-percent fill per NEC, unless approved by the Engineer.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -2 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems

2.02 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS) CONDUIT
A. Rigid steel conduit shall be mild steel, hot-dip galvanized inside and out with thread couplings rated for wet and hazardous locations.

B. Rigid steel conduit and all appurtenances shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI C80.1 and UL-6.

C. Acceptable products include: Allied Tube & Conduit, or equal.

2.03 RIGID NON-METALLIC (PVC40 & PVC80) CONDUIT
A. Rigid non-metallic conduit shall be Schedule 40 PVC, sunlight resistant, UL listed for concrete encasement. Conduit shall have factory-formed bell on one end.

B. Rigid PVC conduit shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA TC-2 Electrical Plastic Tubing and Conduit, and UL-651 Standard for Rigid Non-metallic Conduit standards.

C. Conduit shall be marked for use with conductors having 90° C insulation.

D. Provide PVC Schedule 80 conduits for primary and secondary electrical service as required by the Sacramento Municipal Utility District.

E. Acceptable products include: Carlon Plus PVC, or equal.

2.04 RIGID PVC COATED GALVANIZED STEEL (PVCRGS) CONDUIT A. The conduit, prior to PVC coating, shall meet the requirements for RGS conduit above.

B. PVC coating shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA RN-1 and UL-6. The PVC coating shall be bonded to the outer surface of the galvanized conduit. The bond between the coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the coating.

C. PVC coating thickness shall be not less than 40 mils. Interior coating shall be minimum 2 mil urethane. All male threads on conduit, elbows and nipples shall be protected by urethane coating.

D. Acceptable products include: Robroy Plasti-Bond Red, T&B OCAL-Blue, or equal.

2.05 STAINLESS STEEL (SSC) CONDUIT
A. Stainless steel conduits, couplings, and fittings shall conform to UL-6A and manufactured with 316 grade stainless steel.

B. Acceptable products include: Calbrite Stainless Steel Conduit Systems, or equal.

2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be constructed of a flexible hot dipped galvanized steel core with a sunlight resistant thermoplastic outer jacket with integral copper bonding strip conforming to UL-360 B. Acceptable products include: AFC Cable Systems Type LFMC or equal.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -3 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems

2.07 EXPLOSIONPROOF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Explosionproof flexible conduit shall conform to requirements of Class I, Division 1 hazardous atmospheres per NEC Articles 500 series.

B. Flexible length shall consist of asphalt impregnated woven cloth duct, brass inner core, and bronze braid covering. End fittings shall be forged brass or cast bronze.

C. Provide special lengths and conduit size as noted on Contract Drawings.

For example, gas analyzer cable shall be encased in ½ by 84 long explosionproof flexible metal conduit.

D. Acceptable products include: Crouse-Hinds #ECGJH series, or equal.

2.08 HDPE CONDUIT
A. HDPE conduit shall be SDR 9. Minimum size shall be 2 inch.

2.09 FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES
A. General

1. All cast and malleable iron fittings for use with metallic conduit shall be the threaded type with five full threads.

2. All fittings and conduit bodies shall have neoprene gaskets and non- magnetic stainless-steel screws. All covers shall be attached by means of holes tapped into the body of the fitting. Covers for fittings attached by means of clips or clamps will not be allowed.

3. Conduit, fittings, and conduit bodies in hazardous locations shall be suitable for the Class and Division indicated.

B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies for RGS Conduit

1. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for all rigid steel conduit ends. Bushings shall be threaded zinc-plated malleable iron grounding bushings with bonding lug large enough to accommodate the properly sized conductor and insulated throat rated for 150 degrees C. Acceptable products include: T&B Grounding and Bonding Bushings, OZ Gedney Type BLG, Appleton Threaded Grounding Bushings, or equal.

2. Watertight hubs for rigid steel conduit shall be male thread type zinc- plated malleable iron with recessed O ring seal, insulated throat and ground bonding locknut. Acceptable products include: OZ Gedney Type CHM-T, or equal.

3. For conduits bodies for rigid steel conduit sized as required by the NEC, use cast iron conduit bodies and covers with captive stainless- steel screws and neoprene gaskets. Acceptable products include:

Crouse-Hinds Form 8 threaded condulets, OZ Gedney Form 8 threaded conduit bodies, or equal.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -4 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
C. Fittings for Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit

1. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit fittings shall have cadmium-plated malleable iron body and gland nut with cast-in lug, brass grounding ferrule threaded to engage conduit spiral and o-ring seals around the conduit and box connection and insulated throat. Only straight or 45˚ fittings shall be used, 90˚ fittings are not acceptable for conduit size greater than 2 inch. Acceptable products include: T&B 5300 series, or equal.

2. For areas designed as corrosive, use galvanized steel-insulated throat connectors for liquid-tight flexible metal conduit, suitable for use in wet locations, with a minimum 40 mil PVC exterior coating and pressure sealing sleeves. Acceptable products include: Robroy Plasti-Bond Red Liquid-tight Connectors, Occidental Coating Company OCAL-Blue Double-Coat Sealtight Connectors, Perma- Cote Industries Supreme Liquid-tight Connectors, or equal.

D. Fittings for PVC conduit

1. All fittings for use with rigid non-metallic conduit shall be PVC, solvent welded type schedule 40 or 80 compatible with the conduit.

2. Provide standard and special radius 22.5˚, 30˚, 45˚ & 90˚ elbows, standard, long line, repair & 5˚ couplings, male & female terminal adaptors, end bells, expansion joints, and tapered conduit plugs.

Acceptable products include: Kraloy special radius elbows, CPxx, 5ECxx, LLCxx, RECxx, TAxx, FAxx, MEBxx, UTPxx series, or equal.

E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies for PVCRGS conduit

1. Hubs for PVCRGS conduit shall have a minimum 40-mil PVC exterior coating, a urethane interior coating, and pressure sealing sleeves.

Acceptable products include: Robroy Plasti-Bond Red Type PRSTG Hub, Perma-Cote Industries Supreme Type STG Hub, T&B OCAL- Blue Double-Coat Type STG Hub, or equal.

2. Conduit bodies for use with PVCRGS conduit shall be cast iron conduit bodies and covers with captive stainless steel screws, 40-mil PVC exterior coating with 2-mil internal urethane coating, and pressure sealing sleeves on all conduit openings. Acceptable products include: Robroy Plasti-Bond Red Form 8 Conduit Bodies, T&B OCAL-Blue Double-Coat Form 8 Conduit Bodies, Perma-Cote Industries Supreme Form 8 Conduit Bodies, or equal.

2.10 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A. Junction and pull boxes shall be provided as required to make the installation in accordance with NEC. Size junction and pull boxes in Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -5 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
accordance with the NEC for the conduit sizes and number of conductors enclosed in the box. Enclosure NEMA rating shall be per Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General - Area Designations, Table 1 and Table 2.

B. Cast iron (form 7) boxes shall be rated NEMA 3R, fabricated from cast ferrous alloy finished with zinc electroplate and aluminum polymer paint.

Integrally cast threaded hubs or bosses shall be provided for conduit entrances and shall provide for full 5-thread contact on tightening. Drilling and threading shall be done before galvanizing. Cover plates shall be of similar hot-dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy material. A full body neoprene gasket shall be provided with the cover. Type 316 stainless steel screws shall be provided for covers. Exposed boxes requiring surface mounting shall have integrally cast mounting tables. Embedded boxes shall have a bonded PVC jacket. Acceptable products include: OZ Gedney FD Series, Crouse-Hinds FD Series, Appleton FD Series, Occidental Coating Company OCAL FD Series, or equal.

C. NEMA 4 rated enclosures shall be 14 or 16-gauge with continuously welded seams, continuous door hinge, external operating clamp cover, external mounting feet, internal panel, ground stud on panel and door with appropriately sized bonding conductor, oil-resistant gasket and a polyester powder coating inside and outside. Acceptable products include: Hoffman Bulletin A51NF Boxes, or equal.

D. NEMA 4X rated enclosures shall be 14 or 16-gauge 316 stainless steel with continuously welded seams, continuous door hinge, external operating clamp cover, external mounting feet, internal panel, ground stud on panel and door, oil-resistant gasket. Acceptable products include: Hoffman Bulletin A51S Boxes, or equal.

E. NEMA 7 enclosures shall be rated for Class I, Division 1, Group D hazardous atmospheres, zinc electroplated cast ferrous alloy with external mounting tabs. Conduit hubs and covers shall provide 5-thread contact.

Acceptable boxes include: Crouse-Hinds GUJ, EAB & GUB series, or equal.

Acceptable larger enclosures include: Appleton AJBEWxxxxxx, or equal.

F. NEMA 12 rated enclosures shall be 14 or 16-gauge steel with continuously welded seams, continuous door hinge, external operating clamp cover, external mounting feet, internal panel, ground stud on panel and door, oil- resistant gasket and a polyester powder coating inside and outside.

Acceptable products include: Hoffman Bulletin A51CH, or equal.

2.11 HANDHOLES
A. Handholes and special marking covers shall be designed for AASHTO H- 20 traffic loading. Boxes shall include extensions. Handhole covers shall be checker plate, traffic rated. hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and provided with security Penta style bolts.

B. Handholes shall be inscribed ELECTRIC or SIGNAL along with the equipment number permanently identified on the cover.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -6 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
C. Acceptable products includes: Christy Concrete B1017, B1324, or B1730 with extensions, check plate hot dipped galvanized cover, and security bolts, or equal.

2.12 MANHOLES
A. Manholes shall be reinforced precast concrete designed to withstand AASHTO H-20 loading at the depth shown on the drawings. Cover, neck and extensions shall be 36-inch clearance. Top slab shall be grooved to accept extension rings. Manhole joints and extension rings shall be sealed with Henry Ram-Nek primer and joint sealer, or equal. Manhole exterior shall be coated with 2#/yd2 crystalline waterproofing Xypex Concentrate, or equal.

B. Duct entries shall be Schedule 40 PVC endbells cast into the manhole walls minimum 14 above floor and below ceiling. Pulling eyes shall be #304 stainless steel located on each wall and rated for 10,000# pulling force.

Ground pig tails #4/0 copper shall be stubbed out of each duct entrance window and exothermically welded to ground plate on the interior walls.

Floors shall slope to drain into a 12 sump.

C. Manhole covers shall be cast with embossing: DANGER-CONFINED SPACE. Manholes containing medium voltage conductors shall have the cover additionally embossed: DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE. Manhole equipment number shall be permanently identified with welded inscription on the cover.

2.13 MANHOLE AND HANDHOLE CABLE RACKS
A. Cable racks shall consist of 50% glass-reinforced polymer nonmetallic material with nominal 250# load rating. Manhole cable racks shall be a 36 wall stanchion with slots accepting removable arms nominal size 4W, 20L.

Handhole racks shall be one piece arms nominal size 3W, with 5H mounting surface. Acceptable products include: Underground Devices CR36B, RA20LP, HDL, MMxx series, or equal.

2.14 DUCTS AND SPACERS
A. Underground ducts shall be Schedule 40 PVC with reinforced concrete encasement for four or more ducts per detail as shown on the plan.

B. Underground ducts shall be Schedule 40 PVC with concrete cap for three or less ducts per detail as shown on the plan.

C. All concrete shall be colored red.

D. Provide end bells on all conduit ends.

E. Acceptable products include: Carlon Snap-Loc Spacers, or equal, with minimum 2 duct separation.

2.15 WARNING TAPE
A. Provide heavy-gauge, red, non-adhesive polyethylene tape of six-inch minimum width, four-mil nominal thickness, with black lettering, for use in Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -7 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
trenches containing electric circuits. Use tape with the following printed warning: CAUTION-ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW.

B. Acceptable products include: Harris Industries, Inc. Underground Tape Catalog No. UT-29, or equal.

2.16 CABLE TRAYS
A. Cable trays shall be plain finish 6063-T6 aluminum alloy welded construction, NEMA VE1 load class 12C. Tray shall have 5 side rail height of I-beam configuration, 1 wide bottom rungs on 9 centers, 24 width, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Nominal one-rail mechanical properties shall be Ix = 2.28-in4 and Sx = 0.859-in3.

B. Cable tray system mating fittings shall be the same material as the straight sections with 3 tangent overlap, 12 minimum radius and 304 stainless steel hardware. Fittings shall include: horizontal elbows, tees & reducers, vertical inside & outside elbows, covers, splices, fire wall penetration sleeves and compatible accessories.

C. Acceptable products include: Legrand Itray PW 5A12C series, or equal.

Note: Provide partitioned tray between signal and 600-volt power conductors.

2.17 SEALING FITTINGS AND UNIONS
A. Conduit seals and unions shall conform to UL 886 and the requirements of Class 1, Division 1 and 2, Group D, hazardous atmospheres per NEC Article 500 series.

B. The seal fittings shall be fabricated from cast ferrous alloy finished with zinc electroplate and aluminum acrylic paint. All vertical fittings shall be provided with stainless steel drain fittings. Sealing compound used for seal fittings shall be rated for hazardous area. Unions shall be electrogalvanized ferrous alloy type.

C. Acceptable products include: Crouse-Hinds Type EYS & EYD series with Chico A&X, Appleton UNF & UNY, Crouse-Hinds UNF & UNY, or equal.

2.18 EXPANSION/DEFLECTION COUPLINGS
A. Provide expansion/deflection couplings for use wherever conduit crosses an expansion joint. The couplings shall alleviate longitudinal, angular, and shear conduit stress caused by differential settlement. Acceptable products include: Crouse-Hinds Type XD, Appleton Deflection and Expansion Couplings, or equal.

2.19 CONDUIT TAGS
A. Conduit tags shall be engraved red phenolic with minimum ¼ white lettering and applied with epoxy to the wall of the manhole or handhole above the conduit entrance or attached to each conduit end bell with 316 stainless steel tie wire. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -8 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems

2.20 SUPPORTS AND FITTINGS
A. Strut and mounting hardware shall be per Table 1 in Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General.

B. Strut and mounting hardware shall be sized to meet seismic requirements per Section 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

C. All conduit supports and conduit fittings shall be of same material as conduit, including pipe straps, clamp back spacers, beam clamps, and other supports and fittings with the exception of PVC conduit. For example, if conduits are PVC coated galvanized rigid steel, all conduit clamp back spacers shall be PVC coated galvanized rigid steel.

2.21 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS AND SLEEVES
A. Conduit penetration seals shall be a modular, mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the conduit and the opening. The elastomeric element shall be sized and selected per the manufacturers recommendations and shall be suitable for use in standard service applications.

B. Sleeves shall be the thermoplastic type with water stops, suitable for poured wall construction.

C. Conduit penetration seals and sleeves shall be complete assemblies supplied by a single manufacturer.

D. Acceptable products include: Thunderline Corporation Link-Seal and Plastic Sleeves, Calpico Inc. Pipe Linx and Plastic Sleeves, or equal.

2.22 DUCT SEAL
A. Duct seal shall be a non-hardening compound designed as a waterstop and moisture barrier for sealing the annular space between conduit and electrical conductors and cables.

B. Acceptable products include: O-Z Gedney DUX, or equal.

2.23 PULL TAPE
A. Pull tape shall be minimum ½-inch in width, suitable for 1,250 pounds of pull strength.

B. Acceptable products include: Neptco Muletape DT1250P, or equal for detectable pull tape.

2.24 FIRESTOPS
A. Fire stop sealant/packing and pillow/putty systems shall have either intumescent, endothermic or ablative property with a fire rating protection of 1 through 4-hours in conformance with ASTM E814. Fire stop shall be equal to the wall or ceiling in which the penetration is located.

B. Fire stop sealant shall have intumescent expansion of up to 10 times original size when exposed to 300˚F heat source, rated up to 4-hours.

Packing material shall be asbestos-free, inorganic woven material Acceptable products include: 3M Fire Barrier Sealant and Packing CP25WB+, PM4 or equal.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -9 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
C. Fire stop pillows shall be self-locking, graphite-free, intumescent material rated up to 3-hours. Pillow shall have a release feature for reuse or reconfiguration. Putty shall be moldable, self- adhering, intumescent material rated up to 4- hours. Acceptable products include: 3M Fire Barrier Self-Locking-Pillows and Moldable Putty+, or equal.

2.25 CABLE GRIPS
A. Cable grips shall be high strength, non-conductive, non-metallic aramid fiber, with offset single eye and open-ended construction. Cable grip shall be sized appropriately for the diameter of the cable. Acceptable products include: Slingco Limited, ZCS2810, ZCS2812, ZCS2813, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. Raceway systems shall be mechanically complete and bonded before conductors are installed. Bends and offsets shall be smooth and symmetrical and shall be accomplished with tools designed for this purpose.

Factory elbows shall be utilized wherever possible.

B. Raceway sizes shown on Drawings are minimum dimensions based on designed equipment.

C. Conduits located underground shall be backfilled with red colored concrete capped where three or less conduits in common trench or encased in non- reinforced red colored concrete where duct banks contain four or more conduits. Duct bank conduits shall be supported with conduit spacers installed every five feet. Provide a minimum cover of two feet over the top of conduit for all underground raceways.

D. Underground raceways shall be inspected and approved prior to backfill or concrete placement. Where raceways are indicated but routing is not shown, such as home runs or on conduit schedules; raceway routing shall be in accordance with the NEC.

E. Routings shall be adjusted to avoid obstructions. Coordinate with all other trades prior to installation of raceways. Lack of such coordination shall not be justification for extra compensation, and removal and re-installation to resolve conflicts shall be at no extra cost to the City.

F. All exposed raceways shall be installed at least ½-inch from walls or ceilings using clamp backs or struts.

G. Wherever contact with concrete or dissimilar metals can produce galvanic corrosion of equipment, suitable insulating means shall be provided to prevent such corrosion.

H. Locate all reinforcing steel, conduits, and pipes with electronic detecting devices prior to cutting or core drill existing concrete and/or concrete masonry units.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -10 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems

3.02 SUPPORT
A. Support raceways at intervals not exceeding NEC requirements unless otherwise indicated. Support all raceways from structural members only. Do not support from pipe hangers, rods, or other conduit.

B. Support flexible metal conduit with conduit clamps, except where the flexible metal conduit is fished and where sections less than four feet in length are used in concealed areas and as approved by Engineer.

C. Install cable grips in sump wet wells to support submersible motor cables or other cables as shown on the drawings. Size the grip to match the cable diameter.

3.03 BENDS
A. Make changes in the direction of runs with symmetrical bends or cast metal fittings. Make bends and offsets of the longest practical radius. Avoid field- made bends and offsets where possible; but, where necessary, make with an acceptable hickey or conduit bending machine.

B. Make bends in parallel or banked runs of raceways from the same center or centerline so that bends are parallel and of neat appearance. Factory elbows may be used in parallel or banked raceways if there is a change in the plane of the run and the raceways are of the same size. Otherwise, make field bends in parallel runs.

C. For PVC Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits, use factory made elbows for all bends 30 degrees or larger.

D. Make no bends in flexible conduit that exceed allowable bending radius of the cable to be installed or that significantly restricts the conduits flexibility.

3.04 CONDUIT TO ENCLOSURE CONNECTIONS
A. Where conduit enters metal enclosure within Interior General areas, install an insulated throat grounding bushing on the end of each conduit. For all other areas install insulated throat grounding hub. Install a bonding jumper from the bushing to equipment ground bus or ground pad. Interconnection of bonding jumpers from each conduit grounding bushing to the equipment ground bus or ground pad is acceptable. If neither a ground bus or ground pad exists, connect the bonding jumper to the metallic enclosure with a bolted-lug connection.

B. All NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures without integral watertight hubs shall be connected with insulated throat grounding hubs. The conduit connections shall maintain the integrity of the enclosure NEMA rating. Liquid-tight PVC jacketed flexible metal conduit connections shall be corrosive resistant, watertight hub.

3.05 TRENCHING
A. Verify the location of all existing cables, conduits, piping, and other equipment in or near the areas to be trenched, prior to starting trenching.

Repair any equipment damaged during trenching. Call and establish a ticket with Underground Service (811) before trenching. Trenches shall not be left Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -11 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
unattended unless the area is fenced or barricaded to restrict entry to the area.

3.06 BORING
A. The contractor shall use orange smooth wall High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) conduit for all directional drilling and/or boring. All HDPE conduit shall be SDR9. A galvanized chase nipple and female adapter shall be placed on the end of each HDPE conduit. The HDPE conduit shall enter into all pull boxes at an angle of 45 degrees or less and meet the requirements shown on the Plans. HDPE conduits shall enter into all manholes parallel to the road. There shall be no more than two 90-degree bends for any one run of conduit install by directional drilling or boring. All directional drilling shall be at a depth of 36" to 72", unless otherwise specified on the plans. The contractor shall provide the Engineer with a bore profile of each bore at 20 feet intervals. Provide an electronic and paper copy of each bore profile. All HDPE conduits shall be proofed with a 1 ½" mandrill. The contractor shall place the long end of the pull box parallel with the conduit run.

B. All conduits entering or leaving the ground shall be sealed to prevent condensation of moisture inside the conduit. Conduit entrances in the bottom of pull boxes shall rise above the bottom of the pull box a minimum of three inches to prevent water from entering conduits.

3.07 DUCT BANKS
A. Support raceways installed in fill areas to prevent accidental bending until backfilling is complete. Tie raceways to supports, and raceways and supports to the ground, so that raceways will not be displaced when concrete encasement or earth backfill is placed.

B. Arrange multiple conduit runs substantially in accordance with any details shown on the drawings. Make minor changes in the location or cross- section as necessary to avoid obstructions or conflicts. Where raceway runs cannot be installed substantially as shown on submitted and approved layout drawings because of conditions not discoverable prior to digging of trenches, refer the condition to the Engineer for instructions before further work is done. Determine exact alignment and depth as required to avoid other utilities.

C. Where other utility piping systems are encountered or being installed along a raceway route, maintain a 12-inch minimum vertical separation between raceways and other systems at crossings. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other piping systems. Refer conflicts with these requirements to the Engineer for instructions before further work is done.

D. Duct bank and trenching alignments shown on Drawings are diagrammatic.

Actual alignments shall contain no sharp bends and shall be installed with minimum radius bends as required in the NEC or installed cable, whichever requires a larger radius bend.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -12 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
E. Provide bell-ends on all PVC conduits entering handholes, stubbing up into transformer precast pad, and under open bottom floor mounted electrical equipment.

F. All conduits shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to covering up the conduit, such as conduits located in a trench, duct bank, and/or wall. Any conduits not inspected by the Engineer shall be exposed by the Contractor at their expense and no additional compensation shall be provided.

3.08 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT AND CONCRETE CAP
A. Encase or cap all underground conduits with red colored concrete per Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B. Hold conduits for concrete-encased raceways securely in place by conduit spacer supports.

C. Envelopes may be poured directly against the sides of trenches if the cut is clean, even, and free of loose material. Remove loose material from trenches before and during the pouring of concrete to ensure sound envelopes. Carefully spade concrete during pouring to eliminate all voids under and between raceways and honeycombing of the exterior surface.

D. Do not use power-driven tampers or agitators unless they are specifically designed for the application.

E. Backfill material or above concrete envelope of concrete-encased conduit or concrete cap, may be selected from the excavated material if it contains no particles larger than three inches in diameter and is free from roots or debris. Imported material meeting these same requirements may be used in lieu of material from the excavation. Compact backfill in maximum 12- inch layers to at least 95 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by AASHTO T180.

3.09 HANDHOLES AND MANHOLES
A. Provide excavation, backfilling, compaction and grading, etc., in accordance with requirements specified in Contract Documents.

B. Do not install handholes until final grading has been determined. Set frames just above final grade so that the site drains away from the handholes.

C. Make the installation so that raceways enter handholes at nearly right angles and as near as possible to one end of a wall, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Provide for over-excavation of the handhole foundation area and furnish minimum of one-foot depth of ¾-inch drain rock below the handhole.

E. Manhole and handhole racks shall be installed with 316 stainless steel chemical anchors with length sized for the cables. Secure cables in phase or control groups with tie wraps.

F. Bond metallic manhole and handhole lids to ground.

3.10 SMUD SUBSTRUCTURES
A. Install substructures including excavation, backfilling, compaction and grading, etc., in accordance with SMUD requirements. Install the grounding Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -13 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
system for the Utility Meter in accordance with SMUD requirements. SMUD requires a pre-construction meeting with their field inspector prior starting work and for approvals during installations involving SMUD infrastructure.

3.11 PREPARATION FOR PULLING IN CONDUCTORS
A. Ream all raceways, remove burrs, and clean raceway interiors. Immediately after installation, plug or cap all raceway ends with watertight and dust-tight seals.

B. Pull a bristle brush and then a mandrel through each raceway to remove any debris and clean the raceway prior to pulling conductors. Mandrel diameter shall be approximately ¼-inch less than the raceway inside diameter, through each raceway. For conduits of one inch and less, pull a rag through to clean and remove debris prior to pulling the conductors.

C. For all raceways which contain less than 50 percent of the NEC-allowed fill, install a pull tape along with the conductors. Provide detectable pull tape in all fiber conduits.

3.12 EMPTY RACEWAYS
A. Certain raceways will have no conductors pulled in as part of this Contract.

Identify them with conduit tags at each end and at any intermediate pull point of each such empty raceway. Provide a removal cap over each end of empty raceways. Provide a pull tape in each empty raceway.

3.13 TRENCH SETTLING
A. If, at any time during a period of one-year starting from the date of final acceptance of the project, there shall be any settlement of conduit trenches, provide additional fill and to make such repairs or replacements in paving, planting, or structures, as deemed necessary by the Engineer at no additional costs to the contract.

3.14 PVC CONDUIT
A. Solvent weld PVC conduit joints with solvent recommended by the conduit manufacturer. Follow manufacturers solvent welding instructions and provide watertight joints. Install PVC female adapters when joining PVC conduit to galvanized rigid metal conduit or PVC coated rigid steel conduit.

3.15 PVC COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (PVCRGS)
A. Install in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions by personnel certified and trained by the manufacturer for installation of PVCRGS. Utilize manufacturers Spin-it and Z-wrench for tightening conduit. Install soft metallic jaws in pipe vises and half-shell clamps for chain vises. Utilize special shoes for conduit bending. Touch up any damage to the coating with conduit manufacturer acceptable patching compound. PVC boot shall cover all threads. Leave no metallic threads uncovered. Clean field threads with solvent and coat with urethane touch-up.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -14 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems

3.16 PENETRATIONS, FIRESTOPS AND CONDUIT SEALING
A. Conduits shall not be cast as part of cast-in-place structures. Cast-in-place structures shall include block-outs or sleeves to penetrate the structures.

Coordinate sleeve installation with structural work.

B. Submit and obtain approval of fire stop prior to starting work. Install in accordance with the approved shop drawings and manufacturers instructions. Fire stops shall be installed by personnel certified as being trained for installation by the manufacturer. Prepare substrate and supporting members and mask adjacent areas as necessary. Install so that openings are completely filled, gaps sealed and material secured and adhered in place. Repair or replace defective installations in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

C. All conduits leaving the Panelboard or an enclosure to an underground handhole shall be sealed with duct seal compound to prevent the entrance into or exit from the structure with gases, liquids, or rodents. At structure penetrations, seal the interior of all raceways that enter above or below grade, with duct seal.

3.17 EXPOSED CONDUIT
A. All exposed conduits shall be as noted in Area Designations per Specification 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

B. PVC coated galvanized rigid steel factory elbows, couplings and risers shall be utilized for transition from underground concrete duct bank to exposed conduit. Conduit shall emerge from the duct bank perpendicular to the surface whenever possible.

C. Exposed conduits shall be 3/4-inch minimum trade size. Below grade conduits shall have a minimum trade size of one-inch, unless shown otherwise.

D. All threads shall be coated with a conductive lubricant before assembly.

Acceptable products include: Appleton Type TLC, Thomas & Betts KOPR- Shield, or equal.

E. Joints shall be tight, thoroughly grounded, secure, and free of obstructions in the pipe. All conduits shall be adequately reamed to prevent damage to the wires and cables inside. Strap wrenches and vises shall be used to install conduits to prevent wrench marks on the conduits. Conduits with wrench marks shall be replaced at no additional cost.

3.18 CONDUIT IN STRUCTURES
A. The contractor shall ferro scan any structure before core boring a hole in the structure to avoid hitting rebar.

3.19 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
A. Make final connection to motors, instrumentation and other equipment where a flexible connection is required to facilitate removal or adjustment of equipment with liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. Liquidtight flexible metal Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 33 -15 July 2024
Electrical Raceway Systems
conduit shall have a 12-inch minimum to 24-inch maximum length, unless otherwise shown on the drawings or approved by the Engineer.

3.20 EMPTY RACEWAYS
A. Certain raceways will have no conductors pulled in as part of this Contract.

Identify with conduit tags at each end and at any intermediate pull point of each such empty raceway. Provide a removal cap over each end of empty raceways. Provide a pull tape in each empty raceway.

3.21 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A. Where indicated on the Contract Drawings, and where necessary, redirect multiple conduit and cable runs and provide and install appropriately sized junction boxes. Furnish and install pull boxes where necessary in the raceway system to facilitate conductor installation.

B. Make all boxes accessible. Do not install boxes in finished areas unless accepted in writing by the Engineer. Mount all boxes plumb and level.

3.22 ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY
A. The entire electrical raceway system shall form a continuous metallic electrical conductor from the service point to every outlet and shall be grounded by connection to the main service ground.

B. Rigid steel conduits shall have threads coated with conductive sealant before screwing into fittings.

C. An equipment ground conductor shall be installed in all conduits. Conduits shall not be substituted for the grounding wire. Bond together the conduit system, enclosures, grounding system, and equipment bus bars. Ground conductor shall have a minimum size of 12awg.

3.23 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION
A. All conduits shall be identified with minimum of two labels, one at either end and where conduit enters and exits a junction or pull box. Labels shall be permanent, waterproof, legible, and attached with stainless steel wire.

B. All conduit labels shall be provided with submitted and approved inscription or as shown on the conduit schedule. Conduits shall be labeled prior to pulling cables and prior to beginning Section 01 65 00 Facility Startup.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-1 July 2024
Electrical Studies
26 05 73 ELECTRICAL STUDIES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Perform the following Electrical Studies for the electrical power system in accordance with the Contract Document. The following studies will be referred to as Electrical Studies: Short Circuit Study, Load Flow Study, Equipment Evaluation Study, Coordination Study, Arc Flash Hazard Analysis and Mitigation Report, Protective Relaying Device Analysis, Harmonics Study. The Electrical Studies shall be performed on the latest version of SKM Systems Analysis, Inc., Power Tools for Windows (PTW) software programs.

B. After the facilities are built and operating, all comments addressed, all corrections made, all failed equipment replaced; input the data and rerun for the Record Set. The Record Set of the studies shall include all the post field tested as-built equipment with as left settings. Provide electronic files of studies from SKM software. All SKM scenarios and library items shall be included.

1.02 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Electrical Studies shall be performed by a Registered Electrical Engineer in the state of California with a minimum of five years of experience in performing power system studies using SKM PTW software programs for electrical studies.

B. The engineering firm shall demonstrate experience with performing Electrical Studies by submitting names of at least five actual arc flash hazard analysis it has performed in the last five years.

C. The Electrical Studies shall be thoroughly reviewed, stamped and signed by an electrical engineer who is registered in the state of California, full time employee of the approved firm, who has experience performing electrical studies, and who directly supervised the collection of information, the creation of the studies and the furnishing of reports.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General; Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittals and Section 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General. Electronic submittals in pdf shall utilize bookmarks in the side view pane and shall match the Table of Contents. PDF layout assembled in Adobe Acrobat shall Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-2 July 2024
Electrical Studies
have the following initial view option: Navigation tab: Bookmarks Panel and Page, Page layout: Single Page, Magnification: Fit Page, Open to page: 1.

B. Firm experience performing protective devices studies utilizing SKM PTW software programs. Version of the SKM PTW software program currently in use and the resume of electrical engineer performing the Protective Device Study.

C. Electrical Studies report shall be submitted and approved prior to energizing equipment. The report shall follow the latest version of IEEE Std. 1584.1- 2013 - Guide for the Specification of Scope and Deliverable Requirements for an Arc-Flash Hazard Calculation Study in Accordance with IEEE Std. 1584 and the specification requirements herein.

D. Copy of Arc Flash labels inscriptions, with a description of the installed location, shall be submitted, approved, and installed prior to energizing equipment.

E. As-Built Record Set Electrical Studies shall be submitted after equipment energized with all final settings and findings for inclusion to the final O&M.

F. A on a USB of the as-built Record Set of Electrical studies report and the SKM PTW project files.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. Electrical Studies report shall include introduction, Executive Summary with recommendations, one-line diagram, input data and assumptions, short circuit calculations for all scenarios, load flow for normal Utility and Generator source, equipment evaluation for normal Utility and Generator source, protective device settings, relay settings, colored copies of Time- Current Coordination (TCC) curves for as found(if applicable) and recommended scenarios, Arc Flash hazard analysis for worst case scenario, Arc Flash Incident Energy (AFIE) scenario comparison report, recommended arc flash hazard analysis mitigation report, arc flash labels and computer printouts.

B. Record Set Electrical Studies shall include all changes and updates made to the final Electrical Studies.

C. Provide on a USB an electronic copy of the actual SKM PTW program files used to document the Record Set of the Electrical Studies. Include a backup of the project using the backup tool in SKM. Include all library items Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-3 July 2024
Electrical Studies
used, photos, and scenarios. The SKM files will be stored on the media storage and delivered to the City.

D. Provide a Photo Database with the SKM electronic files for the Record Set electrical study. The photos shall be stored within the project file and shall be linked to the single line diagram. The photo shall clearly show the component manufacturer, model number and all ratings and settings used for the related electrical component.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
A. The Electrical Study shall be prepared and submitted early in the project to verify the suitability of submitted equipment and allow for Engineer approval. Use the first named supplier and estimate cable lengths for the preliminary studies.

B. The Electrical Study shall be submitted and approved prior to testing and energizing equipment.

C. The Electrical Studies shall be performed in a timely matter and included in the CPM schedule, to allow approval of submitted equipment. The Record Set Electrical Studies shall be submitted with the O&M Manual, as a separate submittal after all comments, corrections, updated input data, and as left settings have been inserted into the software programs to produce an as-built set of studies, reports, settings, calculations, labels, plots and tabulations.

D. Contractor to obtain from Sacramento Municipal Utility District (SMUD) the information required to perform all the studies. Typical information includes transformer data with primary protection and the short circuit contribution and impedance values for both normal source and alternate source. A copy of the SMUD fault duty shall be included in the Electrical Studies submittal.

E. Contractor to obtain from appropriate vendors the information required to perform all the studies. Contact the protective device manufacturers and obtain the ratings and time current curves for all protective devices including circuit breakers, motor circuit protectors, relays, and overload protective elements.

F. Perform all required data collection to properly identify equipment. Obtain any library item that are not in the SKM library. Input data for the study shall include, but not be limited to the following:

1. Low-Voltage Overcurrent Protection Devices (OCPDs)
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-4 July 2024
Electrical Studies
a. Obtain the following information to model the system in the SKM PTW database.
1) Thermomagnetic trip molded case circuit breakers:

The Contractor will model the manufacturer, frame
model number, sensor, plug-in (if available) and all
settings.
2) Electronic trip circuit breakers (molded case, insulated case, and low voltage power circuit breakers): Model
and document the manufacturer, model number,
sensor, plug-in unit (if available), electronic trip model number, phase and ground fault settings. Also, if the
OCPD is a fused low-voltage circuit breaker (LVPC),
the fuse limiter information should be obtained.
3) For low-voltage fuses: Model the manufacturer, and
model number.
4) For low-voltage overload protection: Model the
manufacturer, model number, heater model number
(i.e. W39) and all settings (if available).
5) For electromechanical relays: Model the current
transformer ratio, relay manufacturer, model number,
tap setting, instantaneous (50) setting and time delay
(51) setting for both phase and ground fault protection. 6) For electronic relays: Model the current transformer ratio, relay manufacturer, model number, tap setting,
instantaneous (50) setting and time delay (51) setting
for both phase, and ground fault protection.
7) Motor protection relays: Model the current transformer ratio, relay manufacturer, model number, tap setting,
overload pickup and delay, short circuit pickup and
delay and ground fault protection.
8) Document and model in separate scenarios if the
system has an arc flash reduction maintenance switch,
optical arc flash protection relay, zone selective
interlocking system, motor protection relay or any other instantaneous tripping device relay and obtain these
alternate settings.

2. Medium-Voltage Overcurrent Protection Devices (OCPDs) a. For all medium-voltage circuit breakers: Model the
manufacturer, model number, and ampere rating.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-5 July 2024
Electrical Studies
b. For electromechanical relays: Model the current transformer ratio, relay manufacturer, model number, tap setting,
instantaneous (50) setting and time delay (51) setting for both phase and ground fault protection.
c. For electronic relays: Model the current transformer ratio, relay manufacturer, model number, tap setting, instantaneous (50) setting and time delay (51) setting for both phase, and ground fault protection.
d. For differential protection: Model the area of protection, line and load side current transformer ratios, relay manufacturer, model number, and all available settings.
e. For Motor protection relays: Model the current transformer ratio, relay manufacturer, model number, tap setting, overload pickup and delay, short circuit pickup and delay and ground fault protection.
f. For medium-voltage fuses and disconnect switches: Model the manufacturer, model, ampere rating, and speed
characteristics.
g. Document and model in separate scenario if the system has an arc flash reduction maintenance switch, optical arc flash protection, zone selective interlocking system, or any other instantaneous tripping device and obtain these settings.

3. Power Transformers
a. For all transformers, document the nominal kVA, impedance, primary tap, primary rated voltage, secondary rated voltage, winding connections (i.e. D-YG), type of cooling (i.e. OAFA), and grounding resistor data if available.

4. Induction Motors
a. For all induction motor: Model the nominal HP, RPM, service factor, code letter, power factor, efficiency, voltage rating, moment of inertia and motor stall point.

5. Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs)
a. For all VFDs: Document the manufacturer and model number of all VFDs. If it is regenerative or non-regenerative, its power rating, rated voltage, and if there is a line reactor. Obtain manufacturer harmonic profile. Determine if there is a bypass contactor. Document the settings relating to starting
conditions. A VFD starts a motor by controlling its frequency Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-6 July 2024
Electrical Studies
or voltage from the time the motor switches on-line to a predetermined ending. The most common parameters that
need to be defined to start a motor are:
1) Beginning PU value
2) Ending PU value
3) Time ramp

6. Line Reactors
a. Model its inductance (i.e. 0.1 mH), ampere rating, and its % voltage drop (i.e. 3%) if available.

7. Soft Starters (SSs)
a. Document the manufacturer and model of all SSs. Document if the SS will be bypassed by an across-the-line motor
controller after the motor reaches the desired speed.

Additionally, document the settings relating to starting conditions.
1) Soft Start with Selectable Kick-start
2) Current Limit Start with Selectable Kick-start
3) Dual Ramp Start
4) Full Voltage Start
5) The motor is given an initial torque setting, which is user-adjustable from 0 to 90% of locked rotor torque.
6) From the initial torque level, the output voltage to the motor is steplessly increased during the acceleration
ramp time.
7) The acceleration ramp time is user-adjustable from 0 to 30 seconds.
8) If the controller senses that the motor has reached the up-to-speed condition during the voltage ramp
operation, the output voltage automatically switches to full voltage.
9) Motor protection setpoints (overload, stall, jam,
underload, etc.)
10) Metering (currents, voltages, Power, Power Factor,
etc.)

8. Standby or Portable Generators
a. Model the rated voltage, rated power, power factor, and speed. The Contractor shall model the parameters that
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-7 July 2024
Electrical Studies
determine the short circuit decrement curve damage points, and ANSI contribution. The Contractor shall obtain the required information from the generator manufacturer.

9. Capacitors
a. Model the rated voltage, kVAR, manufacturer, and model number.

10. Neutral Ground Resistor (NGR)
a. Model the rated voltage, amperage, resistance, neutral impedance, and model number.

11. Cables
a. Model the wire size, length, and number of parallel
conductors.

12. Buses
a. Model the nominal voltage, short circuit withstand rating and ampere rating of switchgears, switchboards, MCCs, and
power panels. Obtain bus arrangement and bus gap
distance.

13. Medium Voltage (MV) Contactors
a. For MV contactors: Model the interrupting ratings and the dropout time (dip switch settings) of MV contactors.

14. Enclosures
a. Enclosure size for arc flash calculations.

G. The study shall include a single-line diagram of the power system. This diagram shall identify all components considered in the study and the ratings of all power devices, including circuit breakers, relays, 120/208/240 lighting panels, fuses, busses, and cables. All motor loads less than 50HP shall be included in the single line diagram. Grouping of motors less than 50HP is not allowed. For each component on the single line diagram, an external link shall be provided and linked to an external photo per 2.01 E.

H. The study shall include all protective devices and feeders included under this Contract. The utility short circuit information and overcurrent protective device and ground fault protective device shall be used as a fixed reference and starting point for these studies.

3.02 ELECTRICAL STUDY SCENARIOS
A. Facility fed from utility power using the normal available fault current from the utility with all loads on.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-8 July 2024
Electrical Studies
B. Facility fed from utility power using the normal available fault current from the utility with all loads off.

C. Facility fed from utility power using the alternate available fault current from the utility with all loads on.

D. Facility fed from utility power using the alternate available fault current from the utility with all loads off.

E. Facility fed from a portable or facility generator with all loads on. The Contractor shall contact the City to obtain portable generator nameplate, main breaker and cable information.

F. Facility fed from a portable or facility generator with all loads off. The Contractor shall contact the City to obtain portable generator nameplate, main breaker and cable information.

G. Where Arc-Flash reduction maintenance switch are used, separate scenarios shall be created for on-maintenance and off-maintenance for worst-case utility source.

H. Where tie breakers are used, separate scenarios shall be created for tie- breakers opened and closed for worst-case utility source.

I. Recommended scenario with worst-case AFIE utility source.

J. Recommended scenario with worst-case AFIE generator source.

3.03 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Electrical Studies submitted and approved per Section 01 33 00 - Submittals.

B. Set all adjustable protective devices. This shall include circuit breaker trip unit settings, ground fault trip settings, electromechanical relays, electronic relays, motor solid state starter settings, and motor solid state overload settings, as recommended in the protective device study after the device has been tested.

C. Install approved arc flash labels on equipment.

D. Provide Electrical Testing per Section 26 01 26 Electrical Testing.

E. Energize equipment. Equipment shall not be energized until sequence steps above are completed and approved by the City and the Engineer.

F. Update and replace arc flash labels on equipment if protective device settings are modified during testing and start-up phase.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-9 July 2024
Electrical Studies
G. Submit complete Record Set of Electrical Studies, per Section 01 33 00 - Submittals.

3.04 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
A. Prepare a single line diagram showing the following:

1. Utility fault currents.

2. Transformer: KVA rating, primary and secondary rating, impedance, and load flow in KVA.

3. Device component: name tag, manufacturer, FLA, CT ratio, and settings.

4. Bus: Equipment name, voltage rating, short circuit current, arc flash incident energy for normal scenario and worst-case scenario.

5. Cables: cable name, cable size, ampacity, and cable length in ft.

6. Motors: motor HP size and FLA.

7. Identify each feeder with its intended operation. For example, pump 1 feeder shall be labeled as PUMP 1.

3.05 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY
A. The Short Circuit Study shall be performed with the aid of a digital computer program, and shall be in accordance with IEEE 141, IEEE 242, IEEE C37.010 and IEEE C37.13.

B. The Short Circuit Study shall be performed to determine the adequacy of Switchgear, MCCs, Panelboards, overcurrent devices, protective devices and all other electrical equipment to withstand short-circuit stresses.

Compare equipment and protective device withstand ratings to the calculated available fault current.

C. The Short Circuit Study shall include:

1. Calculation method and assumptions, SMUD impedance data, motor contributions, and other pertinent data. For low voltage and medium system use the ANSI method.

2. The short circuit shall be included on the single line diagram.

3. Calculate short-circuit momentary and interrupting duty for a three- phase bolted fault at SMUD service, incoming Switchgear or Panelboard, Unit Substation primary and secondary, MCCs, protective devices, generators & transfer switch, power panels and branch circuit panels, and other significant equipment.

4. Tabulations of calculated quantities, electrical capacities and characteristics of the equipment and protective devices. Provide Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-10 July 2024
Electrical Studies
tabular report for worst-case Utility source and worst-case generator source.

5. Provide Tabular report generated by SKMs Data Visualizer comparing the calculated short circuit for each scenario.

6. Provide Tabular report generated by SKMs Data Visualizer comparing the ground fault currents at all buses for each scenario.

7. Provide a screen-shot of the study message after running the balance system module. A successfully model system shall include (0) Fatal errors and (0) Warnings.

8. Results, conclusions, and recommendations.

D. As-built the Short Circuit Study per the recommendations and include in the Record Set.

3.06 LOAD FLOW STUDY
A. Load flow study shall be performed in accordance with ANSI/IEEE 399 to evaluate the systems capability to adequately supply the connected load and prevent overloading of equipment.

B. Compare equipment (transformers, switchgear, MCC, power panels, generators, cables, breakers, fuses) operating values against manufacturers specified maximum capability ratings.

C. Provide a tabular report which lists all equipment that is critically overloaded and/or exceeded the recommended voltage drop per NEC.

D. Load Flow study shall be performed for normal utility source and generator source and shall determine if the power source can supply all of the load of the facility.

E. Provide a computer-generated load flow analysis report for worst-case utility source showing tabulations of systems real and reactive power.

F. Provide a screen-shot of the study message after running the balance system module. A successfully model system shall include (0) Fatal errors and (0) Warnings.

G. As-built the Load Flow study per the recommendations and include in the Record Set.

3.07 EQUIPMENT EVALUATION
A. Evaluate equipment interrupt ratings to the short circuit calculations performed to determine if all equipment is rated to withstand the calculated short circuits per NEC 110.9 and NEC 110.10. When using the SKM software use the ANSI method when performing the equipment evaluation.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-11 July 2024
Electrical Studies
B. Evaluate equipment continuous rating to the load flow calculations to determine if all equipment is properly rated for continuous operation and voltage drop range per NEC and ANSI C84.1.

C. All protective devices, transfer switches, Switchgears, Panels, MCCs, lighting panelboards, transformers, generators, motors, buses and cables shall be evaluated per 3.06 A and 3.06 B. Any problem areas or inadequacies in the equipment shall be promptly brought to the Engineer's attention.

D. Equipment evaluation shall be performed for normal utility source and generator source.

E. Include a report evaluating the inadequacies of the equipment that failed the equipment evaluation study and include general recommendations regarding improvements to the system.

F. As-built the Equipment Evaluation per the recommendations and include in the Record Set.

3.08 COORDINATION STUDY
A. Proposed protective device coordination time-current curves (TCC) shall be displayed on log-log scale graphs. Provide adequate time margins between device characteristics such that selective operation is coordinated with protection requirements. Coordination shall be performed per the latest edition of IEEE 242 (Buff Book) and IEEE 1584.

B. Where necessary an appropriate compromise shall be made between system protection and service continuity with both being of equal importance. Breaker trip units and relay set points shall be selected to reduce incident energy while providing proper coordination. Include suggestions to improve coordination and reduce fault current clearing times.

C. Include on each TCC graph a title for each device matching the title on the single-line diagram. For large studies include the portion of the single-line diagram shown on the TCC graph.

D. Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed.

E. Identify the device associated with each curve by manufacturer type, function with all applicable set points (tap, time delay, instantaneous, IT, etc.).

F. Plot the following characteristics on the TCC graph, as applicable.

1. SMUD overcurrent device and transformer
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-12 July 2024
Electrical Studies

2. Medium Voltage (MV) equipment relays

3. MV & LV fuses with melting, clearing, tolerance and damage bands.

4. LV circuit breaker trip units

5. Transformer full load, inrush, and ANSI thru-fault protection curves

6. Conductor damage curves

7. Motor starting & full load current curves and damage points for all size motors.

8. Generator short circuit decrement curve and damage points

9. Largest feeder circuit breaker in Panelboards and MCCs

10. Motor circuit protector and motor overload set points.

11. Ground fault protective devices

12. Arcing fault current for worst case incident energy on as found (if applicable) and proposed scenarios.

G. Provide a tabular list of all adjustable protective devices with titles matching the single-line diagram showing all applicable set points.

H. Include a discussion and recommendations which evaluates the degree of system protection and service continuity attained with the selected overcurrent and protective device set points. Significant deficiencies, problem areas and inadequacies in protection or coordination shall be promptly brought to the Engineer's attention.

I. Include a table of protective device settings for all protective devices.

J. After approval from the Engineer, Contractors testing agency to adjust the protective device per the recommended settings.

K. Coordination study shall be performed for worse-case AFIE utility source and worse-case AFIE generator source.

L. Plot the acceptable damage curve due to a single line to ground fault at the MCC bus. Use this curve to set the ground fault settings of the main breaker if there are no downstream breakers with ground fault. The SKM disconnect rating shall be the LTPU of the main breaker and Ke shall be 250. If there are multiple levels of ground fault devices coordinate the ground fault pick up between devices.

M. As-built the Coordination study based on the recommendations and include in the Record set.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-13 July 2024
Electrical Studies

3.09 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS AND MITIGATION REPORT
A. The Arc Flash Hazard Analysis (AFHA) shall be performed with the aid of a digital computer program to cover the whole power distribution system. The AFHA shall calculate, determine, and report the Arc Flash Boundary incident energy at 18 inches expressed in cal/cm2, voltage shock hazard, limited shock approach boundary, restricted shock approach boundary, and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) level. The AFHA shall calculate and determine these items for electrical equipment in the power distribution system study. The AFHA shall be performed in conjunction with short circuit calculations and protective device coordination. Include all significant locations in 240/208V systems. The AFHA shall be done for worst-case analysis, considering minimum/maximum utility and generator fault current and with motors either on or off. The Arc Flash Study shall be in accordance with the latest version of NFPA70E, IEEE1584, OSHA-29CFR PART1910, ANSIZ535.1, ANSIZ535.3, ANSIZ535.4. All calculations shall be performed in accordance with IEEE1584 with output conforming to IEEE1584.1.

B. The study shall determine and report the following: The recommended values for the Arc Flash Boundary incident energy at 18 inches expressed in cal/cm2, arcing fault, voltage shock hazard, working distance and PPE requirements, based on the Arc Flash Study results. These results shall be tabulated with all identified equipment or short circuit interrupting items in the short circuit and coordination study.

C. The study shall recommend the Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) that the City should maintain on site for standard maintenance and operations expected to be conducted for this electrical system. The study shall recommend the safety label design that should be posted on electrical equipment. The study shall recommend the specific information that should be typewritten as part of the safety label. Label information shall also be coordinated with City requirements during the submittal period. These recommendations shall be based on the National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards, and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) recommended practices. Furnish and install the field markings required by the NEC for Flash Protection on all power distribution equipment. The field marking shall be the approved recommended safety label.

D. The mitigation report shall include recommendations to reduce the arc-flash incident energy to where reasonably possible. These recommendations can be categorized into three groups based on complexity and cost.

1. Simple: Changing overcurrent device settings or fuse size/type Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-14 July 2024
Electrical Studies

2. Moderated: Adding additional overcurrent protection

3. Detailed: Proposal to install new distribution equipment or retrofitting circuit breakers with new trip units or specialty relay control schemes to reduce arc flash hazards. Moderated and detailed
recommendations do not need to be complete but only address a probable approach to reduce the incident energy exposure. Detailed design is not able to be approximated at the time of specification and therefore cannot be expected to be complete until additional decisions are resolved by the City.

E. Mitigation will be conducted for the recommended worst case utility source scenario and recommended worse case generator source scenario in conjunction with the coordination study. Simple recommendations are made on TCC graphs where the overcurrent devices are plotted evaluating the speed of opening the overcurrent device under arc flash events and potting the arcing fault currents.

F. Include a summary of overcurrent protective device settings and arc flash incident energy.

G. Arc Flash Hazard warning labels shall be sized 4 x 6. These labels shall be 3 mil matted vinyl film with a pressure sensitive adhesive and be resistive to moisture, solvents, and UV light. The label shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70E, latest edition. The label shall include the following information, at a minimum:

1. Bus location designation which shall be easily identified from the single line drawing.

2. Nominal voltage

3. Arc flash boundary

4. Available Incident energy in cal/cm2

5. Working distance in inches

6. Minimum arc rating of clothing.

7. Name of the City facility, date, and scenario.

H. The minimum arc rating of clothing output shall be per the Department of Utilities PPE and Safety Requirement.

1. Incident energy exposures equal to 0 cal/cm2 up to 8 cal/cm2 shall output 8 cal/cm2.

2. Incident energy exposures greater than 12 cal/cm2 up to 40 cal/cm2 shall output 40 cal/cm2.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-15 July 2024
Electrical Studies

3. Arc flash labels for incident energy greater than 40 cal/cm2 shall also state the following:
a. Energized Work Prohibited.
I. All AFHA labels shall be provided for worst-case as-found (if applicable) scenario and recommended scenario. It shall be provided after the results of the analysis have been presented to the City and after any system changes, upgrades or modifications have been incorporated in the system.

The Contractor shall install the label per the single line diagram.

J. Labels shall be machine printed, with no field markings.

K. Provide Arc Flash Hazard Analysis report for worst-case scenario.

L. Provide tabular report utilizing SKM Data Visualizer showing Arc Flash Incident Energy for all bus and scenarios.

M. Provide sample Arc flash labels for review. After Engineers approval print labels and installed per the single line diagram.

N. As-built the Arc Flash Study based on the recommendations and include in the Record Set.

3.10 HARMONIC STUDY
A. Prepare a harmonic study of the system where nonlinear loads such as VFD, switch-mode power supplies and lighting are used in the system. The study shall conform to the latest requirements of IEEE 519. The study shall include harmonics from existing equipment as well as the harmonics from equipment provided under this Section. Obtain the VFDs Harmonic profile from the VFD manufacturer including harmonic filters if installed. If the harmonic profile for the existing drive is not available use the IEEE 519 standard values. The study shall include the electrical service connection, generator connection, main service switchboard, distribution switchboards, motor control centers (MCCs), and all interconnecting power cables and busing. The harmonic distortion study shall demonstrate compliance with the Harmonics limits specified IEEE 519.

B. VFDs are provided with electrical power from a SMUD transformer and generator service. The SMUD transformer will provide power to the service switchboard, distribution switchboards (if any), MCCs, and VFDs. Unless specified otherwise, the SMUD transformer secondary side shall be the point of common coupling (PCC) for calculating and measuring voltage and current distortion.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-16 July 2024
Electrical Studies
C. The harmonic study shall be based on a SKMs Hi Wave Harmonic Analysis simulation with the total actual system performed through the 50th harmonic, with information and data obtained from the utility (SMUD), generator source, Construction Drawings, and equipment manufacturers harmonic profile. Unless indicated otherwise in the Specific Project VFD Requirements, the harmonic analyses shall be performed without any linear loads. The harmonic distortion report shall include the following items:

D. Tabulations of rms voltages, peak voltages, rms currents, and total capacitor bank loading versus associated equipment ratings.

1. Tabulations of calculated voltage-distortion factors, current-distortion factors, and individual harmonics versus the limits specified by ANSI/IEEE 519. Calculated values exceeding the limits specified in the standard shall be clearly noted.

2. Plots of impedance versus frequency showing resonant frequencies to be avoided.

3. Conclusions and recommendations.

E. If the harmonic study indicates the need for harmonic suppression equipment, including: line reactors, passive filters, isolation transformers, 12-pulse VFDs, or 18-pulse VFDs, the Engineer shall be notified immediately.

F. As-built the Harmonic Study based on the recommendations and include in the Record Set.

3.11 PROTECTIVE RELAYING DEVICE ANALYSIS
A. Evaluate all protective relaying devices functionalities and settings and provide recommendations where enabling/disabling any additional functions (functions limited to existing relay capability) and/or setting adjustment will improve system protection for continue service. Relay protective functions and settings shall be in accordance with IEEE and Industry Standards.

B. Prepare a report showing all existing functions (if applicable) and settings used for the protective relaying feeders and motor protection relays.

C. Provide tabular report showing as existing (if applicable) and recommended functions and settings. Provide brief statement indicating why enabling/disabling the relevant function and recommended settings will improve system protection. At the minimum and based on relay functionality, the following relaying functions and settings shall be enabled as follows:

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-17 July 2024
Electrical Studies

1. Bus/feeder Protection: Instantaneous Phase/Ground Overcurrent, Time Phase/Ground Overcurrent, Under/Overvoltage, Negative Sequence Overvoltage, Phase Reversal, Directional Power, Under/Over frequency, Bus Differential.

2. Generator Protection: Current Unbalance, Instantaneous Phase/Ground Overcurrent, Time Ground Overcurrent, Phase Time Overcurrent with Voltage Restraint, Differential, Volts per Hertz, Under/Overvoltage, Directional Power, Under/Over frequency, Stator Differential, Restricted Ground Fault, Syncrocheck.

3. Transformer Protection: Neutral Time Overcurrent, Differential

4. Motor Protection: Undercurrent, Bearing, Current Unbalance, Thermal Overload, Stator, Phase/Ground Instantaneous
Overcurrent, Phase/Ground Time Overcurrent, Under/Over voltage, Phase Reversal, Under/Over frequency, up to (12) RTDs.

D. If the facility contains an NGR then provide ground fault settings using 51G and/or 50G. If there is no NGR then use ground fault settings 51G, 50G, 51N, and 50N.

E. All Current Transformer shall be analyzed to see if it will saturate due to high ground fault current. Assume that a ground fault will saturate 20 times its rating.

F. Provide residual ground fault settings for any location where the ground CT will saturate.

G. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the appropriate tools, manuals, software, and computer used to extract the relay data.

H. Conclusions and recommendations.

3.12 RECORD SET
A. The results of the electrical studies shall be summarized in a Record Set.

Submittal shall follow guidelines of O&M Manual and as described below.

The Record Set shall include all changes and updates per the as-built conditions to the final electrical studies.

B. The Record Set shall include information concerning the computer program used for the study and shall include a general discussion of the procedure, items, and data considered in preparing the study.

C. The Record Set shall include electronic copies as well as hard paper copy form of all input data, all calculation reports, all plotted curves, all drawings, all output data, and all device settings in tabulated organized form. Submit Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 05 73-18 July 2024
Electrical Studies
the final record set and SKM project files with scenarios and library files in original source format on a separate USB.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 09 00-1 July 2024
Miscellaneous Equipment
26 09 00 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide miscellaneous equipment and devices, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Contract submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittals and Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General.

B. Catalog cuts sheet of motion sensor, strobe light, disconnect switches, tamper switches, SCADA pole marked to identify proposed materials.

C. Submit list of electrical equipment with associated tag inscription and tag materials for approval.

D. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MOTION SENSOR [ SITE SPECIFIC]
A. Motion sensor shall be passive infrared that detects infrared energy in motion through 270° range. Sensor shall have solid-state digital electronics with application-specific integrated circuity to eliminate false triggers.

Sensor shall operate at line voltages of 120Vac or 277Vac. Motion sensor shall be preassembled with an outdoor rated round junction box cover UL773A & UL1571 rated raintight. When motion detected, sensor shall energize an isolated relay with NC/NO contacts rated 1A, 30Vac/dc with user adjustable time delay from 12 seconds to 16 minutes. Motion sensor with integral PAR20 lamp holder shall energize the light when motion is detected and include a switched override feature. Bulbs shall be outdoor rated 640Lm, 90W equivalent warm while 10.8W-LED, PAR 20.

B. Acceptable products include; Legrand WattStopper EW-200-120, EW-200- 277, EWF-205-120-W with Soraa Brilliant series bulbs or approved equal.

2.02 STROBE ALARM LIGHT [ SITE SPECIFIC]
A. Provide outdoor rated strobe alarm light, wired to motion sensor controls.

Strobe shall by UL listed. Strobe shall mount on site lighting pole, refer to Contract Drawings. Strobe shall be blue. Strobe shall be 120 VAC.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 09 00-2 July 2024
Miscellaneous Equipment
B. Acceptable products include; Federal Signal LP3M-120B or approved equal.

2.03 NON-FUSED SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Provide safety disconnect switches in NEMA rated enclosures as specified in Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General. Switches shall conform to UL98 and shall be heavy duty, motor-rated, 100% make & break, with visible double break mechanism and de-ionizing arc chutes. External marking shall indicate ON/OFF positions that can be locked in the OFF position. Enclosure shall be interlocked to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position. Safety switches shall include copper lugs, ground lug, and auxiliary contact. Acceptable products include: Eaton DH36 series or approved equal with DS series lugs & auxiliary contact.

2.04 DOOR, GATE AND TAMPER SWITCHES
A. Interior door switches shall be 3 wide-gap magnetic actuating. Contact shall be form C (SPDT) rated 3W, 30Vdc/Vac, 0.25 Amps. Acceptable Products include: Sentrol 2507AH-L, or approved equal.

B. Exterior gate switches shall be wide-gap magnetic actuating housed in weather resistant aluminum body with 36-inch stainless steel jacketed CL2 cable. Contacts shall be form C (SPDT), rated 5W, 175Vdc, 0.25 Amps switching with integral diodes. Furnish with brackets specific to the mounting application. Acceptable Products include: George Risk 4400 series or approved equal.

C. Indoor panelboard tamper switches shall be plunger style housed in ABS plastic with switch closed with actuator depressed. Switch contact rating shall be 100mA at 24Vdc. Acceptable products include Honeywell 955PST, or approved equal.

D. Outdoor tamper switches shall have enclosures rated NEMA 4 with threaded conduit entry housing or sealed terminal pre-cabled connector style. Switches contacts shall be rated either IEC AC14/15 & DC13 or NEMA A300/600 & Q/R300. Acceptable products include: Honeywell Microswitch NGC, 914CE, GLA, HDLS series, or approved equal.

2.05 FLOAT SWITCH
A. Float switch shall utilize a weighted PVC house for use in potable water and CSA Certified to meet NFF 61 standard. The Float switch shall have a minimum electrical rating of 120/230 V, 13 A. Acceptable products include:

SJE Rhombus WPS or approved equal.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 09 00-3 July 2024
Miscellaneous Equipment
B. The float switch shall be secured to its suspension cable, allowing enough cable length for actuation of float. Tie-wrap multiple suspended cables together inside sump with enough play to allow float or other sensor to operate freely. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer to determine the correct elevation for installing the float. The float elevation shall match the elevation of the high level alarm of the facility PLC. Contractor shall install the float per the Engineers requirements.

2.06 SOLENOID VALVES
A. All the existing solenoid valves for the motor oilers shall be replaced with 120 VAC, ASCO Red-Hat valves, model number L8262G210 or equal.

B. Install new Lukenhimer adjustable dripper, or equal, with sight glass after the solenoid valve and adjust to drip 15 drops per minute.

2.07 NAMEPLATES
A. Nameplates shall be engraved black plastic with minimum ¼-inch white lettering. Attached using two 4-40 SS machine screws.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install devices in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

B. Interior door switches shall be mounted on a bed of RTV silicone caulking embedding the wire and terminal connections.

3.02 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING
A. All equipment, control devices, and panels shall include nameplate with description and tag number.

B. Install plastic nameplates with self-tapping stainless-steel screws.

3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Provide checkout, field, and functional testing of devices in accordance with Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General. Device testing shall be completed during Pre-Demonstration period.

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 22 13-1 July 2024
Low Voltage Dry-type Transformers
26 22 13 LOW VOLTAGE DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide harmonic mitigating, low voltage, dry-type transformers complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Contract submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittals and Section 26 05 00 Electrical Work, General.

B. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

C. Manufacturers product data including catalog number, kVA, primary & secondary voltage, taps, % impedance, insulation class & temperature rise, wiring diagram, efficiency, dimensional outline drawing, sound level, weight and manufacturers production test results.

D. For record purposes provide seismic certification and anchorage details, connection diagrams, installation information and all changes made during the manufacturing process.

E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Transformers shall be designed, constructed and rated in accordance with UL1561, NEMA ST20, IEEE C57.110 and DOE10-CFR431. Transformer efficiency shall conform to DOE-2016 requirements. Transformers shall be seismically qualified in conformance with IBC and ASCE 7-10. Sound levels shall conform to NEMA ST20. Three phase transformers shall be constructed with three coils on a single core, ventilated type convection air cooled.

B. Harmonic mitigation shall employ cancellation of zero sequence fluxes of the 3rd, 9th & 15th triplen harmonic currents. Harmonic mitigation shall be obtained by electromagnetic method without the use of capacitors or electronics. Trapping triplen currents in a delta winding is not acceptable.

C. Transformer frequency, voltage, number of phases and kVA ratings shall be as shown on the drawings.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 22 13-2 July 2024
Low Voltage Dry-type Transformers
D. Transformers shall be Hammond HPS Sentinel H3, ABB/GE Guard III, Eaton DT-3 HMT, or equal.

2.02 INSULATION AND TEMPERATURE RISE
A. Transformers 15kVA and above shall have a NEMA ST20, Class 220 insulation system rated to carry full load current with a 115°C temperature rise in an ambient temperature of 40°C.

B. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40 degrees C maximum ambient, and a 24- hour average ambient of 30 degrees C
C. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635

2.03 CORE AND COILS
A. Core construction shall be high grade, grain-oriented, non-aging, miter-cut silicon steel laminations. Silicon steel shall have high magnetic permeability, low hysteresis, and low eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities shall be kept below the core saturation point. Core shall be clamped with insulated bolts. Coil conductors shall be copper windings with terminations brazed or welded.

B. Core and coil shall be vacuum pressure impregnated. Core and coil shall be bolted to the enclosure base isolated with vibration-absorbing mounts.

Core and coil shall be grounded to the enclosure with a flexible copper strap that is fully-rated as a grounding conductor.

2.04 WINDINGS
A. High-grade magnet wire.

B. Impregnated assembly with non-hydroscopic, thermo-setting varnish Cured to reduce hot-spots and seal out moisture.

C. Material electrical grade copper

2.05 LUGS AND TAPS
A. Transformers primary and secondary windings shall terminate in copper pads or copper compression lugs located on insulated supports. Secondary neutral connections shall be rated at 200% of the secondary phase current.

Transformers 15kVA and above shall have 4x +2.5% (2FCAN & 2FCBN) taps on the primary winding.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 22 13-3 July 2024
Low Voltage Dry-type Transformers

2.06 ENCLOSURES
A. Transformer enclosures shall be constructed with heavy gauge steel, drip- proof, ventilated with integral lifting lugs. Terminal compartment shall be designed for cable bending space and temperature rise. Finish shall consist of degreasing, phosphate cleaning and electrodeposit ANSI 61 enamel paint. Indoor transformer enclosures shall be rated NEMA Type 2 and outdoor transformer enclosures shall be rated NEMA Type 3R.

2.07 FACTORY TESTING
A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on each transformer: applied and induced potential, voltage ratio on each tap, no load losses, polarity and continuity.

B. Sound level, performed in a test room with ambient sound level not exceeding 24 db.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install transformers with vibration isolation pads a minimum of 6 away from noncombustible walls and ceilings. Raceway connections shall be made with flexible conduits. Conduits shall enter the transformer in the lower third area of the enclosure to prevent warm air travel up the raceways.

Underground raceways shall be isolated from the transformer enclosure.

3.02 GROUNDING
A. Transformers and neutrals shall be bonded in accordance with the NEC and Section 26 05 26 - Grounding.

3.03 NAMEPLATES
A. Identify transformers with their equipment number engraved on plastic nameplates installed with 4-40 SS machine screws.

3.04 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
A. Measure secondary voltages and set tap settings to within + 2.5% of nominal system voltage.

3.05 FIELD TESTING
A. NETA testing shall conform to the requirements of Section 26 01 26 Electrical Testing.

B. Visually verify and inspect wire terminations.

Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 22 13-4 July 2024
Low Voltage Dry-type Transformers

END OF SECTION
Med Center Electrical Rehab 26 24 13-1 July 2024
Low Voltage Switchboards
26 24 13 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide low voltage switchboards complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Contract submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittals and Section 26 05 00 - Electrical Work, General.

B. Electronic PDF submittal files shall include bookmarks in the viewing pane following the structure of the table of contents, sub-level components, and drawing page numbers.

C. Master drawing index, component bill of materials and product data sheets/descriptive bulletins for Switchboard, breakers, trip units, cable lug/termination sizes, ERMS and surge suppressor.

D. Assembly and major component ratings; interrupting, short-circuit, voltage & continuous current.

E. Single-line, schematic and internal wiring connection diagrams.

F. Dimensioned front view elevation, top view, floor plan, with conduit entry/exit locations
G. Nameplate engraving schedule.

H. Switchboard enclosure surface preparation and coating system I. Connection details and composite floor plan for close coupled assemblies.

J. Utility meter product data and proof of SMUD meter shop approval K. Accessory product data sheets for key interlock, strip heater, thermostat, control conductors, spade terminals, wire markers, terminal blocks, generator connectors and compression connectors.

Sacramento City CouncilApril 22, 2025

Sacramento City Council
April 22, 2025